Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Staff Report 6636
City of Palo Alto (ID # 6636) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Consent Calendar Meeting Date: 4/11/2016 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Summary Title: Contract for Household Hazardous Waste Station Improvement Project (Installation of Canopy) Title: Approval of a Contract With Pleasanton Engineering Contractors, Inc. in the Not-to-Exceed Amount $275,000.00 for Improvements to the Household Hazardous Waste Station Located at the Regional Water Quality Control Plant From: City Manager Lead Department: Public Works Recommendation Staff recommends that Council: 1) Approve and authorize the City Manager or his designee to execute the attached contract with Pleasanton Engineering Contractors, Inc. (Attachment A) in the amount of $250,000.00 for improvements to the Household Hazardous Waste Station, located at 2501 Embarcadero Way, Palo Alto, CA; and 2) Authorize the City Manager or his designee to negotiate and execute one or more change orders to the contract with Pleasanton Engineering Contractor, Inc. for related, additional, but unforeseen work which may develop during the project, the total value of which shall not exceed $25,000. Executive Summary Staff recommends that council approve the attached contract for improvements to the Household Hazardous Waste Station, specifically the installation of a canopy structure over the hazardous waste drop-off area. The proposed canopy will prevent stormwater from coming in contact with household hazardous wastes being unloaded and sorted at the station during weekly drop-off events. Installation of the canopy completes the household hazardous waste station as City of Palo Alto Page 2 originally planned and designed. The footings for the canopy were installed in 2013, however, the canopy installation was postponed due to Refuse Fund budget issues. Background Palo Alto’s household hazardous waste (HHW) program began in 1983 when Palo Alto, in response to community concerns about toxic wastes in the environment, became the second jurisdiction in the State to provide HHW collection services to its residents. The objectives of the program were to provide a point of contact for educating the public about the safe use, storage and disposal of and alternatives to HHW products, and to help reduce the release of HHW to storm drains, landfill and the sanitary sewer. In 1986, the Tanner Bill (AB 2948) was passed requiring counties to establish hazardous waste management plans (Health & Safety Code 25135-25135.9). In 1987 the Greene Bill (SB 477) requiring each city to either adopt a city hazardous waste management plan or incorporate the county’s plan into the city’s plan was passed. HHW Element AB 939 was passed in 1989, mandating that cities adopt and submit a HHW Element (HHWE), a document that sets policies, objectives, and programs for collection of HHW in compliance with state mandates. Palo Alto’s HHWE (June, 1991) evaluated HHW alternatives and led to the development of a permanent HHW facility to phase out the monthly collection events that were taking place during that time. Since Palo Alto’s program predated the Santa Clara County program, and a mature, effective program at that, Palo Alto decided to continue its own program instead of joining the Santa Clara County HHW Program. In the early 1990s the City’s Regional Water Quality Control Plant (RWQCP) became a permitted permanent HHW collection facility, focusing on the collection and proper disposal of target wastes that directly affected the wastewater effluent such as photo chemicals, mercury wastes, certain types of pesticides and more recently pharmaceutical wastes. In 2008 the RWQCP upgraded its hazardous wastes storage structures by adding a new hazardous waste storage locker (and related improvements) at the entrance to the RWQCP, allowing for the storage of plant generated hazardous wastes and HHW collected through the permanent facility permit. City of Palo Alto Page 3 In December 2011 Council approved the closure of the City’s Recycling Center, effective February 2012. Materials previously accepted at the Recycling Center included recyclable HHW, which are now being accepted by the HHW program. To mitigate the impact of the Recycling Center closure and to improve the availability of the HHW program to residents, staff made improvements to the HHW Station by constructing a dedicated permanent HHW Station drop-off facility, adding more storage capacity and improving storm water protection and safety. Improvements to the facility allowed the HHW collection events to occur more frequently, and in September 2013, the program began a weekly (versus monthly) collection schedule, improving the convenience for residents and reducing the potential for improper disposal of hazardous wastes. HHW drop-off events are currently held weekly on Saturdays, and on the first Friday of the month. Staff contracted with Siegfried Engineering to complete the design for the HHW Station improvements. Most elements of the project were completed in 2013, with the exception of the proposed canopy, which was an add-alternate to the original Household Hazardous Waste Station Improvements project that staff recommended be completed as a separate project. Discussion The canopy is intended for safety and pollution prevention. It will be constructed on the existing canopy pier foundations that were installed in 2013 and will provide the following benefits: protect the hazardous waste drop-off area and waste sorting tables from the elements, preventing rain water from coming into contact with wastes during winter drop-off events; shelter HHW Station workers from inclement weather; provide a fire suppression system over the drop-off area and waste sorting area; provide adequate lighting for security and overcast drop-off events Bid Process On February 16, 2016, a notice inviting formal bids (IFB) for the Improvements to the Household Hazardous Waste Station Project was posted by City Hall, and a City of Palo Alto Page 4 total of 177 vendors were notified through the City’s e-procurement website. A total of 14 bid packages were downloaded. Bids were received from one (1) contractor on March 8, 2016. Staff speculates that more bids were not received because of the small-scale of the project and because of the current “boom” in construction activity, especially larger projects in the Bay Area. Bid name/number Household Hazardous Waste Station Improvement Project (Canopy) Proposed length of project 90 calendar days Number of bid packages transmitted 14 Total days to respond to proposal 21 Pre-bid meeting Mandatory pre-bid meeting held March 1st Number of proposals received 1 Bid price range $250,000 Staff has reviewed the submitted bid, which was submitted by Pleasanton Engineering Contractors, Inc. and totaled $250,000. This bid amount is lower than the 2013 winning bid amount of $280,000 when other improvements to the HHW Station were completed (the canopy was an add-alternate bid item that was ultimately not included in the contract). This $250,000 bid amount is higher than the original engineer’s 2013 estimate of $75,000. Staff deems the engineer’s estimate to be low and not reflective of actual construction costs because it was based on an out-of-the-box design that was later modified to a customized design to comply with Architectural Review Board requirements and comments. Work includes mobilization/demobilization; site preparation; the installation of the above-ground canopy structure including columns, beams, roof, lighting, fire sprinklers, piping gutters, downspouts, bubblers, fittings valves and appurtenances. A 10 percent contingency in the amount of $25,000.00 is requested for related, additional, but unforeseen work, which may develop during the project. Resource Impact Funding for this contract is available through the Capital Improvement Project RF- 16001, which has been included in the Refuse Fund’s FY 2016 budget. The budget for this CIP is $410,048. City of Palo Alto Page 5 Policy Implications This project is in conformance with the City’s policies and goals and does not represent any changes to existing City policies. Environmental Review This work is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under Class 1 categorical exemptions Article 19, Section 15301 and has received a Notice of CEQA exemption from the City’s Planning Department. This work involves improvement and maintenance of existing facilities. Attachments: Attachment A - Contract No. C16161449 Pleasanton Engineering Contractors, Inc. Improvments to Household Hazardous Waste Station (DOCX) Attachment B - Technical Specifications (PDF) Attachment C - Plan Set Drawings (PDF) Attachment D - Appendices (PDF) Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 1 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ATTACHMENT A CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Contract No. C16161449 City of Palo Alto Household Hazardous Waste Station Improvement Project (Canopy) Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 2 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1 INCORPORATION OF RECITALS AND DEFINITIONS…………………………………….…………..6 1.1 Recitals…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….6 1.2 Definitions……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….6 SECTION 2 THE PROJECT………………………………………………………………………………………………………...6 SECTION 3 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS………………………………………………………………………………..7 3.1 List of Documents…………………………………………………………………………………………….........7 3.2 Order of Precedence……………………………………………………………………………………………......7 SECTION 4 CONTRACTOR’S DUTY…………………………………………………………………………………………..8 4.1 Contractor's Duties…………………………………………………………………………………………………..8 SECTION 5 PROJECT TEAM……………………………………………………………………………………………………..8 5.1 Contractor's Co-operation………………………………………………………………………………………..8 SECTION 6 TIME OF COMPLETION…………………………………………………………………………………….......8 6.1 Time Is of Essence…………………………………………………………………………………………………….8 6.2 Commencement of Work…………………………………………………………………………………………8 6.3 Contract Time…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..8 6.4 Liquidated Damages…………………………………………………………………………………………………8 6.4.1 Other Remedies……………………………………………………………………………………………………..9 6.5 Adjustments to Contract Time………………………………………………………………………………….9 SECTION 7 COMPENSATION TO CONTRACTOR……………………………………………………………………….9 7.1 Contract Sum……………………………………………………………………………………………………………9 7.2 Full Compensation……………………………………………………………………………………………………9 SECTION 8 STANDARD OF CARE……………………………………………………………………………………………..9 8.1 Standard of Care…………………………………………………………………………………..…………………9 SECTION 9 INDEMNIFICATION…………………………………………………………………………………………..…10 9.1 Hold Harmless……………………………………………………………………………………………………….10 9.2 Survival…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………10 SECTION 10 NON-DISCRIMINATION……..………………………………………………………………………………10 10.1 Municipal Code Requirement…………….………………………………..……………………………….10 SECTION 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS.…………………………………………………………………………………10 Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 3 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 11.1 Evidence of Coverage…………………………………………………………………………………………..10 SECTION 12 PROHIBITION AGAINST TRANSFERS…………………………………………………………….…11 12.1 Assignment………………………………………………………………………………………………………….11 12.2 Assignment by Law.………………………………………………………………………………………………11 SECTION 13 NOTICES …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….11 13.1 Method of Notice …………………………………………………………………………………………………11 13.2 Notice Recipents ………………………………………………………………………………………………….11 13.3 Change of Address……………………………………………………………………………………………….12 SECTION 14 DEFAULT…………………………………………………………………………………………………………...12 14.1 Notice of Default………………………………………………………………………………………………….12 14.2 Opportunity to Cure Default…………………………………………………………………………………12 SECTION 15 CITY'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES…………………………………………………………………………..13 15.1 Remedies Upon Default……………………………………………………………………………………….13 15.1.1 Delete Certain Services…………………………………………………………………………………….13 15.1.2 Perform and Withhold……………………………………………………………………………………..13 15.1.3 Suspend The Construction Contract…………………………………………………………………13 15.1.4 Terminate the Construction Contract for Default………………………………………………13 15.1.5 Invoke the Performance Bond………………………………………………………………………….13 15.1.6 Additional Provisions……………………………………………………………………………………….13 15.2 Delays by Sureties……………………………………………………………………………………………….13 15.3 Damages to City…………………………………………………………………………………………………..14 15.3.1 For Contractor's Default…………………………………………………………………………………..14 15.3.2 Compensation for Losses…………………………………………………………………………………14 15.4 Suspension by City……………………………………………………………………………………………….14 15.4.1 Suspension for Convenience……………………………………………………………………………..14 15.4.2 Suspension for Cause………………………………………………………………………………………..14 15.5 Termination Without Cause…………………………………………………………………………………14 15.5.1 Compensation………………………………………………………………………………………………….15 15.5.2 Subcontractors………………………………………………………………………………………………..15 15.6 Contractor’s Duties Upon Termination………………………………………………………………...15 SECTION 16 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES……………………………………………………………16 16.1 Contractor’s Remedies……………………………………..………………………………..………………….16 Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 4 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 16.1.1 For Work Stoppage……………………………………………………………………………………………16 16.1.2 For City's Non-Payment…………………………………………………………………………………….16 16.2 Damages to Contractor………………………………………………………………………………………..16 SECTION 17 ACCOUNTING RECORDS………………………………………………………………………………….…16 17.1 Financial Management and City Access………………………………………………………………..16 17.2 Compliance with City Requests…………………………………………………………………………….17 SECTION 18 INDEPENDENT PARTIES……………………………………………………………………………………..17 18.1 Status of Parties……………………………………………………………………………………………………17 SECTION 19 NUISANCE……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…17 19.1 Nuisance Prohibited……………………………………………………………………………………………..17 SECTION 20 PERMITS AND LICENSES…………………………………………………………………………………….17 20.1 Payment of Fees…………………………………………………………………………………………………..17 SECTION 21 WAIVER…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….17 21.1 Waiver………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….17 SECTION 22 GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS……………………………….18 22.1 Governing Law…………………………………………………………………………………………………….18 22.2 Compliance with Laws…………………………………………………………………………………………18 SECTION 23 COMPLETE AGREEMENT……………………………………………………………………………………18 23.1 Integration………………………………………………………………………………………………………….18 SECTION 24 SURVIVAL OF CONTRACT…………………………………………………………………………………..18 24.1 Survival of Provisions……………………………………………………………………………………………18 SECTION 25 PREVAILING WAGES………………………………………………………………………………………….18 SECTION 26 NON-APPROPRIATION……………………………………………………………………………………….19 26.1 Appropriation………………………………………………………………………………………………………19 SECTION 27 AUTHORITY……………………………………………………………………………………………………….19 27.1 Representation of Parties…………………………………………………………………………………….19 SECTION 28 COUNTERPARTS………………………………………………………………………………………………..19 28.1 Multiple Counterparts………………………………………………………………………………………….19 SECTION 29 SEVERABILITY……………………………………………………………………………………………………19 29.1 Severability………………………………………………………………………………………………………….19 SECTION 30 STATUTORY AND REGULATORY REFERENCES …………………………………………………..19 30.1 Amendments of Laws…………………………………………………………………………………………..19 Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 5 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 31 WORKERS’ COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION………………………………………………….….19 31.1 Workers Compensation…………………………………………………………………………………….19 SECTION 32 DIR REGISTRATION AND OTHER SB 854 REQUIREMENTS………………………………..…20 32.1 General Notice to Contractor…………………………………………………………………………….20 32.2 Labor Code section 1771.1(a)…………………………………………………………………………….20 32.3 DIR Registration Required…………………………………………………………………………………20 32.4 Posting of Job Site Notices…………………………………………………………………………………20 32.5 Payroll Records…………………………………………………………………………………………………20 Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 6 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT THIS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT entered into on April 11, 2016 (“Execution Date”) by and between the CITY OF PALO ALTO, a California chartered municipal corporation ("City"), and PLEASANTON ENGINEERING CONTRACTORS ("Contractor"), is made with reference to the following: R E C I T A L S: A. City is a municipal corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California with the power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted under the statutes of the State of California and the Charter of City. B. Contractor is a California corporation duly organized and in good standing in the State of California, Contractor’s License Number521275 and registered with California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) under registration number 1000004222. Contractor represents that it is duly licensed by the State of California and has the background, knowledge, experience and expertise to perform the obligations set forth in this Construction Contract. C. On February 16, 2016 City issued an Invitation for Bids (IFB) to contractors for the Household Hazardous Waste Station Improvement Project (“Project”). In response to the IFB, Contractor submitted a Bid. D. City and Contractor desire to enter into this Construction Contract for the Project, and other services as identified in the Contract Documents for the Project upon the following terms and conditions. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is mutually agreed by and between the undersigned parties as follows: SECTION 1 INCORPORATION OF RECITALS AND DEFINITIONS. 1.1 Recitals. All of the recitals are incorporated herein by reference. 1.2 Definitions. Capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Construction Contract and/or in the General Conditions. If there is a conflict between the definitions in this Construction Contract and in the General Conditions, the definitions in this Construction Contract shall prevail. SECTION 2 THE PROJECT. The Project is the Household Hazardous Waste Station Improvement Project, located at 2501 Embarcadero Way, Palo Alto, CA 94303, Palo Alto, CA. ("Project"). Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 7 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 3 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 3.1 List of Documents. The Contract Documents (sometimes collectively referred to as “Agreement” or “Bid Documents”) consist of the following documents which are on file with the Purchasing Division and are hereby incorporated by reference. 1) Change Orders 2) Field Orders 3) Contract 4) Bidding Addenda 5) Special Provisions 6) General Conditions 7) Project Plans and Drawings 8) Technical Specifications 9) Instructions to Bidders 10) Invitation for Bids 11) Contractor's Bid/Non-Collusion Affidavit 12) Reports listed in the Contract Documents 13) Public Works Department’s Standard Drawings and Specifications (most current version at time of Bid) 14) Utilities Department’s Water, Gas, Wastewater, Electric Utilities Standards (most current version at time of Bid) 15) City of Palo Alto Traffic Control Requirements 16) City of Palo Alto Truck Route Map and Regulations 17) Notice Inviting Pre-Qualification Statements, Pre-Qualification Statement, and Pre- Qualification Checklist (if applicable) 18) Performance and Payment Bonds 3.2 Order of Precedence. For the purposes of construing, interpreting and resolving inconsistencies between and among the provisions of this Contract, the Contract Documents shall have the order of precedence as set forth in the preceding section. If a claimed inconsistency cannot be resolved through the order of precedence, the City shall have the sole power to decide which document or provision shall govern as may be in the best interests of the City. Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 8 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 4 CONTRACTOR’S DUTY. 4.1 Contractor’s Duties Contractor agrees to perform all of the Work required for the Project, as specified in the Contract Documents, all of which are fully incorporated herein. Contractor shall provide, furnish, and supply all things necessary and incidental for the timely performance and completion of the Work, including, but not limited to, provision of all necessary labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and utilities, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. Contractor also agrees to use its best efforts to complete the Work in a professional and expeditious manner and to meet or exceed the performance standards required by the Contract Documents. SECTION 5 PROJECT TEAM. 5.1 Contractor’s Co-operation. In addition to Contractor, City has retained, or may retain, consultants and contractors to provide professional and technical consultation for the design and construction of the Project. The Contract requires that Contractor operate efficiently, effectively and cooperatively with City as well as all other members of the Project Team and other contractors retained by City to construct other portions of the Project. SECTION 6 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6.1 Time Is of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to all time limits set forth in the Contract Documents. 6.2 Commencement of Work. Contractor shall commence the Work on the date specified in City’s Notice to Proceed. 6.3 Contract Time. Work hereunder shall begin on the date specified on the City’s Notice to Proceed and shall be completed not later than . within ninety calendar days (90) after the commencement date specified in City’s Notice to Proceed. By executing this Construction Contract, Contractor expressly waives any claim for delayed early completion. 6.4 Liquidated Damages. Pursuant to Government Code Section 53069.85, if Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work within the Contract Time, including any approved extensions thereto, City may assess liquidated damages on a daily basis for each day of Unexcused Delay in achieving Substantial Completion, based on the amount of Five hundred dollars ($500) per day, or as otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Liquidated damages may also be separately assessed for failure to meet milestones specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, regardless of impact on the time for achieving Substantial Completion. The assessment of liquidated damages is not a penalty but considered to be a reasonable estimate of the amount of damages City will suffer by delay in completion of the Work. The City is entitled to setoff the amount of liquidated damages assessed against any payments otherwise due to Contractor, Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 9 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT including, but not limited to, setoff against release of retention. If the total amount of liquidated damages assessed exceeds the amount of unreleased retention, City is entitled to recover the balance from Contractor or its sureties. Occupancy or use of the Project in whole or in part prior to Substantial Completion, shall not operate as a waiver of City’s right to assess liquidated damages. 6.4.1 Other Remedies. City is entitled to any and all available legal and equitable remedies City may have where City’s Losses are caused by any reason other than Contractor’s failure to achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work within the Contract Time. 6.5 Adjustments to Contract Time. The Contract Time may only be adjusted for time extensions approved by City and memorialized in a Change Order approved in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. SECTION 7 COMPENSATION TO CONTRACTOR. 7.1 Contract Sum. Contractor shall be compensated for satisfactory completion of the Work in compliance with the Contract Documents the Contract Sum of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000). [This amount includes the Base Bid and Additive Alternates .] 7.2 Full Compensation. The Contract Sum shall be full compensation to Contractor for all Work provided by Contractor and, except as otherwise expressly permitted by the terms of the Contract Documents, shall cover all Losses arising out of the nature of the Work or from the acts of the elements or any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions which may arise or be encountered in performance of the Work until its Acceptance by City, all risks connected with the Work, and any and all expenses incurred due to suspension or discontinuance of the Work, except as expressly provided herein. The Contract Sum may only be adjusted for Change Orders approved in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. SECTION 8 STANDARD OF CARE. 8.1 Standard of Care. Contractor agrees that the Work shall be performed by qualified, experienced and well-supervised personnel. All services performed in connection with this Construction Contract shall be performed in a manner consistent with the standard of care under California law applicable to those who specialize in providing such services for projects of the type, scope and complexity of the Project. Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 10 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 9 INDEMNIFICATION. 9.1 Hold Harmless. To the fullest extent allowed by law, Contractor will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless City, its City Council, boards and commissions, officers, agents, employees, representatives and volunteers (hereinafter individually referred to as an “Indemnitee” and collectively referred to as "Indemnitees"), through legal counsel acceptable to City, from and against any and liability, loss, damage, claims, expenses (including, without limitation, attorney fees, expert witness fees, paralegal fees, and fees and costs of litigation or arbitration) (collectively, “Liability”) of every nature arising out of or in connection with the acts or omissions of Contractor, its employees, Subcontractors, representatives, or agents, in performing the Work or its failure to comply with any of its obligations under the Contract, except such Liability caused by the active negligence, sole negligence, or willful misconduct of an Indemnitee. Contractor shall pay City for any costs City incurs to enforce this provision. Except as provided in Section 9.2 below, nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed to give rise to any implied right of indemnity in favor of Contractor against City or any other Indemnitee. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 9201, City shall timely notify Contractor upon receipt of any third-party claim relating to the Contract. 9.2 Survival. The provisions of Section 9 shall survive the termination of this Construction Contract. SECTION 10 NON-DISCRIMINATION. 10.1 Municipal Code Requirement. As set forth in Palo Alto Municipal Code section 2.30.510, Contractor certifies that in the performance of this Agreement, it shall not discriminate in the employment of any person because of the race, skin color, gender, age, religion, disability, national origin, ancestry, sexual orientation, housing status, marital status, familial status, weight or height of such person. Contractor acknowledges that it has read and understands the provisions of Section 2.30.510 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code relating to Nondiscrimination Requirements and the penalties for violation thereof, and will comply with all requirements of Section 2.30.510 pertaining to nondiscrimination in employment. SECTION 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS. 11.1 Evidence of coverage. Within ten (10) business days following issuance of the Notice of Award, Contractor shall provide City with evidence that it has obtained insurance and shall submit Performance and Payment Bonds satisfying all requirements in Article 11 of the General Conditions. Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 11 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 12 PROHIBITION AGAINST TRANSFERS. 12.1 Assignment. City is entering into this Construction Contract in reliance upon the stated experience and qualifications of the Contractor and its Subcontractors set forth in Contractor’s Bid. Accordingly, Contractor shall not assign, hypothecate or transfer this Construction Contract or any interest therein directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise without the prior written consent of City. Any assignment, hypothecation or transfer without said consent shall be null and void, and shall be deemed a substantial breach of contract and grounds for default in addition to any other legal or equitable remedy available to the City. 12.2 Assignment by Law. The sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Contractor or of any general partner or joint venturer or syndicate member of Contractor, if the Contractor is a partnership or joint venture or syndicate or co-tenancy shall result in changing the control of Contractor, shall be construed as an assignment of this Construction Contract. Control means more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation or other entity. SECTION 13 NOTICES. 13.1 Method of Notice. All notices, demands, requests or approvals to be given under this Construction Contract shall be given in writing and shall be deemed served on the earlier of the following: (i) On the date delivered if delivered personally; (ii) On the third business day after the deposit thereof in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed as hereinafter provided; (iii) On the date sent if sent by facsimile transmission; (iv) On the date sent if delivered by electronic mail; or (v) On the date it is accepted or rejected if sent by certified mail. 13.2 Notice to Recipients. All notices, demands or requests (including, without limitation, Change Order Requests and Claims) from Contractor to City shall include the Project name and the number of this Construction Contract and shall be addressed to City at: To City: City of Palo Alto City Clerk 250 Hamilton Avenue P.O. Box 10250 Palo Alto, CA 94303 Copy to: City of Palo Alto Public Works Administration 250 Hamilton Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94301 Attn: Chuck Muir AND [Include Construction Manager, If Applicable.] Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 12 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT City of Palo Alto Utilities Engineering 250 Hamilton Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94301 Attn: In addition, copies of all Claims by Contractor under this Construction Contract shall be provided to the following: Palo Alto City Attorney’s Office 250 Hamilton Avenue P.O. Box 10250 Palo Alto, California 94303 All Claims shall be delivered personally or sent by certified mail. All notices, demands, requests or approvals from City to Contractor shall be addressed to: Pleasanton Engineering Contractors Po Box 417 Pleasanton, Ca 94560 Attn: David Radojevich 13.3 Change of Address. In advance of any change of address, Contractor shall notify City of the change of address in writing. Each party may, by written notice only, add, delete or replace any individuals to whom and addresses to which notice shall be provided. SECTION 14 DEFAULT. 14.1 Notice of Default. In the event that City determines, in its sole discretion, that Contractor has failed or refused to perform any of the obligations set forth in the Contract Documents, or is in breach of any provision of the Contract Documents, City may give written notice of default to Contractor in the manner specified for the giving of notices in the Construction Contract, with a copy to Contractor’s performance bond surety. 14.2 Opportunity to Cure Default. Except for emergencies, Contractor shall cure any default in performance of its obligations under the Contract Documents within two (2) Days (or such shorter time as City may reasonably require) after receipt of written notice. However, if the breach cannot be reasonably cured within such time, Contractor will commence to cure the breach within two (2) Days (or such shorter time as City may reasonably require) and will diligently and continuously prosecute such cure to completion within a reasonable time, which shall in no event be later than ten (10) Days after receipt of such written notice. Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 13 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 15 CITY'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. 15.1 Remedies Upon Default. If Contractor fails to cure any default of this Construction Contract within the time period set forth above in Section 14, then City may pursue any remedies available under law or equity, including, without limitation, the following: 15.1.1 Delete Certain Services. City may, without terminating the Construction Contract, delete certain portions of the Work, reserving to itself all rights to Losses related thereto. 15.1.2 Perform and Withhold. City may, without terminating the Construction Contract, engage others to perform the Work or portion of the Work that has not been adequately performed by Contractor and withhold the cost thereof to City from future payments to Contractor, reserving to itself all rights to Losses related thereto. 15.1.3 Suspend The Construction Contract. City may, without terminating the Construction Contract and reserving to itself all rights to Losses related thereto, suspend all or any portion of this Construction Contract for as long a period of time as City determines, in its sole discretion, appropriate, in which event City shall have no obligation to adjust the Contract Sum or Contract Time, and shall have no liability to Contractor for damages if City directs Contractor to resume Work. 15.1.4 Terminate the Construction Contract for Default. City shall have the right to terminate this Construction Contract, in whole or in part, upon the failure of Contractor to promptly cure any default as required by Section 14. City’s election to terminate the Construction Contract for default shall be communicated by giving Contractor a written notice of termination in the manner specified for the giving of notices in the Construction Contract. Any notice of termination given to Contractor by City shall be effective immediately, unless otherwise provided therein. 15.1.5 Invoke the Performance Bond. City may, with or without terminating the Construction Contract and reserving to itself all rights to Losses related thereto, exercise its rights under the Performance Bond. 15.1.6 Additional Provisions. All of City’s rights and remedies under this Construction Contract are cumulative, and shall be in addition to those rights and remedies available in law or in equity. Designation in the Contract Documents of certain breaches as material shall not waive the City’s authority to designate other breaches as material nor limit City’s right to terminate the Construction Contract, or prevent the City from terminating the Agreement for breaches that are not material. City’s determination of whether there has been noncompliance with the Construction Contract so as to warrant exercise by City of its rights and remedies for default under the Construction Contract, shall be binding on all parties. No termination or action taken by City after such termination shall prejudice any other rights or remedies of City provided by law or equity or by the Contract Documents upon such termination; and City may proceed against Contractor to recover all liquidated damages and Losses suffered by City. 15.2 Delays by Sureties. Time being of the essence in the performance of the Work, if Contractor’s surety fails to arrange for completion of the Work in accordance with the Performance Bond, within seven (7) calendar days from the date of the notice of termination, Contractor’s surety shall be deemed to have waived its right to complete the Work under the Contract, and City may immediately make arrangements for the completion of the Work through use of its own forces, by hiring a replacement contractor, or by any other means that City determines advisable under the circumstances. Contractor and its surety shall be jointly and severally Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 14 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT liable for any additional cost incurred by City to complete the Work following termination. In addition, City shall have the right to use any materials, supplies, and equipment belonging to Contractor and located at the Worksite for the purposes of completing the remaining Work. 15.3 Damages to City. 15.3.1 For Contractor's Default. City will be entitled to recovery of all Losses under law or equity in the event of Contractor’s default under the Contract Documents. 15.3.2 Compensation for Losses. In the event that City's Losses arise from Contractor’s default under the Contract Documents, City shall be entitled to deduct the cost of such Losses from monies otherwise payable to Contractor. If the Losses incurred by City exceed the amount payable, Contractor shall be liable to City for the difference and shall promptly remit same to City. 15.4 Suspension by City 15.4.1 Suspension for Convenience. City may, at any time and from time to time, without cause, order Contractor, in writing, to suspend, delay, or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time, up to an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the Contract Time. The order shall be specifically identified as a Suspension Order by City. Upon receipt of a Suspension Order, Contractor shall, at City’s expense, comply with the order and take all reasonable steps to minimize costs allocable to the Work covered by the Suspension Order. During the Suspension or extension of the Suspension, if any, City shall either cancel the Suspension Order or, by Change Order, delete the Work covered by the Suspension Order. If a Suspension Order is canceled or expires, Contractor shall resume and continue with the Work. A Change Order will be issued to cover any adjustments of the Contract Sum or the Contract Time necessarily caused by such suspension. A Suspension Order shall not be the exclusive method for City to stop the Work. 15.4.2 Suspension for Cause. In addition to all other remedies available to City, if Contractor fails to perform or correct work in accordance with the Contract Documents, City may immediately order the Work, or any portion thereof, suspended until the cause for the suspension has been eliminated to City’s satisfaction. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in Contract Time or Contract Price for a suspension occasioned by Contractor’s failure to comply with the Contract Documents. City’s right to suspend the Work shall not give rise to a duty to suspend the Work, and City’s failure to suspend the Work shall not constitute a defense to Contractor’s failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 15.5 Termination Without Cause. City may, at its sole discretion and without cause, terminate this Construction Contract in part or in whole upon written notice to Contractor. Upon receipt of such notice, Contractor shall, at City’s expense, comply with the notice and take all reasonable steps to minimize costs to close out and demobilize. The compensation allowed under this Paragraph 15.5 shall be the Contractor’s sole and exclusive compensation for such termination and Contractor waives any claim for other compensation or Losses, including, but not limited to, loss of anticipated profits, loss of revenue, lost opportunity, or other consequential, direct, indirect or incidental damages of any kind resulting from termination without cause. Termination pursuant to this provision does not relieve Contractor or its sureties from any of their obligations for Losses arising from or related to the Work performed by Contractor. Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 15 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 15.5.1 Compensation. Following such termination and within forty-five (45) Days after receipt of a billing from Contractor seeking payment of sums authorized by this Paragraph 15.5.1, City shall pay the following to Contractor as Contractor’s sole compensation for performance of the Work : .1 For Work Performed. The amount of the Contract Sum allocable to the portion of the Work properly performed by Contractor as of the date of termination, less sums previously paid to Contractor. .2 For Close-out Costs. Reasonable costs of Contractor and its Subcontractors: (i) Demobilizing and (ii) Administering the close-out of its participation in the Project (including, without limitation, all billing and accounting functions, not including attorney or expert fees) for a period of no longer than thirty (30) Days after receipt of the notice of termination. .3 For Fabricated Items. Previously unpaid cost of any items delivered to the Project Site which were fabricated for subsequent incorporation in the Work. .4 Profit Allowance. An allowance for profit calculated as four percent (4%) of the sum of the above items, provided Contractor can prove a likelihood that it would have made a profit if the Construction Contract had not been terminated. 15.5.2 Subcontractors. Contractor shall include provisions in all of its subcontracts, purchase orders and other contracts permitting termination for convenience by Contractor on terms that are consistent with this Construction Contract and that afford no greater rights of recovery against Contractor than are afforded to Contractor against City under this Section. 15.6 Contractor’s Duties Upon Termination. Upon receipt of a notice of termination for default or for convenience, Contractor shall, unless the notice directs otherwise, do the following: (i) Immediately discontinue the Work to the extent specified in the notice; (ii) Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, equipment, services or facilities, except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work that is not discontinued; (iii) Provide to City a description in writing, no later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of the notice of termination, of all subcontracts, purchase orders and contracts that are outstanding, including, without limitation, the terms of the original price, any changes, payments, balance owing, the status of the portion of the Work covered and a copy of the subcontract, purchase order or contract and any written changes, amendments or modifications thereto, together with such other information as City may determine necessary in order to decide whether to accept assignment of or request Contractor to terminate the subcontract, purchase order or contract; (iv) Promptly assign to City those subcontracts, purchase orders or contracts, or portions thereof, that City elects to accept by assignment and cancel, on the most favorable terms reasonably possible, all subcontracts, purchase orders or contracts, or portions thereof, that City does not elect to accept by assignment; and (v) Thereafter do only such Work as may be necessary to preserve and protect Work already in progress and to protect materials, plants, and equipment on the Project Site or in transit thereto. Upon termination, whether for cause or for convenience, the provisions of the Contract Documents remain in effect as to any Claim, indemnity obligation, warranties, guarantees, Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 16 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT submittals of as-built drawings, instructions, or manuals, or other such rights and obligations arising prior to the termination date. SECTION 16 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. 16.1 Contractor’s Remedies. Contractor may terminate this Construction Contract only upon the occurrence of one of the following: 16.1.1 For Work Stoppage. The Work is stopped for sixty (60) consecutive Days, through no act or fault of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or any employee or agent of Contractor or any Subcontractor, due to issuance of an order of a court or other public authority other than City having jurisdiction or due to an act of government, such as a declaration of a national emergency making material unavailable. This provision shall not apply to any work stoppage resulting from the City’s issuance of a suspension notice issued either for cause or for convenience. 16.1.2 For City's Non-Payment. If City does not make pay Contractor undisputed sums within ninety (90) Days after receipt of notice from Contractor, Contractor may terminate the Construction Contract (30) days following a second notice to City of Contractor’s intention to terminate the Construction Contract. 16.2 Damages to Contractor. In the event of termination for cause by Contractor, City shall pay Contractor the sums provided for in Paragraph 15.5.1 above. Contractor agrees to accept such sums as its sole and exclusive compensation and agrees to waive any claim for other compensation or Losses, including, but not limited to, loss of anticipated profits, loss of revenue, lost opportunity, or other consequential, direct, indirect and incidental damages, of any kind. SECTION 17 ACCOUNTING RECORDS. 17.1 Financial Management and City Access. Contractor shall keep full and detailed accounts and exercise such controls as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Construction Contract in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices. City and City's accountants during normal business hours, may inspect, audit and copy Contractor's records, books, estimates, take-offs, cost reports, ledgers, schedules, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, subcontracts, purchase orders, vouchers, memoranda and other data relating to this Project. Contractor shall retain these documents for a period of three (3) years after the later of (i) Final Payment or (ii) final resolution of all Contract Disputes and other disputes, or (iii) for such longer period as may be required by law. Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 17 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 17.2 Compliance with City Requests. Contractor's compliance with any request by City pursuant to this Section 17 shall be a condition precedent to filing or maintenance of any legal action or proceeding by Contractor against City and to Contractor's right to receive further payments under the Contract Documents. City many enforce Contractor’s obligation to provide access to City of its business and other records referred to in Section 17.1 for inspection or copying by issuance of a writ or a provisional or permanent mandatory injunction by a court of competent jurisdiction based on affidavits submitted to such court, without the necessity of oral testimony. SECTION 18 INDEPENDENT PARTIES. 18.1 Status of parties. Each party is acting in its independent capacity and not as agents, employees, partners, or joint ventures’ of the other party. City, its officers or employees shall have no control over the conduct of Contractor or its respective agents, employees, subconsultants, or subcontractors, except as herein set forth. SECTION 19 NUISANCE. 19.1 Nuisance Prohibited. Contractor shall not maintain, commit, nor permit the maintenance or commission of any nuisance in connection in the performance of services under this Construction Contract. SECTION 20 PERMITS AND LICENSES. 20.1 Payment of Fees. Except as otherwise provided in the Special Provisions and Technical Specifications, The Contractor shall provide, procure and pay for all licenses, permits, and fees, required by the City or other government jurisdictions or agencies necessary to carry out and complete the Work. Payment of all costs and expenses for such licenses, permits, and fees shall be included in one or more Bid items. No other compensation shall be paid to the Contractor for these items or for delays caused by non-City inspectors or conditions set forth in the licenses or permits issued by other agencies. SECTION 21 WAIVER. 21.1 Waiver. A waiver by either party of any breach of any term, covenant, or condition contained herein shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant, or condition contained herein, whether of the same or a different character. Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 18 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 22 GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. 22.1 Governing Law. This Construction Contract shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, and venue shall be in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of Santa Clara, and no other place. 22.2 Compliance with Laws. Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal and California laws and city laws, including, without limitation, ordinances and resolutions, in the performance of work under this Construction Contract. SECTION 23 COMPLETE AGREEMENT. 23.1 Integration. This Agreement represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, and contracts, either written or oral. This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument, which is signed by the parties. SECTION 24 SURVIVAL OF CONTRACT. 24.1 Survival of Provisions. The provisions of the Construction Contract which by their nature survive termination of the Construction Contract or Final Completion, including, without limitation, all warranties, indemnities, payment obligations, and City’s right to audit Contractor’s books and records, shall remain in full force and effect after Final Completion or any termination of the Construction Contract. SECTION 25 PREVAILING WAGES. This Project is not subject to prevailing wages. Contractor is not required to pay prevailing wages in the performance and implementation of the Project in accordance with SB 7, if the public works contract does not include a project of $25,000 or less, when the project is for construction work, or the contract does not include a project of $15,000 or less, when the project is for alteration, demolition, repair, or maintenance (collectively, ‘improvement’) work. Or Contractor is required to pay general prevailing wages as defined in Subchapter 3, Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations and Section 16000 et seq. and Section 1773.1 of the California Labor Code. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 1773 of the Labor Code of the State of California, the City Council has obtained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages and the general rate for holiday and overtime work in this locality for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to execute the contract for this Project from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR”). Copies of these rates may be obtained at the Purchasing Division’s office of the City of Palo Alto. Contractor shall provide a copy of prevailing wage rates to any staff or subcontractor hired, and shall pay the adopted prevailing wage rates as a minimum. Contractor shall comply with the provisions of all sections, including, but not limited to, Sections 1775, 1776, 1777.5, 1782, 1810, and 1813, of the Labor Code pertaining to prevailing wages. Contractor shall regularly provide electronic copies of certified payrolls of the contracted project to the City of Palo Alto in the following manner: Generate copies of certified payroll in PDF format. The naming Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 19 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT convention of the document must contain at a minimum the contract the acronym “PWCP, number of this contract document, and the title of project (i.e. PWCP_C16123456_Project Title). Failure to include the prescribed naming convention may cause an untimely delay of meeting SB7 compliance of the State Labor Code, which could impact project payments. The appropriately named electronic document(s) must be emailed on the agreed scheduled basis to the following location: purchasingsupport@cityofpaloalto.org SECTION 26 NON-APPROPRIATION. 26.1 Appropriations. This Agreement is subject to the fiscal provisions of the Charter of the City of Palo Alto and the Palo Alto Municipal Code. This Agreement will terminate without any penalty (a) at the end of any fiscal year in the event that the City does not appropriate funds for the following fiscal year for this event, or (b) at any time within a fiscal year in the event that funds are only appropriated for a portion of the fiscal year and funds for this Construction Contract are no longer available. This section shall take precedence in the event of a conflict with any other covenant, term, condition, or provision of this Agreement. SECTION 27 AUTHORITY. 27.1 Representation of Parties. The individuals executing this Agreement represent and warrant that they have the legal capacity and authority to do so on behalf of their respective legal entities. SECTION 28 COUNTERPARTS 28.1 Multiple Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in multiple counterparts, which shall, when executed by all the parties, constitute a single binding agreement. SECTION 29 SEVERABILITY. 29.1 Severability. In case a provision of this Construction Contract is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected. SECTION 30 STATUTORY AND REGULATORY REFERENCES. 30.1 Amendments to Laws. With respect to any amendments to any statutes or regulations referenced in these Contract Documents, the reference is deemed to be the version in effect on the date that the Contract was awarded by City, unless otherwise required by law. SECTION 31 WORKERS’ COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION. 31.1 Workers Compensation. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1861, by signing this Contract, Contractor certifies as follows: Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 20 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT “I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work on this Contract.” SECTION 32 DIR REGISTRATION AND OTHER SB 854 REQUIREMENTS. 32.1 General Notice to Contractor. City requires Contractor and its listed subcontractors to comply with the requirements of SB 854. 32.2 Labor Code section 1771.1(a) City provides notice to Contractor of the requirements of California Labor Code section 1771.1(a), which reads: “A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, as defined in this chapter, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5. It is not a violation of this section for an unregistered contractor to submit a bid that is authorized by Section 7029.1 of the Business and Professions Code or Section 10164 or 20103.5 of the Public Contract Code, provided the contactor is registered to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 at the time the contract is awarded.” 32.3 DIR Registration Required. City will not accept a bid proposal from or enter into this Construction Contract with Contractor without proof that Contractor and its listed subcontractors are registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) to perform public work, subject to limited exceptions. 32.4 Posting of Job Site Notices. City gives notice to Contractor and its listed subcontractors that Contractor is required to post all job site notices prescribed by law or regulation and Contractor is subject to SB 854-compliance monitoring and enforcement by DIR. 32.5 Payroll Records. City requires Contractor and its listed subcontractors to comply with the requirements of Labor Code section 1776, including: (i) Keep accurate payroll records, showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by, respectively, Contractor and its listed subcontractors, in connection with the Project. (ii) The payroll records shall be verified as true and correct and shall be certified and made available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of Contractor and its listed subcontractors, respectively. Invitation for Bid (IFB) Package 21 Rev. April 20, 2015 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (iii) At the request of City, acting by its project manager, Contractor and its listed subcontractors shall make the certified payroll records available for inspection or furnished upon request to the project manager within ten (10) days of receipt of City’s request. City requests Contractor and its listed subcontractors to submit the certified payroll records at the end of each week during the Project. (iv) If the certified payroll records are not produced to the project manager within the 10-day period, then Contractor and its listed subcontractors shall be subject to a penalty of one hundred dollars ($100.00) per calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker, and City shall withhold the sum total of penalties from the progress payment(s) then due and payable to Contractor. This provision supplements the provisions of Section 15 hereof. (v) Inform the project manager of the location of contractor’s and its listed subcontractors’ payroll records (street address, city and county) at the commencement of the Project, and also provide notice to the project manager within five (5) business days of any change of location of those payroll records. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Construction Contract to be executed the date and year first above written. CITY OF PALO ALTO ____________________________ Purchasing Manager City Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: ____________________________ Senior Asst. City Attorney APPROVED: ____________________________ Public Works Director CONTRACTOR By:___________________________ Name:________________________ Title:__________________________ Date: _________________________ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 ‐ Summary of Work 01010‐1 to 7 01019 ‐ Mobilization and Demobilization 01019‐1 to 2 01025 ‐ Measurement and Payment 01025‐1 to 10 01046 – Erosion Control 01046‐1 to 2 01200 – Project Meetings 01200‐1 to 4 01300 – Contractor Submittals 01300‐1 to 2 01400 ‐ Quality Control 01400‐1 to 2 01500 – Temporary Facilities and Controls 01500‐1 to 4 01550 – Special Project Procedures 01550‐1 to 5 01600 – Product Handling 01600‐1 to 4 01630 ‐ Product Options and Substitutions 01630‐1 to 4 01700 ‐ Project Closeout 01700‐1 to 7 DIVISION 2 – SITEWORK 02070 – Selective Demolition 02070‐1 to 4 02100 – Site Preparation 02100‐1 to 2 02510 – Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 02510‐1 to 4 DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE 03100 – Concrete Forms and Accessories 03100‐1 to 7 03200 – Concrete Reinforcement 03200‐1 to 6 03250 – Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories 03250‐1 to 6 03300 – Cast‐In‐Place Concrete 03300‐1 to 19 03350 – Concrete Finishing 03350‐1 to 7 DIVISION 5 – METALS 05120 – Structural Steel 05120‐1 to 6 05500 – Metal Fabrications 05500‐1 to 9 DIVISION 9 – FINISHES 09900 – Painting 09900‐1 to 4 09902 – Field Painting and Coating 09902‐1 to 13 DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT 10400 – Signage 10400‐1 to 2 DIVISION 15 – MECHANICAL 15063 – Copper Pipe and Tubing 15063‐1 to 5 15115 – Gate Valves 15115‐1 to 5 15400 – Plumbing – General Provisions 15400‐1 to 7 15410 – Plumbing – Piping Systems 15410‐1 to 9 DIVISION 16 – ELECTRICAL 16000 – Electrical – General Provisions 16000‐1 to 18 16110 – Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Supports 16110‐1 to 19 16120 – Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 16120‐1 to 5 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1. GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Plans, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Specification Divisions 1 through 3, 9, 11, 15, and 16 apply to this Section. 1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. The Work: The Work to be performed by the Contractor under this project consists of performing all work and providing all labor, services, tools, machinery, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the project. The project is an improvement to the existing Household Hazardous Waste (HHW) Station. The HHW Station is located at the Palo Alto Regional Water Quality Control Plant (PARWQCP) at 2501 Embarcadero Way, Palo Alto CA 94303. The work involves the installation of an approximately 22’ tall by 45’ long by 37’ 6” wide steel canopy over the drop-off area of the HHW Station onto existing pier foundations. Lights will be installed underneath the canopy structure and a fire sprinkler system will be installed under the canopy roof that connects to the existing dry standpipe. B. The Work includes but is not limited to the following items: 1. Mobilization and demobilization 2. Site preparation 3. Installation of canopy structure, including exposing existing footings encased in light concrete, constructing and connecting aboveground posts, constructing purlin roof, installing lights, installing a fire sprinkler system and connecting to existing dry standpipe, installing gutters and attaching them to existing discharge pipes. The contractor will test fire sprinklers according to PAFD requirements, and will connect and pull electrical power from the junction box inside the HHW Station to power new lights. 01019-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 01019 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section supplements the requirements specified in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. If the requirements of this section and conditions noted above conflict, the Contractor shall adhere to the more stringent requirement as determined by the City. B. Section includes mobilization and demobilization. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Mobilization: Mobilization of all construction equipment, materials, supplies, appurtenances, and the like, manned and ready for commencing and performing the Work; assembly and delivery to the site of plant, equipment, materials, and supplies necessary for the performance of the Work but, which are not intended to be incorporated in the Work; preparation of the Contractor's work area; complete assembly, and in working order, of equipment necessary to perform the Work; personnel services preparatory to commencing the Work; and all other preparatory work required to permit commencement of the Work on construction items for which payment is provided under the Contract. B. Demobilization: Subsequent removal from the site of all equipment, materials (excluding surplus materials specified to remain on site), supplies and appurtenances, and the like; and cleaning and restoration of the site upon completion of the Work to the satisfaction of the City. PART 2: PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3: EXECUTION (Not Applicable) ***END OF SECTION*** 01025-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION The items listed in Part 4 below, refer to and are the same pay items listed on the City’s Bid Form. They constitute all of the lump sum and unit price pay items for the completion of the Work. No direct or separate payment will be made for providing miscellaneous temporary or accessory works, services, including but not limited to City’s and Contractor's field offices and sheds, job signs, sanitary requirements, testing, safety devices, submittals, record drawings, water supplies, dust controls, power, telephone, maintaining traffic, removal of Contractor generated waste, watchmen, security, bonds, insurance, and all other conditions of the General Provisions. Compensation for all such labor, materials, and services shall be included in the bid prices stipulated for the lump sum, unit price, and contingency pay items. Each lump sum and unit price bid will be deemed to include an amount considered by the Contractor to be adequate compensation to cover the Contractor's overhead and profit for each of the separately identified pay items. Contractor mobilization and demobilization shall be paid for separately with a lump sum pay item. Measurement of pay quantities and construction quality control shall not be paid for separately and shall be included in the bid prices stipulated for the lump sum, unit price, and contingency pay items. No measurement or payment will be made for unauthorized excavation and/or replacement of unauthorized excavated materials. Siltation control including, but not limited to silt fencing, straw bales, and other measures, and compliance with all storm water management and sediment control regulations shall not be paid for separately and shall be included in the bid prices stipulated for the lump sum and unit price pay items. All Contractor Health and Safety provisions to perform the work (including trench safety and confined space entry, if required) will not be paid for separately and shall be included in the bid prices stipulated for the lump sum and unit price pay items. Except as otherwise provided in the Special Provisions and Technical Specifications, The Contractor shall provide, procure and pay for all licenses, permits, and fees, required by the City or other government jurisdictions or agencies necessary to carry out and complete the Work. Payment of all costs and expenses for such licenses, permits, and fees shall be included in one or more Bid items. No other compensation shall be paid to the Contractor for these items or for delays caused by non‐City inspectors or conditions set forth in the licenses or permits issued by other agencies. Contractor Quality Control (CQC) Plan and associated testing will not be paid for separately and shall be included in the bid prices stipulated for the lump sum and unit price pay items. Monthly Payment Applications for Lump Sum and Unit Price Items in progress shall be based on the percent complete at the end of each month as determined by the City. During the last week of each month, the Contractor is responsible for providing the City with records of construction that has occurred during the month. The City will consider the information provided by the Contractor and other information as necessary before making a determination on the percent complete on each pay item for the month. Stated quantities shall be field verified by the City’s CQA contractor or other designee. The Contractor’s monthly payment application should reflect the percent complete for each pay item as determined by the 01025-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project City. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS The Plans and General Conditions of the Contract, including General Provisions and Special Provisions and other Specification sections, apply to this section. 1.03 SUMMARY This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for lump sum, unit price, and contingency pay items. A Lump Sum price is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form as a price where measurement will not be made for payment for materials, services and/or work identified in the Plans and specifications for a particular pay item. The Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment in a lump sum bid price as a result of any change caused by a variation in quantities as a result of more accurate measurements. The Contractor agrees to accept the aforesaid lump sum bid price as complete and total compensation for all work to be performed under a lump sum pay item. A Unit Price is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form as a price per unit of measurement based on the Engineer's estimated quantities for materials and/or services. In the event the actual quantities of work are less than or exceed the Engineer’s estimated quantities, adjustment in the unit price bid for the work may be adjusted upon request by either the City or Contractor, as stipulated in the General Provisions of the Contract and as provided per Section 4-1.03B of the CALTRANS Standard Specifications. Lump sum and unit prices shall include all necessary material, overhead, profit and applicable taxes. Refer to individual Technical Specifications sections for construction activities requiring the establishment of bid prices. The City reserves the right to reject the Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of established unit price bids, and to have this work measured by an independent or City surveyor at their expense. The City reserves the right to reject the Contractor’s work in place until the work meets the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. SUBMITTALS REQUIRED 1. Contractor shall submit to the City a Schedule of Values reflecting cost breakdown of the Contract Sum, in accordance with General Conditions Section 9.1. The Schedule of Values shall itemize as separate line items the cost of each scheduled Work activity. The Contractor shall provide a breakdown for all equipment, labor, materials and associated costs for each lump sum bid item. 01025-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project B. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT DESCRIPTIONS 1. CONTRACT BASE BID ITEMS a. Bid Item 01 – Mobilization/Demobilization 1. Basis of Measurement: Measurement for this item shall be by Lump Sum (LS). 2. Basis for Payment: Payment for this item will be for all direct and indirect costs associated with furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to prepare for and complete the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. Work includes, but is not limited to: mobilization and demobilization of all equipment, materials, and labor; preparing Health and Safety Plan and procedures; preparing Contractor staging and storage areas; providing temporary facilities and temporary controls (including but not limited to pollution control, including storm water protection, tree protection, dust control, traffic and safety control); protection of all utilities and features; providing record drawings and submittals; site cleanp, and any other indirect services necessary or described in Division 1. Fifty percent (50%) of the mobilization / demobilization will be paid after mobilization and completion of 25% of the Work. The balance of the payment will be made after submittal to and acceptance by City of the as-built record drawings and all applicable warranties and documentation required in Bid Item 2. The total amount quoted for mobilization/demobilization in the base bid schedule shall not exceed seven (7) percent of the total net base bid price. b. Bid Item 02 – Site Preparation 1. Basis of Measurement: Measurement for this item shall be by Lump Sum (LS). 2. Basis for Payment: Payment for this item will be for all direct and indirect costs associated with furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. Work includes, but is not limited to: layout, record and grade control surveys; project permitting including building and fire department permits; and layout, identification, location, and marking of existing utilities and features, as described in the Contract Documents. c. Bid Item 03 –Installation of canopy structure, gutters, lighting and fire sprinkler system, and tie-in to existing electric utility and Fire Riser Line / Fire Department Connection. 1. Basis of Measurement: Measurement for this item shall be by Lump Sum (LS). 2. Basis of Payment: Payment for this item will be for all direct and indirect costs associated with furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. Work includes, but is not limited to: exposing existing footings encased in light concrete; supply and install columns, beams, 01025-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project roof, lighting, fire sprinklers, piping, gutters, downspouts, connections, fittings, valves, asphalt and concrete patches, signage, paint, stripping and appurtenances as per plans and specifications; field testing as specified; testing fire sprinklers according to PAFD requirements; providing electrical connections to canopy lights; dispose of or recycle all waste metal, concrete and wood; in accordance with the City of Palo Alto Standards, and the Project Plans and Technical Specifications herein. ***END OF SECTION*** 01046-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 01046 EROSION CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work included: The work included in this Section includes all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to place temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control measures as detailed on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. N/A 1.3 REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. B. Referenced Standards: 1. Caltrans Standard Specifications. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Protect adjacent properties and water resources from erosion and sediment damage throughout life of contract. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01046-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project A. The primary erosion and sediment control measures implemented during the Mass Grading/Site Preparation phase of the project shall be inspected, maintained, and repaired in accordance with the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan for this project. Secondary measures such as Inlet Protection, dust control, erosion control blanket, temporary and permanent seeding shall be installed/applied as necessary. See Civil Plans for placement of BMP’s and the Erosion Control Details for further information. B. Inlet Protection as shown on the above mentioned detail sheet. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Review Site Improvement Plans and the NPDES requirements as set forth by California Regional Water quality Control Board (RWQCB). B. Deficiencies or changes on Site Improvement Plans as it is applied to current conditions shall be brought to the attention of the Project Engineer for remedial action. 3.2 EROSION CONTROL AND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. Place erosion control and storm water pollution prevention measures in accordance with the approved Contract Documents as construction proceeds and the appropriate phase is in progress for each measure. B. Permanent erosion control measures shall be incorporated into the Project at the earliest practical time to minimize the need for temporary controls. 3.3 PERMANENT AND TEMPORARY SEEDING MEASURES A. Permanently seed and mulch cut slopes as excavation proceeds to extent considered desirable and practical. B. Slopes that erode easily or that will not be graded for a period of fourteen (14) days or more shall be temporarily seeded as work progresses with temporary seeding. 3.4 REMOVAL OF EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES A. When site is ninety-five percent (95%) re-vegetated and stabilized with grasses, remove temporary sediment risers. Remove accumulated sediment and regrade area to original contours. Seed and protect with permanent grass seed mixture. B. Remove drainage structure inlet protection. C. Remove silt fence and temporary check dams. Seed and protect any disturbed areas with permanent grass seed mixture. END OF SECTION 01200-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions apply to this Section. 1.02 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Prior to commencement of Work, a pre-construction conference will be held to discuss procedures to be followed during the progress of the Work. The meeting will be scheduled after execution of the agreement and prior to commencement of Work. B. Location: To be determined by OWNER. C. Attending shall be: 1. Owner. 2. Professional consultants, as needed. 3. Contractor. 4. Others as appropriate. D. Agenda: Following is suggested agenda. Actual agenda will be prepared and distributed by Owner prior to meeting: 1. Introductions. 2. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers b. Projected Construction Schedule 3. Critical work sequencing and reiteration of contract obligation toward meeting milestones. 4. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 5. Project Coordination. 6. Designation of responsible personnel. 7. Procedures and processing of: a. Correspondence b. Submittals c. Field Orders and clarifications 01200-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project d. Proposal requests and quotations e. Change Orders and Work Authorizations f. Applications for Payment g. Requests for Information 8. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents 9. Use of premises: a. Office, work and storage areas b. Owner requirements 10. Construction facilities 11. Temporary utilities 12. Security considerations 13. Housekeeping and clean-up procedures 14. Insurance requirements 15. Wage and hour compliance 16. Environmental, noise and dust control 17. Testing and Inspection 18. Other Subjects as appropriate 1.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. The Owner will schedule and hold meetings weekly. Owner will prepare Minutes for such meetings and distribute to the interested parties prior to the next successive meeting. B. Location: Contractor's field office or other acceptable location on the RWQCP Campus. Time and location of the meeting will be determined during the Pre-construction Conference. C. Attending shall be: 1. Owner 2. Contractor 3. Inspector 4. Contractor's Superintendent 5. Subcontractors, as appropriate to the Agenda 6. Suppliers, as appropriate to the Agenda 7. Professional consultants as needed 01200-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 9. Others, as appropriate to the Agenda D. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status of the Project. 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. a. Determine how construction activities that are behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 2. Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including such items as: a. Interface requirements b. Time c. Sequences d. Deliveries e. Off-site fabrication problems f. Access g. Site utilization h. Temporary facilities and services i. Hours of work j. Hazards and risks (Contractor’s Responsibility) k. Housekeeping l. Quality and work standards m. Change Orders n. Documentation of information for payment requests o. RFI’s p. Submittals q. Correction Notices r. Disputed items 3. Reporting: No later than each successive meeting, Owner will distribute copies of minutes of the meeting to each party present. 01200-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 4. Schedule Updating: Contractor to revise the short-interval construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized, and issue the revised short-interval schedule to the Owner. 1.04 PROGRESS PAYMENT MEETINGS A. Schedule and hold a billing meeting each month prior to submittal of Application for Payment. Billing meetings shall coincide with last of month progress meeting, whenever possible. B. Location: Job site or other acceptable location at the City of Palo Alto Regional Water Quality Control Plant or Municipal Services Center. C. Attending shall be: 1. Owner 2. Engineer and their professional consultants, as needed 3. Inspector 4. Contractor D. Prepare an itemized draft of the month's proposed billing for review with the Owner, Engineer and Owner at the billing meeting. Refer to General Requirements Section – Payment Procedures, for further requirements. E. Following review of the proposed billing, revise as required, prepare Application for Payment, and submit to the Owner. The Owner will certify and forward it to the Owner, who will authorize payment upon receipt of partial waivers of lien from the Contractor and all Subcontractors for previous payment. 1.05 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. Contractor shall convene a pre-installation conference for items of work contained in each Division of the Specifications, each trade within the Division, and each subcontractor within the Division. 1. Contractor shall convene a pre-installation conference prior to commencing the Work of the Division, trade or subcontractor. 2. Contractor shall require attendance of each subcontractor and each trade directly affecting or affected by the Work within the Division. 3. Owner, Engineer and Owner may attend pre-installation conferences. 4. At a minimum, Contractor shall review conditions of installation, coordination, preparation, approved submittals, contract documents, schedule, testing and inspection, and means and methods planned to be used to perform the Work. 1.06 PRE-CLOSEOUT MEETING A. Within 15-days, but not less than 10-days prior to the Contract completion date schedule and hold a pre-closeout meeting to review and clarify the project closeout requirements in accordance with General Requirements – Project Closeout. B. Location: HHW Station or other acceptable location. 01200-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project C. Attending shall be: 1. Owner 2. Engineer their professional consultants, as needed 3. Inspector of Record (IOR) 4. Contractor 5. Owner, as needed 1.07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTIES, BONDS, AND SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE CONTRACTS REVIEW MEETING A. Three (3) months following date of Notice of Completion, hold a meeting for the purpose of review of guarantees/warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts for materials and equipment. Take action as appropriate to implement repair or replacement of defective items, and to extend service and maintenance contracts. B. Attending shall be: 1. Owner 2. Engineer 3. Inspector of Record (IOR) 4. Contractor 5. Others, as appropriate to the Agenda PART 2 – PRODUCTS (not used) PART 3 – EXECUTION (not used) END OF SECTION 01300-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, including: 1. Bid breakdown of apparent low bidder (Instructions to Bidders) 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Submittal Schedule. 4. Shop Drawings. 5. All permits 6. Product Data. 7. Samples. B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division -1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to: 1. Applications for payment. 2. Performance and payment bonds. 3. Insurance certificates. 4. List of subcontractors. 5. Construction Schedules. 6. Schedule of Values. 7. Contractor Personnel Certifications and Personal Identification requirement specified in General Conditions. 1.03 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. 01300-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. 3. The Engineer reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. 1.04 PROCESSING A. Allow ten (10) calendar days for initial review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, The Engineer will promptly advise the Owner when a submittal being processed will be delayed. B. No extension of Contract time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Owner sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. 1.05 SUBMITTAL PREPARATION: A. Place a permanent label for or title on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. B. As required, provide a space to record the Contractor's, Owner’s, Owner’s and Engineer’s review and appropriate action markings and the action taken. C. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken: 1. Project name and address 2. Date 3. Name and address of Engineer 4. Name and address of Contractor 5. Name and address of subcontractor 6. Name of manufacturer 7. Numbering System: Submittals shall be identified by specification section (i.e., 02810-001, 07210-001, 11191-001, etc.) Any re-submittals shall be numbered sequentially according to the original submittal section, followed by the subscript submittal number .1, .2, .3 (i.e., 001.1, 001.2, etc.). Submittals and re-submittals shall be kept intact with the original number. Do not add new drawing or information outside the scope of the original submittal, unless specifically requested. Do not assign a new number for a re-submittal. 8. Reference: List Specification Section number and product reference as a cross- reference for each submittal. D. Identify each submittal with the following additional identification: 1. Contractor's stamp with initials or signature, certifying the review of the submittals compliance with Contract Documents, (ref. General Conditions) coordination with other impacted work, and verification of field measurements. 2. Drawing and Specification Section numbers to which the submittal applies. 3. Subcontractor's or supplier's name and address. 01300-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 4. Name and telephone number of the individual to contact for additional information regarding the submittal. 5. Whether it is an original or a re-submittal. E. SUMMARY: 1. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, including: a. Submittal schedule, including Project Closeout submittals b. Submittal procedures c. Daily construction reports d. Shop Drawings e. Product Data f. Samples g. Manufacturers’ instructions h. Manufacturers’ certificates F. Submittal Transmittal: 1. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to Owner using a transmittal form. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action. 1.06 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Bar-Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar-chart type Contractor's preliminary construction schedule per General Requirements Section - Construction Progress Documentation. Submit schedule at pre-construction meeting. 1.07 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Within ten (10) calendar days after the Pre-construction Conference, Contractor shall provide a submittal schedule, procurement schedule and a list of submittal priorities in compliance with the General Conditions. B. Coordinate submittal schedule with the list of subcontracts, schedule of values and the list of products as well as the Contractor's construction schedule. C. Prepare the schedule in chronological order. Provide the following information: 1. Scheduled date for the first submittal 2. Related Section number 3. Event Number associated with CPM Construction Schedule 4. Submittal category 5. Name of subcontractor 01300-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 6. Description of the part of the Work covered 7. Scheduled date for resubmittal 8. Scheduled date the Engineer’s final release or approval D. Distribution: Following response to initial submittal, print and distribute two (2) copies to the Owner. Submit other copies to subcontractors, and other parties required to comply with submittal dates indicated. E. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities. F. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity, where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. G. Instruct recipients to report promptly any problems anticipated by dates or sequences shown in schedule. 1.08 SUBMITTALS PROCEDURES A. Coordinate preparation and processing submittals with performance of construction activities. B. Make submittals in groups containing associate items to ensure that information is available for checking each item when received. C. Partial submittals may be rejected as not complying with requirements of Contract Documents and Contractor shall be liable for any resulting delays. D. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate name of entity preparing each submittal in label or title block. E. Requests for deviation from Contract Documents must be submitted not later that 10-days prior to bid opening for those Specification Sections listed, (see Section 01630). Only deviations that have been previously accepted in writing shall be included in submittals. F. Contractor’s Review: 1. Review submittals for accuracy, completeness, and conformity with Contract Documents. a. Submittal shall be construed as stipulating Contractor has thoroughly and completely reviewed and coordinated data. b. Submittals which indicate less than Contractor’s full compliance will be returned without action. c. Delays caused by failure to comply will not be acceptable basis for extension of Completion Time. 2. Contractor shall certify that submittals have been reviewed and coordinated by adding the following affidavit to each submittal: “This submittal has been reviewed and approved by (Name of Contractor) with respect to construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, safety aspects and other contractual obligations incidental to the submittal. The 01300-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project Contractor certifies that they have reviewed and approved not only the dimensions, but also that they have reviewed the submittal for the purpose of coordination with all other submittals as they relate directly or indirectly with the installation of this Work and have not relied solely upon the design documents in granting their approval. The Contractor additionally asserts that they have made all written notations concerning any information within the submittal that do not conform to the Contract Documents.” Signature ____________________________ Date ____________ Name Printed _________________________ Title _____________ 3. Submittals that have not been certified and/or signed by Contractor will be returned without action, as will submittals which, in the Owner’s or Engineer’s opinion, have not been adequately reviewed and coordinated by the Contractor. 4. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. H. Engineer’s Review: 1. Submittals are reviewed for general conformance with design concept and general compliance with information given in Contract Documents only. 2. Review of separate item shall not indicate acceptance of assembly of which item is part. 3. Review shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from requirements of Contract Documents. J. Submittal Log: Maintain accurate submittal log for duration of Contract. Indicate current status of all submittals at all times. Make submittal log available for the Owner’s review upon request. K. Resubmittals: Subject to same terms and conditions as original submittal. 1. Claims will not be considered for Contractor’s additional time or expense associated with resubmittal. 2. Engineer will accept not more than one resubmittal. Should additional resubmittals be required, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for Engineers account for time spent in processing additional resubmittals at the current hourly rate established by contract between the Owner and the Engineer. L. Revisions: Make only those revisions required or accepted by Engineer. 1.09 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS A. Prepare daily construction reports to record manpower of the general contractor and each onsite subcontractor, a summary of progress, high and low temperature, precipitation, contract days expended, CPM activities performed, (including applicable CPM activity numbers) and percent complete for each activity, and other pertinent information. Prepare one (1) report for each workday. Submit the report of the previous day by 8:00 am the following workday. 1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, SAMPLES, AND OTHER SUBMITTALS A. General: 01300-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1. Submit only as required by the various specification sections. Do not submit shop drawings, product data, samples or other submittals, unless specifically required. 2. Submit in accordance with the accepted submittal schedule. Send copies of transmittals to the Owner. 3. Submit in the manner and quantities specified hereinafter. 4. Allow a minimum of ten (10) calendar days for processing by the Owner, Engineer and their consultants, as applicable. Some submittals may require more processing time based upon consultant's input and the complexity of the submittal. If certain submittals are critical, they should be so identified at time of submission. If a specific submittal cannot be reviewed and returned within ten (10) working days, the Engineer will develop with the Owner and Contractor a timely "turn-around" that will not impact the construction schedule. 1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS (if necessary) A. Submit one (1) reproducible Vellum and three (3) prints or as otherwise stipulated in separate specification sections. B. The Engineer or their consultants, as applicable, will review the Shop Drawings; mark the reproducibles with required revisions; stamp the reproducibles and indicate "No Exceptions Taken", "Make Corrections Noted", “Submit Specified Item”, "Revise and Resubmit", or "Rejected", and return the reproducibles. "Revise and Resubmit" or "Rejected" stamps shall not be construed by the Contractor as a valid reason for an extension of time. C. Review the returned reproducibles and take appropriate action as indicated. 1. If reproducibles are marked "Revise and Resubmit," make revisions and indicate them with a "cloud," stamp and date, and resubmit in the same manner and number as for the original submittal. 2. If reproducibles are marked "Rejected," make a new submittal and submit in the same manner and number as for the original submittal. 3. If reproducibles are marked "No Exceptions Taken" or "Make Corrections Noted", the Contractor shall print and distribute copies for the Owner’s consultants and Inspector, as well as those required for Contractor and Subcontractors. 4. As with the original submittal, review the returned reproducibles and take appropriate action as indicated. As specified hereinabove, resubmit and revise until final action by the Engineer or their consultants, or the Owner's consultants, as applicable. Final action is signified by the markings "No Exceptions Taken," or "Make Corrections Noted," on the returned reproducibles. D. Following final action by the Engineer or their consultants, or the Owner's consultants, as applicable, the Contractor shall make the required copies and distribute to the Owner, Owner, Inspector, and other project personnel as required. E. Only those Shop Drawings that bear stamps showing final review of the Contractor, Engineer, or the Engineer's consultants, or the Owner's consultants, as applicable, shall be used. F. Reproduction and Mailing Costs: The Contractor shall pay the reproduction and mailing costs of the reproducibles and all prints. G. Coordination drawings are a special type of Shop Drawing that show the relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or function as intended. 01300-7 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project H. Preparation of coordination drawings is specified in other Sections of Division 0 and 1, and may include components previously shown in detail on Shop Drawings or Product Data. I. Submit coordination drawings for integration of different construction elements. Show sequences and relationships of separate components to avoid conflicts in use of space. J. Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not considered Shop Drawings. K. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. L. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2" x 11" but no larger than 24" x 36". M. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in connection with construction. 1.12 PRODUCT DATA / BROCHURES / CATALOG CUTS A. Submit in the quantity required to be returned to the Contractor, together with four (4) additional copies of each of brochures, catalog cuts, and manufacture’s data. B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves. Where Product Data must be specially prepared because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit as "Shop Drawings." C. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information: 1. Manufacturer's printed recommendations. 2. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. 3. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. 4. Application of testing agency labels and seals. 5. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. 6. Notation of coordination requirements. D. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed. 01300-8 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. F. Do not proceed with installation until an applicable copy of Product Data is in the installer's possession. G. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction. 1.13 SAMPLES A. Submit in the size specified in the individual Specification Sections, and in the quantity required to be returned to the Contractor, together with three (3) additional Samples, which will be retained by the Engineer or their consultants, or the Owner's consultants, as applicable. B. Ship samples to the Owner’s office, carriage prepaid. Samples to be returned to the Contractor will be shipped, carriage collect. C. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of Product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. D. Preliminary Submittals: 1. Unless precise color, pattern, and texture or similar characteristics are specifically described, submit full set of choices for material or product. 2. Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with Engineer’s mark indicating selection and other action. 3. Engineer reserves right not to make individual determination or selections until all samples of all materials are submitted. 4. Submit samples of all selected colors, patterns, textures or other similar characteristics as selected by Engineer. 5. Submit number of samples required by Contractor plus three (3), which will be retained. a. Where variation in color, pattern, texture or other characteristics are inherent in material or product, submit multiple units (not less than three (3), that show approximate limits of variations. b. Accepted samples will form standard of comparison for finished Work. c. Defects, and deviations in excess of those in accepted samples, are unacceptable and are subject to rejection of completed Work. 6. Include identification on each sample, with full Project information, including: a. Project name and location b. Manufacturer and supplier c. Name, finish, and composition of material d. Location where material is to be used e. Specification Section number 7. Reviewed samples that may be used in the Work are indicated in individual specification sections. 01300-9 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 8. Field Samples: Provide field samples as required by individual sections. Install samples in locations as directed, completed and finished. 9. Submit samples finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers and materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern. 10. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a final check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. 11. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. 12. Unless noncompliance with Contract Documents provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. 13. Other Submittals: Submit as specified in the individual Specification Sections. 1.14 ENGINEER'S ACTION A. General: Review by the Engineer shall not be construed as a complete check, but only that the general method of construction and detailing is satisfactory. Review shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors that may exist. B. Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked "No Exceptions Taken," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Final-But-Restricted Release: When submittals are marked "Make Corrections Noted" that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittals and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that compliance. D. Returned for Resubmittal: When the submittal is marked "Revise and Resubmit" or “Rejected,” do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in accordance with the notations and resubmit without delay. Repeat process if necessary to obtain a different action mark. 1. Do not permit submittals marked "Revise and Resubmit" or “Rejected” to be used at the Project Site, or elsewhere where Work is in progress. E. Revisions: Make all revisions required by the Engineer. If the Contractor considers any required revision to be a change, they shall immediately notify the Owner as provided for under "Changes" in the General Conditions. Show each drawing revision by number, date and subject in a revision block on the drawing. Make only those revisions directed or approved by the Engineer. F. Revisions after approval: Once the Engineer has reviewed a submittal, resubmittal for substitution of materials or equipment will not be considered unless by an acceptable explanation as to why the substitution is necessary. 1.15 PATTERNS AND COLORS A. Unless the exact pattern and color of a product are indicated in the Contract Documents, 01300-10 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project whenever a choice of pattern or color is available for a product, submit accurate color charts and pattern charts to the Engineer for his/her review and selection. 1.16 CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE A. Submit certificates of compliance with the associated Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals required for the product. B. Submit on 8-1/2” x 11” white paper. C. Submit four (4) copies. 1.17 SUBSTITUTION A. Pre-bid approval required. Reference General Conditions - “Substitution of Materials” and Section 01630 – SUBSTITUTIONS for information regarding substitutions. 1.18 "OR EQUAL": A. Where the phrase "or equal" or "or equal as approved by the Engineer" occurs in the Contract Documents, do not assume that materials or equipment will be approved as equal unless the item has been specifically approved for this work by the Engineer prior to Bid Opening Date per the General Conditions - “Substitution of Materials” and Section 01630 – SUBSTITUTIONS. B. The decision of the Engineer shall be final. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used). PART 3 - EXECUTION (not used). END OF SECTION 01400-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents and all applicable governing codes. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality- control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by Owner, Owner, Engineer, or authorities that have jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies with contract requirements. B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to determine if the completed construction complies with contract requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by authorized representatives of the Owner. C. Testing Laboratory: An independent Testing Laboratory employed by the Owner. D. Project Representative: Owner as defined in General Conditions. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to timely produce required units. B. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. 01400-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project C. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade-union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: A Testing Laboratory with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed. All samples shall be taken by and tests performed by certified testers employed by the Testing Laboratory. 1.06 LIMITATIONS OF SERVICES A. The tests and controls set forth are intended only to be a checklist from which the Owner may select those that are applicable to the specific project. B. The Testing Laboratory shall make only those tests and provide only such controls that are set forth in the pertinent Sections of the Specifications and such others as will be specifically designated by the Owner and those otherwise required by building codes and other regulations. Also, the Testing Laboratory shall consult the Owner regarding the extent or limit of such tests and controls, within each category, not inconsistent with such building codes and other regulations. C. The Testing Laboratory is not authorized to release, revoke, alter, nor expand the requirements of the Contract Documents, nor shall they approve or accept any portion of the work or perform any duties of the Contractor. D. Costs for retesting and re-inspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order. 1.07 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Contractor shall cooperate with the Testing Laboratory in providing samples and information for facilitating all of the tests and controls set forth herein, or those selected therefrom by the Owner. 01400-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project C. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. D. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are the Contractor's responsibility. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests and similar service and provide reasonable auxiliary services, samples and information for facilitating all of the tests and controls set forth herein. Auxiliary services required include but are not limited to: 1. Providing ready access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. 2. Make materials required for testing available to the Testing Laboratory and assist in acquiring these materials. Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assisting the Testing Laboratory in taking samples, in ample time to allow for Laboratory testing. Do not use materials requiring testing until they have been tested and written approval has been received from the Testing Laboratory. 3. Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. 4. Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of samples to testing laboratories as required. 5. Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project Site. F. Arrange for the timely presence and recommendations of the Testing Laboratory representative for the Contractor’s field or shop operations such as soils compaction, welding procedures, and similar critical operations, at the start of such operations. G. If work, which is required to be tested or inspected, is covered up without prior notice or approval, such work, shall be uncovered at the discretion of the Owner. H. Items proposed by the Contractor as substitutions to those specified may require testing, when deemed necessary by the Owner and Engineer, to establish equality with the items specified. 1. The Owner shall select the Testing Laboratory to make such tests. 2. Costs of tests and preparation of samples shall be borne by the Contractor when they authorize such tests. 3. Special preparation of sample for testing, if required, shall be done at the source of supply under the direction of the Testing Laboratory. 4. Deliver test specimens to the Testing Laboratory in ample time to avoid job delays. 5. Specimens shall bear similar approvals, labels, and identifications as those for the specified item. 6. At the option of the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish certificates of compliance, at no cost to the Owner, from suppliers or manufacturers in lieu of performing tests. 7. The Owner will designate the items in this category. 01400-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project I. Unless otherwise directed, materials not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be promptly removed from the job site. 1.08 LABORATORY’S DUTIES A. Perform specified sampling and testing of materials. 1. Comply with specified standards. 2. Ascertain compliance of materials with requirements of the Contract. B. Promptly notify Owner, Engineer, Construction Inspector, and Contractor of observed irregularities and deficiencies in the Work and in products to be used in the Work. C. After each inspection and test promptly submit one (1) copy of certified written laboratory report to the following: 1. Owner. 2. General Contractor. 3. Inspector. 4. Engineer. 5. Owner. D. Each report shall include: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Testing Laboratory name, address, and telephone number. 4. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 5. Date and time of sampling and testing. 6. Record of temperature and weather conditions. 7. Date of test. 8. Identification of product and specification section. 9. Location of sample or test in the Project. 10. Type of test. 11. Results of tests and compliance with the Contract. 12. Interpretation of test results when requested by the Owner. 13. Signed by a Registered Engineer licensed in the State of California. E. Submit a final report of special test and inspections at Notice of Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. F. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected Work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. G. The same Testing Laboratory shall perform retesting required because of nonconformance to the specified requirements. H. Arrange with the Owner for the delivery of samples of items requiring testing, in ample time to allow for analysis and testing. I. Arrange for the timely presence and recommendations of a Testing Laboratory representative for the Contractor’s field or shop operations such as soils compaction, welding procedures, and similar critical operations, at the start of such operations. J. Promptly notify Engineer, Owner, and Contractor of irregularities or deficiencies in the Work observed during performance of Testing Laboratory’s services. Immediately upon Testing 01400-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project Laboratory determination of a test failure, the Laboratory will telephone the results to the Owner, Construction Inspector, and Contractor. On the same day, Laboratory will send written test results to those named on above distribution list. K. Laboratory shall be licensed to conduct testing and inspection operations in the State of California. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used) PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 TEST SELECTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for, and shall pay for, all tests except for the following: 1. Earthwork: Field and Laboratory tests of soil used for fill and earth backfill as placed and compacted. Inspect placing of fill and backfill and determine conformance to compaction requirements. 2. Reinforcing for concrete and masonry. 3. Concrete quality control. B. The Contractor shall provide written request to the Owner a minimum of three (3) days in advance of required test and/or inspection. 3.02 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: Upon completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in the Contract Documents. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching. B. Protect construction exposed by or necessitated by quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection of the Work are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION 01500-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions and other Division 01 General Requirements, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including utility, construction and support facilities, and security and protection. Furnish and install all required temporary facilities and controls as shown or specified herein plus such facilities as required for proper performance of the Contract. All such temporary facilities and controls shall be located where directed and re-located as required by the progress of the work and maintained in a safe and sanitary condition at all times until completion of the Contract. B. Contractor shall be responsible for all of its own office and construction utilities including the cost of permits, usage, generation, installation, relocation, distribution, metering, maintenance, safety, disposal, and removal. Coordinate this work with the Owner. C. Coordinate installation and removal of temporary utilities with Owner, utility companies, other contractors, and authorities having jurisdiction. Contractor shall submit plans to the Owner for approval of proposed temporary utilities and facilities. D. Do not install, or remove any temporary utility without prior written approval by Owner. Owner’s written approval does not guarantee or warrant that utilities installed by the Contractor will not require relocation in the future due to the follow-on and/or sequence of work by Contractor or other contractors or by changes in scope and sequence of work by the Owner. E. Temporary utilities placed underground shall be permanently marked as to prevent damage by others, and accurately located for removal. Damage to above ground and underground utilities by the Contractor or others shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Water service and distribution 2. Electric power service 3. Lighting G. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Project identification and temporary signs 2. Waste disposal facilities 3. Field offices, meeting facility, and storage boxes 01500-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 4. Sanitary facilities, including drinking water 5. Temporary perimeter security fencing 6. Temporary enclosures, fencing and barricades 7. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities 9. Storm water control and drainage H. Removal of Temporary Facilities 1. Remove temporary facilities and controls, including associated materials and equipment, when their use is no longer required. 2. Restore and recondition areas of the site damaged and disturbed by temporary facilities and controls and their installation. 3. Remove and properly dispose of debris resulting form removal and reconditioning operations. I. Submittals 1. Temporary Utilities: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities. 2. Implementation and Termination Schedules: Submit a schedule indicating implementation of each temporary utility within ten (10) days of the date established for commencement of the Work. 1.03 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner, Owner, or Engineer and shall be included in the Contract Sum. B. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Owner's Representatives, including the Owner 2. Inspection and/or Testing agencies 3. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: 1. Building Code requirements 2. Health and safety regulations 3. Utility company regulations 01500-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 4. Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules 5. Environmental protection regulations B. Standards: Comply with NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations", ANSI-A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition", and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities." 1. Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions. 2. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70 and applicable codes. 3. Refer to Guidelines for Bid conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and services prepared jointly by AGC and ASC for industry recommendations. C. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work: 1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat 2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work 3. Operate in a safe and effective manner 4. Take necessary fire prevention measures 5. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress 6. Do not allow hazardous dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the Site. 7. Allow free use and access of all utilities at all times to all entities contracted to perform the Work. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used if approved by the Owner. Provide materials suitable for use intended. Provide specified utility services required during construction and extend temporary service lines to construction areas to allow use by all trades, and subcontractors. B. Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL labeled tarpaulins with flame spread rating of fifteen (15) or less. For temporary enclosures provide translucent nylon reinforced laminated polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride fire retardant tarpaulins. C. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. 01500-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. General: Provide equipment and materials suitable for use intended. B. Field Offices: Provide mobile units with lockable entrances, operable windows, serviceable finishes, heated, air-conditioned and on foundations adequate for normal loading. Comply with all applicable codes and requirements. C. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. D. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide a sufficient number of self-contained single-occupant toilet units of the chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. Units shall be accompanied by hand washing stations, including paper towels and covered trash receptacle in accordance with governing regulations. E. Drinking-Water Fixtures: Containerized, bottled-water drinking-water units, including paper cup supply. 1. Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed water temperature at forty-five (45) to fifty-five (55) degrees F (7.2 to 12.7 degrees C). F. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light. G. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable. H. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use "hard-service" cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. I. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered glass enclosures, where fixtures are exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture. J. Trash removal: The Contractor shall be responsible for providing trash receptacles. Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of debris from the job site and shall keep all work areas and passageways in and around the project free from debris. Collect waste from construction areas daily. Contact GreenWaste of Palo Alto for waste removal services. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than seven (7) days during normal weather or three (3) days when the temperature is expected to rise above eighty (80) degrees F (27 degrees C). Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately form other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material in a lawful manner, (also ref. General Requirements). Owner trash facilities may not be used. 01500-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project K. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations. L. Water Hoses: Provide three quarter inch (3/4") heavy-duty, abrasion-resistant, flexible rubber hoses one hundred feet (100’) long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water distribution system; provide adjustable shut-off nozzles at hose discharge. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL: A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.02 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Locate storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction and support facilities as directed by the Owner. 2. Provide noncombustible construction for shops and sheds located within thirty (30) feet of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241. 3. Maintain support facilities until Completion as necessary. Remove upon completion of the Contractor’s final contract milestone and written approval by the Owner. Personnel remaining after Notice of Completion may be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Temporary Heat and Ventilation: Provide temporary heat required by construction activities, for curing or drying of completed installations or protection of installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select safe equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce the ambient condition required and minimize consumption of energy. Provide forced ventilation of enclosed areas for proper installation and curing of materials, to disperse humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors and gases. Pay the costs of installation, maintenance, operation, and removal of temporary heat and ventilation, including costs for fuel consumed, required for the performance of the Work. C. Storage Sheds: Install storage sheds, sized, furnished and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within the designated building site. D. Toilets: Provide self-contained single-occupant toilet units of the chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. 1. Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and similar disposable materials for each facility. Provide covered waste containers for used material. E. Drinking Water Fixtures: Provide drinking water as required by OSHA, including paper 01500-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project supply. F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. 1. If required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers, clearly labeled, for each type of waste material to be deposited. 2. Develop a waste management plan for Work performed on Project. Indicate types of waste materials Project will produce and estimate quantities of each type. Provide detailed information for on-site waste storage and separation of recyclable materials. Provide information on destination of each type of waste material and means to be used to dispose of all waste materials. 3.03 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Provide and maintain suitable temporary barriers as required to prevent public entry; protect the work and existing facilities, persons, and trees and plants from damage or injury from construction operations. B. Preserve and protect existing trees and plants not designated or required to be removed, and those adjacent to the site. As required, provide barriers to a minimum height of 6’-0” around each tree and plant, or around groups in proximity of construction operations. Consult with the Owner prior to removal of roots and branches that interfere with construction operations. C. Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from use of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until requested by the Owner. D. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for the erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform personnel and the public, of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. 3.05 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Contractor shall dispose of all material off-site, in a lawful manner. Do not allow the accumulation of scraps debris, waste material and other items not required for construction of this work. Remove waste materials and rubbish not less than on a weekly basis and lawfully dispose of at Contractor's expense. B. Clean interior areas prior to start of finish work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. C. Provide adequate storage for all items awaiting removal from the job site, observing all requirements for fire protection and protection of the ecology. D. Each sub-contractor shall clean up the results of their work and deliver such debris to areas designated for holding by General Contractor. E. Weekly, and more often if necessary, sweep all interior spaces clean. "Clean", for the purpose of this sub-paragraph, shall be interpreted as meaning free from dust and other materials capable of being removed by reasonable diligence using a hand-held broom. 01500-7 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project F. Following the installation of finish floor materials, clean the finish floor and provide adequate protection. Inspect protection daily (or more often if necessary) while work is being performed in the space in which finish materials have been installed. "Clean", for the purpose of this sub-paragraph, shall be interpreted as meaning free from all foreign materials which, in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer, may be injurious to the finish floor material. 3.06 OPERATION, TERMINATION AND REMOVAL A. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation and similar facilities on a twenty-four (24) hour/day basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid the possibility of damage. B. Termination and Removal: Unless the Owner requests that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, or when replaced by the authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Final Billing. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of the Contractor. The Owner reserves the right to take possession of the Project identification signs. 2. Prior to Notice of Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities that have been used during the construction period, including but not limited to: a. Replace air filters and clean the inside of ductwork and housings. b. Replace parts that are significantly worn or parts that have been subjected to unusual operating conditions as determined by the Owner. c. Replace lamps that are burned out or noticeably dimmed by substantial hours of use. 3.07 SECURITY A. Secure, maintain, and protect the Work, stored materials, equipment, and temporary facilities until time of acceptance, or such earlier time as Owner may choose to assume such responsibility. B. Security and protection may be by any legal method, or combination of methods, acceptable to the Owner. E. Pest Control: Take necessary provisions to control rodents, insects, and other pests. 3.09 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN A. General: 1. Project signage is the responsibility of the General Contractor. The Owner shall approve all project signage prior to installation. 3.10 SITE CONTROLS AND PARKING 01500-8 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project A. Entrance to Work Site: Contractor and their employees shall use certain access roads or entrances as directed by Owner, (ref. Supplemental General Conditions). Maintain these roads in satisfactory condition during Contract time, and repair damages attributable to Work of this Project at intervals as needed. At completion of Contract, roads and entrances shall be left in condition at least equal to that existing at start of Contract, except as may be otherwise required by Contract Documents. B. Site Storage and Work Areas: Owner will allocate available on-site storage and work areas to Contractor, subject to change as may be necessary by job progress such as site development or other intervening Work. C. Regulations: Observe and comply with rules and regulations in effect at occupied facilities, including, but not restricted to, parking and traffic regulations, security restrictions, hours of access, etc. D. Use of Public Sidewalks and Streets: Make arrangements with local authorities including Traffic Engineer, for temporary use of streets and sidewalks for offices, shops, storage, etc. Abide by applicable jurisdictional rules, regulations, and ordinances. Obtain permits and pay all required fees. END OF SECTION 01550-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 01550 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. The following Special Project Procedures shall be developed, enacted and maintained throughout the course of construction by the Contractor. These requirements are in addition to those specified within the Contract General Conditions. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION A. The area of work shall be kept in an organized and clean condition to protect both the on-site and off-site environment during the progression of the Work. B. Contractor shall review Palo Alto’s Gray Fox at the City of Palo Alto’s Regional Water Quality Control Plant Report, and comply with the general avoidance measures outlined in the report. Contractor’s onsite employees shall undergo gray fox training provided by the Owner prior to beginning work. C. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction operations undertaken to complete the project. Any construction operation or activity shall comply with all federal, state, and local requirements pertaining to water, air, solid waste and noise pollution. D. For the purpose of this Section the following definitions apply: 1. Sediment: Soil, sand, silt, clay, and/or other debris that have been eroded and transported by runoff water. 2. Solid Waste: Any solid matter such as refuse, wood residues, sand, rubbish, debris, garbage, and other discarded solid materials resulting from construction activities, maintenance and/or repair work. Solid waste also includes organic matter such as leaves, and tree trimmings. 3. Chemical Waste: Includes any petroleum-based products, bituminous materials, salts, acids, alkalis, herbicides, pesticides, disinfectants, organic chemicals and inorganic wastes. Some of these wastes may be classified as “hazardous” materials. 4. Sanitary Wastes a. Sewage: Domestic sanitary sewage. 5. Hazardous Materials: Should the Contractor detect site materials that are believed to be asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), or other such hazardous material, the Contractor shall stop the work in the proximate area and immediately notify the Owner in writing. Work in the affected area shall not be resumed pending an investigation to determine if the questionable material is indeed hazardous resulting in one of the following accommodations: 1) the material has been abated; 2) the material has been identified as non-hazardous, or; 3) the material has been rendered harmless. E. Protection of natural resources 1. General: It is intended of the Contract Documents that the natural resources scheduled to remain within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work performed under this contract be preserved in their existing condition, or be restored to an equivalent condition upon completion of the Work. The Work shall be confined to the work area limits shown on the drawings. Upon completion of the work return adjacent surfaces disturbed and not altered by the 01550-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project work defined by the Contract Documents to their pre-construction elevations and general appearance. 2. Land Resources: Do not remove, cut deface, injure or destroy trees, shrubs, or landscape areas outside the work area limits. Do not remove, deface injure or destroy trees within the work area scheduled to remain without written permission from the Owner. Should damage to existing landscape occur the Contractor at its expense shall remove and/or replace the damaged landscape at the sole discretion of the Owner. 3. Water Resources: The Contractor shall investigate and comply with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations concerning the discharge, whether directly or indirectly of pollutants to underground and natural waters. At all times, special measures shall be taken to prevent oily or other hazardous substances from entering the ground, drainage areas or local bodies of water in such quantities as to affect normal use, aesthetics or produce a measurable impact upon the area. Any soil or water that is contaminated with oily substances due to the Contractor’s operations shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations at the Contractor’s expense. Perform all work under this Contract in such a manner that any adverse environmental impacts are reduced to a level that is acceptable to the applicable regulatory agency(s). 1.04 NOISE CONTROL A. Maximum noise levels within 500 feet of any business or adjacent building area shall not exceed 90 dBA at a distance of 50 feet as measured under the noisiest operation conditions for equipment components such as trenchers, pavers, graders and trucks. The maximum noise level for all other equipment shall not exceed 85 dBA at 50 feet under the same conditions. B. Jackhammers shall be equipped with exhaust mufflers and steel muffling sleeves when noise levels exceed the above limits. Air compressors should be of a quiet type such as a “whisperized” compressor, and all compressor hoods shall be closed while the equipment is in operation. If necessary, provide portable noise barriers constructed of ¾-inch plywood lined with 1-inch thick fiberglass on the work side around jackhammering activities. C. Keep noisy equipment as far as possible from noise-sensitive site boundaries. Machines should not be left idling. The Contractor is encouraged to use electric power in lieu of internal combustion engine powered tools and equipment wherever possible. C. The Contractor shall schedule noisy operations so as to minimize their duration at any given location, and to minimize disruption to the adjoining business and building occupants. Notify the Owner in advance of performing work creating unusual noise and schedule such work at times mutually agreeable to the Owner and Owner. D. Operation of musical equipment such as radios, DVD players, tape players, television, and other similar items at the construction site is forbidden. 1.05 DUST AND AIR POLLUTION CONTROL Enlist measures to avoid the creation of dust and air pollution. A. Dust and Dirt Control: Comply with following mitigation measures, where applicable: 1. All disturbed areas, including storage piles, which are not being actively utilized for construction purposes, shall be effectively stabilized of dust emissions using water, chemical stabilizer / suppressant, covered with a tarp or other suitable cover or vegetative ground cover. At a minimum unpaved areas shall be wetted a three times a day or as frequently as necessary to eliminate dust formation. When wind velocity exceeds 15 mph the site shall be watered as frequently as necessary to eliminate dust migration. 01550-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 2. All land clearing, grubbing, scraping, excavation, land leveling, grading, cut & fill, and demolition activities shall be effectively controlled of fugitive dust emissions utilizing application of water or by presoaking. 3. All operations shall limit or expeditiously remove the accumulation of mud or dirt from adjacent public streets at the end of each workday. (The use of dry rotary brushes is expressly prohibited except where preceded or accompanied by sufficient wetting to limit the visible dust emissions.) (Use of blower devices is expressly forbidden.) 4. Following the addition of materials to, or the removal of materials from, the surface of outdoor storage piles, said piles shall be effectively stabilized of fugitive dust emissions utilizing sufficient water or chemical stabilizer/suppressant. 5. Trucks hauling soil, sand, debris, garbage or other similar loose materials to and from the site shall be covered. 6. Trackout shall be immediately removed when it extends 50 or more feet from the site and sweep area streets adjacent to the project as necessary, but no less than once per workday to eliminate as much as practicable the tracking of dirt and debris offsite. B. Air Pollution Control 1. All volatile liquids, including fuels and solvents shall be stored in closed containers. 2. Debris, refuse, lumber, and/or other scrap material burning is forbidden. 3. Properly maintain equipment to reduce gaseous pollutant emissions. B. Cover stockpiles of soil, debris, sand or other similar loose materials to prevent migration. 1.06 STORM WATER / EROSION CONTROL A. Contractor shall implement Best Management Practices (BMP) for the project per specification section 01046 and per the plan set (Pollution Prevention – It’s Part of the Plan – page 11 of 12). 1.07 DISPOSAL OPERATIONS A. Solid Waste Management: Supply solid waste transfer containers at various site locations as necessary to keep the site free of construction debris and garbage. Debris such as spent air filters, oil cartridges, cans, bottles, combustibles and litter shall be placed in appropriate containers and routinely removed from the jobsite. The Contractor shall take measures to prevent trash and papers form blowing onto adjacent property. The contractor is required to segregate and recycle as much material as possible, and must use GreenWaste of Palo Alto dumpsters unless materials are source-separated recyclables. B. Washing of concrete trucks/containers where wastewater may reach adjacent property, storm drains or natural watercourses will not be permitted. Remove any excess concrete to the sanitary landfill. C. Chemical Waste and Hazardous Materials: Furnish containers for storage of spent chemicals used during construction operations. Dispose of chemicals and hazardous materials in accordance with applicable regulations. 01550-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project D. Garbage: Store garbage in covered containers and dispose of contents to a lawful sanitary landfill at routine intervals or as necessary to prevent the accumulation of on site trash. E. Dispose of materials removed during demolition operations to a suitable off site disposal site in accordance with applicable regulations. F. Excavated Materials: Remove from the site any spoil material that is in excess of that required for backfill and such excavated material unsuitable for backfill. Excess backfill material shall be hauled off site and no additional compensation will be paid to the Contractor for such off haul. Unsuitable excavated material shall be disposed of off site in accordance with applicable regulations to an appropriate site immediately following excavation. END OF SECTION 01600-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions and other Division 01 General Requirements, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project. B. The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals are included under other General Requirements Sections. C. Administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions are included under other General Requirements Sections. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have well recognized meanings in the construction industry. 1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and other terms of similar intent. a. "Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model designation, indicated in the manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. 2. "Materials" are products that are substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. 3. "Equipment", is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections such as wiring or piping. 1.04 DESCRIPTION A. Material and equipment incorporated in the Work shall be: 1. New. 2. In a condition acceptable to the Owner and the Engineer. 3. Suitable for the use intended. 4. In conformance with EPA codes and regulations and applicable air quality control district. 01600-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project B. No material or equipment shall be used for any purpose other than that for which it is designed or specified. C. No material shall contain asbestos. D. No materials or products shall contain formaldehyde in excess of the amount recommended by the State of California Department of Health Services (DOHS). 1.05 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Deliver manufactured products in the manufacturer's original, unbroken containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. B. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and reviewed submittals, and to verify that products are properly protected and undamaged. C. Handle products in a manner to avoid soiling and damaging the products and their packaging. D. Promptly remove damaged and defective products from the site, and replace at no increase in Contract Sum. 1.06 STORAGE A. Store manufactured products in accordance with the manufacturers' printed instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. 1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weathertight enclosures. 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges specified by the manufacturers. B. Exterior Storage: 1. Store fabricated products above the ground, on blocking or skids, to prevent soiling and staining. 2. Cover products that are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings; provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. 3. Store loose granular material in a well-drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. C. Arrange storage to facilitate inspection. D. Periodically inspect stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified conditions and free from damage and deterioration. E. Protection After Installation: 1. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and construction operations. Remove coverings when no longer needed. 01600-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1.07 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. For products indicated or specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting such standard. B. For products indicated or specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one (1) of the products or manufacturers named which complies with the specified requirements. C. For products indicated or specified by naming only one (1) product and manufacturer, there is no option. D. Products not meeting the criteria hereinabove, shall be considered Substitutions, and shall be submitted as specified in the General Requirements. E. "Or equal" means a product accepted in writing by the Engineer for use in the Work as being equivalent in essential attributes to the product indicated or specified in the Contract Documents. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind, from a single source. B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two (2) or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. C. Each Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other Contractors. D. If a dispute arises between Contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Engineer will determine which products shall be used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT SELECTION A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents that are new and undamaged and unused at the time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other devices and details needed for a complete installation and for the intended use and effect. 2. Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. B. Product Selection Procedures: Product selection is governed by the Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by previous Project experience. 1. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Engineer's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. a. Where no product available within the specified category matches satisfactorily and also complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the Contract Documents concerning 01600-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project "Substitutions" for selection of a matching product in another product category, or for noncompliance with specified requirements. 2. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase "...as selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures..." or a similar phrase, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Engineer will select the color, pattern and texture from the product line selected. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place for long life under hard use, accurately located and aligned with other Work. 1. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Notice of Completion. END OF SECTION 01630-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 01630 SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions and other Division 01 General Requirements, apply this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for Substitutions. B. Procedural requirements governing the Contractor’s selection of products and product options are included under General Requirements - Product Requirements. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions used in this Section are not intended to change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. B. Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by Contract Documents are considered requests for "substitutions." Where phrases such as "or equal" or "or equal as approved by the Engineer" occurs in the Contract Documents, do not assume that materials or equipment will be approved as equal unless the item has been specifically approved for this work by the Engineer prior to Bid Opening Date, or as otherwise allowed in these Contract Documents. The following are not considered substitutions: 1. Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Engineer. 2. Specified options of products and construction methods included in Contract Documents. 3. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. If the Contractor desires to use material or equipment other than that specified, they shall submit a request for approval of such substitution, in writing, to the Owner. Product Substitution requests will not be considered if received after the date stipulated. B. Submit Substitution Request packages using the form provided and in a quantity to be returned to the Contractor plus four (4) copies of each request for substitution for review by the Engineer. C. Identify the product, or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate: 01630-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products, fabrication and installation procedures. 2. Samples where applicable or requested. 3. A detailed, side-by-side comparison of the significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include but is not necessarily limited to elements such as size, weight, durability, performance and visual effect. 4. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate Contractors will become necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. 5. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time. 6. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any, in the Contract Sum. 7. Certification by the Contractor that the substitution proposed is equal-to or better in every significant respect to that required by the Contract Documents, and that it will perform adequately in the application indicated. Include the Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. 8. The Contractor warrants that they have investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that indicated or specified. 9. The Contractor waives claim for additional costs and time associated with the proposed product, which may subsequently become apparent. 10. The Contractor shall provide a signed statement that the proposed product is in full compliance with the Contract Documents, and applicable regulatory requirements, requires no changes to specified controls and monitoring systems that may be specified in other Sections, and Certify that the Contractor will be responsible for coordination at no additional expense to the Owner 11. The Contractor shall provide information on availability of maintenance service, and source of replacement materials, and provide a sample of Manufacturer’s standard form of guarantee or warranty for proposed product. 1.05 OWNER’S ACTION A. Within ten (10) days of receipt of the request, the Owner will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution. The Engineer at their sole discretion will determine the acceptability of proposed products and their determination shall be final. If a decision on use of a proposed substitution cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, use the product specified by name in the Contract Documents. B. No consideration will be given to a substitute product unless, in the Engineer’s judgment, it complies with the following conditions. 1. Substitution Request is complete. 2. It is equal in quality, performance and serviceability. 3. Its use does not entail changes in details or related construction. 01630-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 4. It is acceptable in regards to design and aesthetic effect. 5. There is a cost and/or time advantage to the Owner. C. Acceptance of a product shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for the proper execution of the Work and any other requirements of the Contract Documents. D. If a proposed product is not accepted, use the product originally specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. E. No products other than those indicated or specified in the Contract Documents shall be purchased or incorporated in the Work without the Engineer’s prior written acceptance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the Engineer when one (1) or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Engineer; otherwise requests will be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. 1. Extensive revisions to Contract Documents are not required. 2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents. 3. The request is timely, fully documented and properly submitted. 4. The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. 5. The Specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. 6. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. 7. A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the Owner may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional compensation to the Engineer for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner or Separate Contractors, and similar considerations. 8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. 10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty. 01630-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project B. The Contractor's submittal and Engineer's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples that relate to construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents, does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor does it constitute approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION (not used) END OF SECTION 01700-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions and other Division 01 General Requirements, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for Project Closeout, including but not limited to: 1. Inspection procedures 2. Project record document submittal 3. Operation and Maintenance Data 4. Instruction of Owner’s personnel 5. Service and maintenance contracts 6. Submittal of guarantees/warranties and bonds 7. Final Cleaning 8. Restoration of damaged and remedial work 9. Delivery of extra materials 1.03 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Final Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Final Completion is claimed, show 100 percent (100%) completion for the portion of the Work claimed as complete. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of charges to the Contract Sum. a. If 100 percent (100%) completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, quality of work bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases. 5. Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Engineer and/or Owner and Inspector of Record will either proceed with inspection scheduling or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Engineer and/or Owner will prepare the Notice of Completion following inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the Notice will be issued. 1. The Engineer and/or Owner and Inspector of Record will repeat inspection scheduling when requested and assured that the Work has been completed. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 01700-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1.04 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 3. Submit a certified copy of the Owner’s and Engineer's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been endorsed and dated by the Owner and Engineer. 4. Submit record drawings, damage or settlement survey, property survey, and similar final record information. 5. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 6. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 7. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. Re-inspection Procedure: The Engineer and/or Owner and Inspector of Record will re- inspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the Owner. 1. Upon completion of re-inspection, the Engineer and/or Owner and Inspector of Record will prepare a Notice of Completion, or advice the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final completion. 2. If necessary, the re-inspection procedure will be repeated. 1.05 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. General: Do not use record drawings for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record drawings for the Owner, Owner and Engineer’s reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain clean undamaged set of prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set in the manner approved in advance by the Owner to show the actual installation where the installation varies from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately; where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. Label each document “PROJECT RECORD” in large, neat, printed letters. Failure to maintain record drawings shall result in withholding of Contractor’s payment. See Payment provisions in General Conditions. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark information that is important to the Owner, but was not adequately shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. a. Changes made by Change Order and other modifications described in the GENERAL CONDITIONS noting the change or modification source. b. Locations of significant Work concealed inside the building whose general locations have been changed from those shown on the Contract Documents c. Locations of items, not necessarily concealed, which have been changed, 01700-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project with the Engineer’s prior written approval, from the location shown on the Contract Documents. d. Post all Requests for Information (RFI) on appropriate drawings. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduit. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. 3. Note related Change Order or Work Authorization number where applicable. 4. Organize Record Drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on cover of each set. 5. Keep up to date during entire progress of the Work, and furnish additional drawings as necessary for clarification. 6. Record deviations from the sizes, locations, and other features of installations shown in the Contract Documents. 7. Establish locations of underground Work by Global Positioning Systems (GPS) and reference invert elevations and rates of fall. 8. Give sufficient information to locate Work concealed in the buildings. 9. Locate main runs of piping, conduit, ductwork and similar items by dimensions. 10. Locate other items either by dimensions or in relation to spaces within the buildings. 11. Where feasible, the individual or entity that obtained record data, whether the individual or entity is the installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, is required to prepare the mark-up on Record Drawings. 12. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. 13. Record data as soon as possible after it has been obtained. In the case of concealed installation, record and check the mark-up prior to concealment. C. As-Built Drawings: 1. At time of acceptance of the Work and prior to final payment, using the Record Drawings for reference, prepare "As-Built" record drawings. The Contractor shall furnish record drawings, made from final Shop Drawings that have been updated to show actual conditions, for Work specified in the individual Specification sections. Where Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on “As Built” Drawings. a. Employ and pay a professional draftsperson to prepare the "As-Built" drawings from the Record Drawings, using typical drafting devices and recording information in ink clouding all changes. b. After completing the preparation of Record Drawings, copy Record Drawings onto Compact Disc (CD’s) and produce two (2) copies of each Drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. Organize the copies into manageable sets. Drawings shall be provided as an AutoCAD 2013 DWG file and PDF. c. Organize and bind Record Drawings and original marked-up set of prints that were maintained during the construction period in sets with durable paper cover sheets, with appropriate identification, including titles, dates and other information on cover sheets. d. Reverse roll and place these sets in durable tube-type Drawing containers with end caps. Mark the end cap of each container with suitable identification. e. Sign and date the completed Project “As Builts” and transmit them to the Owner, who will forward them to the Owner after final acceptance of the Work. f. Submit Record Drawings, Shop Drawings, and CD’s to the Owner for review and approval. 01700-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project D. Record Specifications: Maintain one (1) complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda, and one (1) copy of other written construction documents such as Request for Information, Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in the actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. Give particular attention to substitutions, Request for Information, selection of options and similar information on elements that are concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 1. Mark each Specification SECTION to record: a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually incorporated in the Work. b. Changes made by Change Order and other modifications described in the GENERAL CONDITIONS 2. Include the Record Specifications in “like” format as part of the Project “As-Builts”. G. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data into individual heavy-duty 2-inch, 3-ring vinyl-covered binder, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark the appropriate identification on front spine of each binder. Provide index near front of binder furnishing immediate information as to locations in the manual of all emergency data regarding the equipment included in the manual. Provide entire contents of Binder on Compact Disc organized in same sequence as binder. 1. Include the following types of information: a. Emergency instructions b. Spare parts list c. Copies of warranties d. Wiring diagrams e. Recommended maintenance schedules and a list of maintenance performed during the construction process. f. Inspection procedures g. Shop drawings and product data h. Fixture lamping schedule i. Complete nomenclature of replaceable parts, their part numbers, current cost and name and address of nearest source of parts. j. Copy of each guarantee/warranty and service contract issued for the equipment included in the manual. k. Delete Extraneous Data from manufacture’s catalog pages, information, which is not applicable to this project installation. H. Operation Tests 1. Conduct systematic start-up and operational tests as required to demonstrate that all systems have been completed and are in compliance with all requirements of the Contract Documents, and are fully functioning and operational. Contractor shall coordinate their start-up and operational tests with contractors performing work as necessary to ensure a complete and integrated commissioning process. 2. Furnish a written record of test results using recording type instruments where applicable I. Upon completion of the Work, submit Close out Documents to the Owner for review by the Engineer and the Owner's records. J. Submittal Schedule: Comply with the following schedule for submission of operating and maintenance manuals. 01700-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1. Before submission of Request for Final Payment, when each installation that requires submittal of operating and maintenance manuals is nominally complete, submit two (2) draft copies of each manual to the Owner for review by the Engineer. Include a complete index or table of contents. 2. The Owner will return one (1) copy of the draft with the Engineers comments within twenty-one (21) days of receipt. 3. Make corrections or modifications to comply with the Engineer and/or Owner’s comments. Submit the specified number of copies of each approved manual to the Owner within twenty-one (21) days of receipt of Owner’s comments. K. Transmit manuals in the quantity which is required to be returned, plus the following, unless otherwise specified, which will be retained by the Owner for forwarding to the Owner after acceptance of the work. 1. Three (3) copies of Electrical manuals and one (1) copy on CD. 2. Two (2) copies of all other manuals and one (1) copy on CD. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance, to meet with the Owner's personnel to review, contractor furnished, DVD-recorded instruction in the proper operation and maintenance. If installers are not experienced in procedures, provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals 2. Record documents 3. Spare parts and materials 4. Tools 5. Lubricants 6. Fuels 7. Identification systems 8. Control sequences 9. Hazards 10. Cleaning 11. Warranties, bonds 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Start-up 2. Shut-down 3. Emergency operations 4. Noise and vibration adjustments 5. Safety procedures 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments 7. Effective and energy utilization. C. Schedule training to conform to personnel availability at the facility and to conclude prior to start up of system. The base duration of training shall be determined by the complexity of the 01700-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project system or equipment and shall be done by qualified instructors from the manufacturer or contractor. D. As part of the operator's training, one (1) lesson plan shall be devoted to reviewing of the DVD recording, which shall be incorporated into the training program to allow new employees to view the DVD at their own convenience and be able to comprehend the system without the need for an instructor in attendance. E. Prepare one (1) set of DVD’s to assist maintenance personnel in trouble-shooting the systems and making routine repairs. All DVD’s shall be made at the Project facility to ensure that the DVD portrayal is representative of the true systems. F. In addition to written technical descriptions, the training shall lay out prescribed hands-on-training under the supervision of others who have previously completed the training program. The foregoing techniques are to be developed to produce a program that is self-perpetuating and permits a high level of operator training in the event of high turnover rates among those who are assigned to duties in maintenance. 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. General: General cleaning during construction is required by the General Conditions and included Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls". 1. Comply with applicable regulatory requirements during the cleaning and disposal operations. Special cleaning requirements for specific elements of the Work are included in appropriate Sections of Division 2 through 17. 2. Use cleaning materials, which will not create hazards to health or property or cause damage to products or Work. Conduct cleaning and waste disposal operations in compliance with local laws and ordinances. Comply fully with federal and local environmental and anti-pollution regulations. 3. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to a condition acceptable to the Owner. Use cleaning materials and methods recommended by the manufacturer of the products to be cleaned. 4. Schedule operations with sufficient time for surfaces to dry thoroughly to prevent dust, and other contaminants resulting from cleaning operations from adhering to wet or newly finished surfaces. 5. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certificate of Completion. a. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. b. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, grease, fingerprints, labels, spills, spatters, films and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition. c. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint, mortar droppings and other foreign substances. d. Clean the Site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted, to a smooth even-textured surface. 6. Pest Control: Engage an experienced exterminator to make a final inspection, and to rid Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. 7. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. 8. Compliances: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess 01700-7 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. 9. Materials remaining after completion of associated Work shall be lawfully disposed of or stored as directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION DIVISION 2 SITEWORK 02070-1 City of Palo Alto Household Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Work required to demolish, modify, salvage, relocate, dispose, and convert existing structures, pavements, utilities, fencing, and miscellaneous items as required for the construction of the improvements as shown on the Drawings and as specified. 2. Protect all on-site personnel and the public at all areas of demolition. 3. Complete erosion and dust control measures as specified in Section 01500. 4. Protect, support, and maintain adjoining structure, utilities, sitework facilities, and miscellaneous items surrounding the demolition work from damage or harmful effects. 5. In accordance with all applicable state and local laws, properly dispose of all hazardous materials as required, obtain EPA generator number from the OWNER, and prepare safety plans. 6. CONTRACTOR shall divert construction and demolition debris from disposal in landfill by recycling and salvaging at least 50% of non-hazardous construction and demolition (C&D) or meet local construction and demolition waste management ordinance, whichever is more stringent. 100% of trees, stumps, rocks and associated vegetation and soils resulting primarily from land clearing shall be reused or recycled. B. Related Sections. See Related Sections for additional requirements applicable to this Section (typical). 1. Section 01010 – Summary of Work. 2. Section 01045 – Cutting, Coring and Patching. 3. Section 01100 – Special Project Procedures and Scheduling Restrictions. 4. Section 01125 – Site Safety and Regulatory Requirements 5. Section 01500 – Construction Facilities. 6. Section 02100 – Site Preparation. 7. Section 16000 – General Provisions 02070-2 City of Palo Alto Household Hazardous Waste Station Project 1.02 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION WORK A. Selective demolition work includes, but is not limited to: 1. Partial demolition of pavements to allow new work to connect, for conduit penetrations, or otherwise modify existing structures. 1.03 PROTECTION A. Maintain free and safe passage for all on-site personnel at all times. B. Prevent movement or settlement of structures or surrounding areas to demolition work. Provide bracing, shoring, and debris barriers as required and assume responsibility for the safety and support of affected structures. C. Protect existing finishes, equipment, and adjacent work which remains from damage. Cut finish surfaces such as masonry, tile, plaster, wood, gypsum wallboard, concrete, or metals by methods which will terminate or join work in a straight line at an appropriate point of division. D. Protect existing park features, landscaping and irrigation systems to remain. E. Cease operations and notify the ENGINEER immediately if the safety of any structure or utility appears to be endangered. Take additional precautions to properly support such structure(s) and do not resume demolition operations until safety is restored. F. Utility locations shown on the Drawings are approximate and may vary from where they are shown. The CONTRACTOR shall contact Underground Service Alert (800-642-2444) and obtain field marking to determine the exact locations of utilities owned by agencies. Record, preserve and protect the field markings. G. Blasting and the use of explosives shall not be permitted for any demolition work. H. Promptly repair any damage caused to facilities or landscaping by demolition operations as directed by the ENGINEER and at no additional cost to the OWNER. The minimum quality of repair shall be equal to that which existed prior to the start of the CONTRACTOR’s work. 1.04 SCHEDULING A. Schedule all demolition work to meet the requirements of Section 01100 and minimize disruption to the work of OWNER staff and the public. 1.05 CONDITION OF STRUCTURES A. Conditions existing at the structures and areas to be demolished at the time of the bid period shall be maintained by the OWNER insofar as practical. Minor variations in small piping, electrical equipment, and miscellaneous materials shall be expected by the CONTRACTOR and this work shall be completed at no additional cost to the OWNER. 02070-3 City of Palo Alto Household Hazardous Waste Station Project 1.06 DISPOSAL OF MATERIAL REMOVED BY DEMOLITION WORK A. All materials removed by demolition work shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR as soon as actual demolition is initiated. The CONTRACTOR shall remove demolition materials as soon as possible but in no case shall store materials removed by demolition on the project site longer than 5 working days. Demolition materials other than concrete and soil shall be properly contained in covered waste disposal bins. Concrete and soil shall be tightly stockpiled until removal. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300. B. Submit letters to the ENGINEER showing proposed start and finish dates, times, and detailed descriptions of demolition work a minimum of 14 days in advance of such work. See also Section 01100. C. Construction Management Plan 1. CONTRACTOR shall develop a construction management plan to recycle and salvage at least 50% of non-hazardous debris demolition or meet local construction and demolition waste management ordinance, whichever is more stringent. Where a local jurisdiction does not have a construction and demolition waste management ordinance, submit a construction waste management plan for approval by the enforcement agency. 2. Plan shall monitor construction waste by volume or weight; but not both. Plan shall monitor all recycled debris and mixed debris. Excavated soil and land-clearing debris are not included in this requirement. a. Plan shall identify the materials to be diverted from disposal by efficient usage, recycling, reuse on the project or salvage for future use or sale. b. The waste management plan shall be updated as necessary and shall be accessible during construction for examination by the enforcing agency. 3. CONTRACTOR shall divert 100% of trees, stumps, rocks and associated vegetation and soils resulting primarily from land clearing for reuse or recycling. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. None. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SEQUENCE OF WORK A. The sequence of demolition and the modifications of existing facilities shall be in accordance with Section 01100. B. The CONTRACTOR shall mark all facility components to be demolished in advance of demolition to permit ENGINEER review. The purpose of this requirement is to provide an 02070-4 City of Palo Alto Household Hazardous Waste Station Project opportunity to avoid unnecessary or erroneous demolition. The CONTRACTOR remains responsible for demolition as shown and specified in the Contract Documents. C. The CONTRACTOR shall schedule a meeting and meet with the ENGINEER at the site of the proposed demolition in advance of the start of demolition. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that subcontractors are present if necessary or requested by the ENGINEER. 3.02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES A. CONTRACTOR shall remove all components of structures shown or required to be removed. 3.03 REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT OF BURIED PIPING A. Unless specifically noted on the Drawings to be abandoned-in-place, all abandoned buried piping shall be excavated and removed from the site. B. Piping specifically noted to be abandoned-in-place shall have each open end filled with concrete grout to a minimum distance of 5 feet or 5 pipe diameters, whichever is greater, unless otherwise specified or shown. 3.04 DEMOLITION OF AND ADJOINING TO ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES A. Demolition of finishes where adjoining finishes are to remain shall be carefully completed. Such special finishes include terrazzo, tile, stone, concrete, plaster, wood paneling, metal paneling, and drywall. Cuts shall be even, straight, and parallel to surrounding building lines. Overcuts shall not be permitted unless approved by the ENGINEER. 3.05 WASTE SORTING AND DISPOSAL A. Provide for grinding of all existing asphaltic concrete paving on site to be reused for base rock on site or hauled off site by a paving recycler for grinding and reuse. B. Provide separate waste collection containers for mixed debris for landfill and recycled materials. Materials to be considered for separate collection include cardboard, metal, plastic, clean wood, glass, gypsum wallboard, carpet and insulation. C. Designate a particular area on site for collection and sorting of materials. D. Co-mingling of recycled debris may be allowed conforming to the local county trash/recycling policy. E. Identify construction haulers and recyclers to handle the designated materials. Mixed construction and demolition debris (C&D) processors can be located at the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle). F. Subcontractors may be required by CONTRACTOR to recycle their own waste products off site; require subcontractors to provide documentation of recycling by weight or volume. 3.06 CLEAN-UP A. The CONTRACTOR shall remove from the site all debris resulting from the demolition operations as it accumulates and at least 2 times a week. Upon completion of the immediate demolition work, the CONTRACTOR shall thoroughly clean each area, including dusting, vacuuming, sweeping, and window cleaning. ***END OF SECTION*** 02100-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Clearing, grubbing, and stripping of existing vegetation over all areas to be graded, excavated, trenched, filled, or as otherwise shown on the Drawings and as specified. B. Related Sections. See Related Sections for additional requirements applicable to this Section (typical). 1. Section 01500 – Temporary Facilities. 2. Section 02070 – Selective Demolition. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All work shall conform to applicable local and state laws. Coordinate work with owning utilities as required in the area of work. B. The CONTRACTOR shall confirm that the existing site substantially matches the Drawings and conditions during bid prior to beginning work. Prior to beginning work under this Section the CONTRACTOR shall meet with the ENGINEER to identify and discuss those materials to be removed and disposed of by the CONTRACTOR. C. All materials not removed shall be protected by the CONTRACTOR and repaired or replaced if damaged by the CONTRACTOR. D. Complete erosion and dust control measures as described in Sections 01046. 3.02 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. All brush, bushes, grasses, roots, debris, and other unacceptable material shall be cut, grubbed, removed, and disposed of from areas to be occupied by buildings, structures, roads, pipelines, ductbanks, fills, conduits, engineered fills, retaining walls, and any other areas to be stripped. Vegetation with a diameter of up to 1-inch shall be removed to a minimum depth of 6 inches below finished grade. Vegetation with a diameter greater than 1 inch shall be removed to a minimum depth of 18 inches below finished grade. Stockpile areas shall be cleared before use. B. Protect all trees and bushes from damage by all construction operations by erecting suitable barriers, or by other comparable means. Unless otherwise shown on the 02100-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project Drawings, suitable barriers such as orange plastic woven fencing or temporary chain link fencing shall be placed at or beyond the drip lines of trees and bushes. C. Areas outside the limits of clearing shall be protected and no equipment or materials shall be stored in or allowed to damage these areas. D. Drawing indicated existing facilities, and those field visible (during the bid period) pipe, conduit, structural members, concrete slabs and vaults, appurtenances, poles, concrete, timber, and other utility structures shall be excavated, cut, and removed from areas to be occupied by buildings, structures, fills, roads, pipelines, and other areas to be stripped. These materials shall be disposed of as specified herein. E. No stumps, trees, limbs, debris, or brush shall be buried in any fills or embankments. 3.03 STRIPPING A. Strip the top 3-inch layer of surface soils (topsoil) from all areas to be occupied by buildings, structures, pipes, roadways, and all areas to be excavated or filled. Avoid mixing the top layer with lower layers and stockpile that quantity of clean topsoil necessary to provide a 6-inch compacted layer of topsoil over all areas to be landscaped. Soil so stockpiled shall be free from brush, roots, trash, large stones, and other extraneous material and protected from erosion. Fence and cover as required to protect this soil from contamination until reuse. Excess clean soils may be permanently stockpiled at the project site where designated on the Drawings until that area is filled; additional soils shall be removed from the site. B. The top layer of surface soils shall be stockpiled separately from the underlying more clayey, cemented soils, and rock. C. All exposed stripped surfaces shall be kept moist to avoid shrinkage prior to further overlying earthwork or construction. 3.04 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS A. Disposal of non-contaminated materials shall be performed per the requirements of Section 02070. B. All contaminated surface soils, tree trunks, limbs, roots, stumps, brush, foliage, and other vegetation, pipe, conduits, concrete, construction materials, and other buried utilities which are cleared, grubbed, or stripped shall be hauled to a suitable landfill or offsite disposal site, in compliance with local and state laws. C. Burning of cleared and grubbed materials will not be permitted. 3.05 ABANDONMENT OF BURIED PIPING A. Not applicable. ***END OF SECTION*** 02510-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 02510 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to construct repair paved areas damaged or removed by other construction activities, and slurry seal paved areas after the completion of potentially damaging roadway construction traffic. B. Pavement removal and replacement shall be made in accordance with these Specifications and the 2002 edition of Caltrans Standard Specifications. C. In all cases, references to payment and measurement in Caltrans Standard Specifications are not applicable. D. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all damage to adjacent paved surfaces caused by construction operations and such damage shall be repaired at CONTRACTOR's expense in accordance with the details on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02200, Earthwork. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and product information shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300. B. Submit information for aggregate base materials, asphalt mix design, and prime and tack coats. Laboratory tests of the slurry seal in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 37 shall also be submitted. Timing of all submittals shall be as required in Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Material for aggregate base shall conform to the 2002 edition of Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 26, Class 2 Aggregate Base, 3/4 inch (1.9 cm) maximum, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. B. Prime/tack coat shall be Type SC-70 liquid asphalt conforming to the requirements of the Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 93 or asphaltic emulsion conforming to the requirements of Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 94. C. Asphalt concrete surfacing shall conform to the requirements of Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 39. Aggregate shall be 1/2-inch (1.3 cm) maximum size, Type B. D. Asphalt to be mixed with the aggregate shall meet the requirements of Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 92, AR 4000, steam-refined paving asphalt. 02510-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CUTTING PAVEMENT A. Existing asphalt pavements to be removed shall be cut by a saw cut or other device capable of making a neat, reasonably straight and smooth cut without damaging adjacent pavement that is not to be removed. B. The existing pavement shall be saw cut and trimmed after placement of required base course material and just prior to placement of asphalt concrete for pavement replacement, and the trimmed edges shall be painted with a coating of prime coat immediately prior to constructing the new abutting asphalt pavements. No extra payment shall be provided for these items, and all costs incurred in performing this work shall be incidental to pipe laying or pavement replacement. C. All removed asphalt pavement material is the property and disposal responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. 3.02 PAVEMENT INSTALLATION A. The construction of pavements of asphaltic concrete shall conform to the requirements of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and upon completion, the pavement shall be true to grade and cross sections. B. The CONTRACTOR shall not pass equipment over any pipe, drain, utility line, duct or structure before it is protected by ample fill material and properly compacted. Any damage to such facilities shall be promptly repaired by the CONTRACTOR and at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. C. The subgrade shall be brought to the required grades and cross sections by excavating, filling, blading, and compacting as specified. D. Asphalt concrete shall be constructed only when the surface is dry, when the atmospheric temperature in the shade is 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) and rising or above 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) if falling. No asphalt concrete shall be placed when the weather is foggy or rainy or when the base on which the material is to be placed is in a wet or frozen condition. E. Base material shall be placed on the subgrade in uniform layers not to exceed 6 inches (15 cm) in compacted depth. In no instance shall the minimum depth of a layer be less than 2 inches (5 cm). Each layer shall be bladed to a smooth surface and shall be compacted to 95 percent relative compaction as determined by ASTM D1557. Placement of base materials shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications. Subgrade for pavement shall not vary more than 0.04 feet from the specified road grade. Subgrade for base material shall not vary more than 0.04 feet from the specified grade. F. Asphaltic concrete shall be single course plant mix having a minimum overall thickness of 3 inches unless otherwise shown at a greater thickness on the Drawings. The compacted final grade for asphaltic concrete shall not vary more than 0.02 feet from the specified grade. G. All existing asphalt to be paved over or against shall receive a tack coat at a rate of 0.1 gallons per square yard (0.46 liters per square meter). H. When asphalt concrete is to be applied over existing pavement and local irregularities in the existing surface would result in a course of more than specified thickness, the surface of the existing pavement shall be brought to uniform contour by patching with asphalt concrete, thoroughly tamped or rolled until it conforms with the surrounding surface, and a tack coat applied. 02510-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project I. Spreading shall be as nearly continuous as possible. When asphalt concrete is laid against vertical surfaces such as gutters, the face of the vertical surface shall be roughened for proper bonding, cleaned, and then painted with a light coating of asphalt cement or emulsified asphalt. J. At terminations of new surface course, the asphalt concrete shall be feathered into the existing surface over such a distance as may be required to produce a smooth riding transition. Base course and single course construction shall be joined by vertical butt joints finished and rolled to a smooth surface. K. The finished surface shall be of uniform texture. When tested with a 10-foot (3-meter) straightedge laid on the surface, the variation of the surface from the testing edge of the straightedge shall not be more than 1/4 inch (0.63 cm) except at grade changes. 3.03 ROADWAY SURFACE REMOVAL A. All pavement cuts shall be neat and straight to provide an unfractured and level pavement joint for bonding existing surfacing with pavement replacement. Pavement cuts shall be parallel or at right angles to the road or area centerlines. All cut edges shall provide clean, solid, vertical faces free from all loose material. B. All existing crushed aggregate and asphaltic concrete removed, and any excess new material shall be hauled away from the project site and legally disposed of by the CONTRACTOR. 3.04 RESURFACING A. In all existing pavement areas where the surface is removed, broken or damaged by CONTRACTOR's equipment or in which the ground has caved in or settled due to the installation of the improvements, or areas designated to be repaved or modified, the surface shall be restored to the original grade by the CONTRACTOR. Prior to resurfacing, the existing surfacing shall be removed as provided above. All broken and jagged edges of the pavement edge shall be straight. Areas to be cut shall be indicated until these edges have been sawed. If during the initial removal of the existing pavement a method of removal was used which disturbed the adjoining pavement, or if during general construction operations the adjacent pavement was disturbed, then this adjoining pavement must also be removed and replaced. Where irregular surfaces are to be surfaced, existing pavement shall be cut parallel to the alignment of the pipe or to the centerline of the roadway. Asphalt concrete pavement shall be saw cut to a minimum depth of 2 inches at a point not less than 12 inches outside the limits of excavation or the previous pavement cut (made by pneumatic tools), whichever limits are the greater, as indicated on the drawings. The additional surfacing so cut shall be removed and disposed of by the CONTRACTOR prior to resurfacing. B. Restoration of asphaltic concrete pavement shall be to the same section as the existing roadway/paved area. C. Wherever asphalt cement pavement does not terminate against a curb, gutter, or another pavement, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and install a redwood, No. 2 or better, 2 by 6-inch header board, securely fastened in place. 3.05 CLEAN-UP A. After all installation, repair and restoration of paving has been completed, all excess asphalt, dirt, rock and other debris shall be removed from the roadways. 02510-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 3.06 MAINTENANCE OF SURFACE A. Following the certification of completion by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain the structural integrity of the repaved and new pavement areas for the period of the guarantee of the work. B. All materials and labor required for the maintenance of paving shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR and the work shall be done in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. ***END OF SECTION*** DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03100-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Concrete forms and accessories. B. Related Sections. See Related Sections for additional requirements applicable to this Section (typical). 1. Section 03250 – Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories. 2. Section 03200 – Concrete Reinforcement. 3. Section 03300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 4. Section 03600 – Grout. 5. Section 03922 – Modifications and Repair to Concrete. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 3. ACI 347 – Guide to Formwork for Concrete. B. American Plywood Association (APA): 1. Material grades and designations as specified. C. American National Standard Institute (ANSI)/NSF International: 1. ANSI/NSF61 – Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Architectural concrete is wall, slab, beam or column concrete which will have surfaces exposed to view in the finished work. It includes similar exposed surfaces in water containment structures from the top of walls to 2-ft below the normal water surface in open tanks and basins. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. All forms and shoring shall be designed at no additional cost to the OWNER by a professional Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California. 03100-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 2. Formwork shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of ACI 301 and ACI 318 and as recommended in ACI 347 and shall comply with all applicable regulations and codes. 3. The design shall consider any special requirements due to the use of plasticized and/or retarded set concrete. B. Performance Requirements: All forms shall be designed and constructed to provide a flat, uniform concrete surface requiring minimal finishing or repairs. Form design shall accommodate all of concrete mix designs being used by the CONTRACTOR. 1. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and design, install and remove formwork for cast-in-place concrete as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 2. Secure to forms as required or set for embedment as required, all miscellaneous metal items, sleeves, reglets, anchor bolts, inserts and other items furnished under other Sections and required to be cast into concrete. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300. Product Details: Submit to the ENGINEER, product data showing materials of construction for: 1. Form release agent 2. Form ties 3. Bond breakers B. Shop Drawings 1. Location and sequence of the concrete placements. 2. Review of pour sequence, form system and panel layout shall be for appearance and strength of the completed structure only. Favorable review by the ENGINEER of forming plans or procedures shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for the strength, safety or correctness of methods used, the adequacy of equipment, or carrying out the work in full compliance with the requirements of the Drawings and as specified herein. C. Samples 1. The CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate to the ENGINEER on a designated area of the concrete substructure exterior surface that the form release agent will not adversely affect concrete surfaces to be painted, coated or otherwise finished and will not affect the forming materials. This demonstration shall include the application of these finishes in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents over areas of at least 16 square feet each. D. Quality Assurance/Control 1. Certify form release agent used on water containing structures is suitable for use in contact with potable water after 30 days (non-toxic and free of taste and odor) and in compliance with ANSI/NSF61. 03100-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 2. Certify that all forms and shoring are designed by a professional Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The CONTRACTOR shall construct one sample concrete wall 4 feet high by 8 feet long by 8 inches thick. The sample wall shall be complete with the form tie pattern and finish as specified. The wall will be viewed by the ENGINEER in the presence of the CONTRACTOR noting specific defects and establishing the quality of the finished architectural concrete for the project. The wall shall remain until all architectural concrete has been placed, finished and accepted – at which time the CONTRACTOR shall demolish the wall and remove the debris from the site. During the time that the sample wall is in place, the wall as modified by the ENGINEER's comments shall serve as the standard against which the acceptability of the actual architectural concrete will be judged. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Forms for cast-in-place concrete shall be made of wood, metal, or other approved material. Wood forms for architectural concrete and all surfaces in contact with water shall be new and unused and new plywood shall be on such forms for each use. Construct wood forms of sound lumber or plywood of suitable dimensions and free from knotholes and loose knots. Where used for exposed surfaces, dress and match boards. Sand plywood smooth and fit adjacent panels with tight joints. Metal forms may be used when approved by the ENGINEER. B. Wall Forms 1. At the start of Work on this Project, all forms for all exposed exterior and interior concrete walls and all surfaces in contact with water shall be new and unused "Plyform" exterior grade plywood panels manufactured in compliance with the APA and bearing the trademark of that group, or equal. Provide B grade or better veneer on all faces to be placed against concrete during forming. The class of material and grades of interior plies shall be of sufficient strength and stiffness to provide a flat, uniform concrete surface requiring minimal finishing and grinding. Forms may be re-used up to two times provided they are thoroughly cleaned, holes are neatly plugged, and the surface is satisfactory in the opinion of the ENGINEER. 2. Forms for architectural concrete shall be constructed of materials and in a manner that will result in rigid forms with sufficient strength to withstand, without noticeable deflection, movement, or leakage, the high hydraulic pressures resulting from rapid filling of the forms and heavy high frequency vibration of the concrete. Deflection in formwork shall be limited to 1/360 of each component span. Form joints shall be laid out in a uniform pattern unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 3. All joints or gaps in forms shall be taped, gasketed, plugged, and/or caulked with an approved material so that the joint will remain watertight and will withstand placing pressures without bulging outward or creating surface patterns. C. Column Forms 1. Rectangular columns shall be formed as specified for wall forms. All corners shall have a 3/4-in chamfer unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 03100-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 2. Circular columns shall be formed with steel, fiberglass reinforced plastic, or seamless cardboard column forms. The forms shall be continuous for the height of the column between construction joints indicated on the Drawings unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER. D. Rustications shall be at the location and shall conform to the details shown on the Drawings. Moldings for chamfers and rustications shall be milled and planed smooth. Rustications and corner strips shall be of a nonabsorbent material, compatible with the form surface and fully sealed on all sides to prohibit the loss of paste or water between the two surfaces. E. Form Release Agent 1. Coat all forming surfaces in contact with concrete which will not be painted, using an effective, non-staining, non-residual, water based, bond-breaking form coating unless otherwise noted. Form release agents used in potable water containment structures shall be suitable for use in contact with potable water, shall be non-toxic and free of taste or odor, and in compliance with ANSI/NSF61. F. Concrete surfaces which are to be painted shall be formed with hard plastic finished plywood or a similar material which does not require a form release agent unless the CONTRACTOR can substantiate to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER that the form release agent will not remain on the formed surface after it is stripped. G. Form Ties 1. Form ties encased in concrete shall be designed so that, after removal of the projecting part, no metal shall remain within 1-1/2-in of the face of the concrete. The part of the tie to be removed shall be at least 1/2-in diameter or be provided with a wood or plastic cone at least 1/2-in diameter and 1-1/2-in long. Form ties in concrete exposed to view shall be the cone-washer type. 2. Flat bar ties for panel forms shall have plastic or rubber inserts having a minimum depth of 1-1/2-in and sufficient dimensions to permit proper patching of the tie hole. 3. Ties for liquid containment structures shall have an integral waterstop that is welded to the tie. Tie rods with carbon content less than 0.25 percent shall be used for this application. 4. Common wire shall not be used for form ties. 5. In liquid containment structures, form tie systems other than those requiring integral waterstops may be used. As a minimum, the alternate system shall comply with the following: a. Tapered through-bolts at least 1-in in diameter at smallest end or through-bolts that utilize a removable tapered sleeve of the same minimum size. The smallest end shall be located on the non-liquid bearing wall face. b. Coat tapered rubber plug with NSF61-approved epoxy bonding agent and insert in form tie hole 3-in from the non-liquid bearing wall face. c. Fill both sides of taper tie hole with non-shrink cement grout. d. Obtain ENGINEER's acceptance of system and spacing of ties prior to ordering or purchase of forming. 03100-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project e. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for watertightness of the form ties and any repairs needed. See Section 01480 for watertightness test requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Forms for walls shall have removable panels at the bottom for cleaning, inspection and joint surface preparation. Forms for wall heights in excess of 16 feet shall have closable intermediate inspection ports. Tremies and hoppers for placing concrete shall be used to allow concrete inspection, prevent segregation and prevent the accumulation of hardened concrete on the forms above the fresh concrete. B. Confirm dimensions for all concrete equipment pads (for all types of equipment, electrical, instrumentation, mechanical, etc.) with actual equipment to be installed and installation details and anchorage calculations prior to forming. Change sizes of equipment pads to match actual equipment (larger or smaller) as required at no additional cost to the OWNER. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Wood forms in contact with concrete which are not to be painted shall be coated with an effective release agent prior to form installation. B. Steel forms shall be thoroughly cleaned and mill scale and other ferrous deposits shall be sandblasted or otherwise removed from the contact surface for all forms, except those utilized for surfaces receiving a rough finish. All forms shall have the contact surfaces coated with a release agent unless they are to be painted. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Forms shall be used for all cast-in-place concrete including sides of footings except for pipe and conduit encasements where concrete may be placed directly against the side of the trench. Forms shall be constructed and placed so that the resulting concrete will be of the shape, lines, dimensions and appearance indicated on the Drawings. 2. Molding, bevels, or other types of chamfer strips shall be placed to produce blockouts, rustications, or chamfers as shown on the Drawings or as specified herein. Chamfer strips shall be provided at horizontal and vertical projecting corners to produce a 3/4-in chamfer. Rectangular or trapezoidal moldings shall be placed in locations requiring sealants where specified or shown on the Drawings. Sizes of moldings shall conform to the sealants manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Forms shall be sufficiently rigid to withstand construction loads and vibration and to prevent displacement or sagging between supports. Construct forms so that the concrete will not be damaged by their removal. The CONTRACTOR shall be entirely responsible for the adequacy of the forming system. 4. Form material that is allowed to be reused in unexposed conditions shall have all surfaces in contact with concrete thoroughly cleaned, all damaged places 03100-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project repaired, all projecting nails withdrawn and all protrusions smoothed. Reuse of wooden forms for other than surfaces not exposed to view will not be permitted. 5. Metal items such as rebar, wire, or plates used to support pipe penetrations, and pipe embedments shall have minimum clearance of 1-inch from reinforcing steel bars. B. Form Tolerances 1. Forms shall be surfaced, designed and constructed in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 347 and shall meet the following additional requirements for the specified finishes. 2. Formed Surface Exposed to View: Edges of all form panels in contact with concrete shall be flush within 1/32-in and forms for plane surfaces shall be such that the concrete will be plane within 1/16-in in 4-ft. Forms shall be tight to prevent the passage of mortar, water and grout. The maximum deviation of the finish wall surface at any point shall not exceed 1/4-in from the intended surface as shown on the Drawings. Form panels shall be arranged symmetrically and in an orderly manner to minimize the number of seams. 3. Formed surfaces not exposed to view or buried shall meet requirements of Class "C" Surface in ACI 347. 4. Formed rough surfaces including mass concrete, pipe encasement, electrical duct encasement and other similar installations shall have no minimum requirements for surface smoothness and surface deflections. The overall dimensions of the concrete shall be plus or minus 1-in. 5. Formed Concrete Surfaces to Receive Paint: Surface deflections shall be limited to 1/32-in at any point and the variation in wall deflection shall not exceed 1/16-in per 4-ft. The maximum deviation of the finish wall surface at any point shall not exceed 1/4-in from the intended surface as shown on the Drawings. 6. All textured faces or rustications to be exposed to view shall be straight, plumb and true with a variation of no more than 1/4-in in 10-ft measured in any direction. C. Removal of Forms 1. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all damage resulting from removal of forms. Forms and shoring for structural slabs or beams shall remain in place in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 347. 2. Except as otherwise specifically authorized by the ENGINEER, forms shall not be removed before the concrete has attained the following percentage of its specified design strength, nor before reaching the following time after completion of concrete placement (whichever is the longer): 03100-7 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project TABLE 03100-1 MINIMUM TIME TO FORM REMOVAL Forms for Percentage of Specified Strength Time after Placement Sides of footings, grade beams, and encasements -- 12 hours with air temperature above 50o Elevated beams and slabs and load supporting columns 100 14 days Sides of walls and non-load supporting columns 30 48 hours 3. Shores for elevated slabs and beams shall not be removed until the concrete has attained its specified design strength. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection 1. The ENGINEER shall be notified when the forms are complete and ready for inspection at least 12 hours prior to the proposed concrete placement. 2. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all metal pipeline embeds are separated from form ties and rebar by a minimum of 1-inch to keep pipelines electrically isolated. 3. Failure of the forms to comply with the requirements specified herein, or to produce concrete complying with requirements of this Section, shall be grounds for rejection of that portion of the concrete work. Rejected work shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the ENGINEER at no additional cost to the OWNER. ***END OF SECTION*** 03200-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Concrete Reinforcement. B. Related Sections. See Related Sections for additional requirements applicable to this Section (typical). 1. Section 01300 – Submittals. 2. Section 03100 – Concrete Forms and Accessories. 3. Section 03250 – Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories. 4. Section 03300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 5. Section 03305 – Electrical and Instrumentation Duct Encasement Concrete. 6. Section 03600 – Grout. 7. Section 03922 – Modifications and Repair to Concrete. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A82 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. ASTM A706 - Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 4. ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual. 03200-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): 1. Manual of Standard Practice. D. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel. E. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit to the ENGINEER, in accordance with Section 01300, product data showing materials of construction for: 1. Reinforcing steel. 2. Mechanical reinforcing steel splicers. Product data including ICC Evaluation Service Reports. 3. Fiber reinforcements. B. Shop Drawings: Submit to the ENGINEER, in accordance with Section 01300, shop drawings showing details of installation for: 1. Reinforcing steel placing drawings. Placement drawings shall conform to the recommendations of ACI 315 and shall not be copies of the Contract Drawings. New scaled drawings shall be prepared showing plans, all vertical structure elevations, sections, and details as required to clearly delineate the reinforcing. All reinforcement in a concrete placement shall be included on a single placement drawing or cross-referenced to the pertinent main placement drawing. The main drawing shall include bar lists, schedule, bending details, placing plans and elevations, clear concrete cover, splice locations, splice length, and the additional reinforcement (around openings, at corners, etc.) shown on the standard detail sheets. Bars to be of special steel or special yield strength are to be clearly identified. 2. Bill of material (bar list). Clearly show the placement of each bar listed in the bill of materials on the placement drawings. 3. Bar bending details. The bars shall be referenced to the same identification marks shown on the placement drawings. Include standard bending diagrams in the submittal, as applicable. Bars to be of special steel or special yield strength shall be clearly identified. 4. Schedule of all placements to contain synthetic reinforcing fibers. The amount of fibers per cubic yard to be used for each of the placements shall be noted on the schedule. C. Samples 1. Two samples of each type of mechanical reinforcing steel splicers. D. Quality Assurance/Control: Submit test reports, in accordance with Section 01300, of each of the following items. 03200-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1. Certified copy of mill test on each steel proposed for use showing the physical properties of the steel and the chemical analysis. 2. Certified copy of test reports for each foreign manufactured steel proposed for use in the fabrication of reinforcement. The tests shall be specifically made for this project at the expense of the CONTRACTOR by a domestic independent testing laboratory certified to perform the tests. The testing shall be for conformity to the applicable ASTM standard. 3. Welder's certification. The certification shall be in accordance with AWS D1.4 when welding of reinforcement required. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide services of a manufacturer's representative, with at least 2 years experience in the use of the reinforcing fibers for a construction meeting prior to the first use and for assistance during the first placement of the material. B. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all metal pipeline embeds are separated from form ties and rebar by a minimum of 1-inch, in order to keep pipelines electrically isolated. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Reinforcing steel shall be substantially free from mill scale, rust, dirt, grease, or other foreign matter. B. Reinforcing steel shall be shipped and stored with bars of the same size and shape fastened in bundles with durable tags, marked in a legible manner with waterproof markings showing the same "mark" designations as those shown on the submitted placement drawings. C. Reinforcing steel shall be stored off the ground, protected from moisture and kept free from dirt, oil, or other injurious contaminants. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be new and shall comply with the following material specifications. B. Deformed Concrete Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A706. C. Concrete Reinforcing Bars required on the Drawings to be Welded: ASTM A706. D. Spiral Reinforcement 1. ASTM A706. 2. ASTM A82 for cold-drawn wire. E. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185. F. ASTM A615 Grade 60 may be used for ASTM A706 provided the following requirements are satisfied: 03200-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1. The actual yield strength of the reinforcing steel based on mill tests shall not exceed the specified yield strength by more than 18,000 psi. Retests shall not exceed this value by more than an additional 3,000 psi. 2. The ratio of the actual ultimate tensile strength to the actual tensile yield strength of the reinforcement shall not be less than 1.25. 3. The carbon equivalency (CE) of bars shall be 0.55 or less. G. Reinforcing Steel Accessories 1. Plastic Protected Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Support Specifications, Class 1 - Maximum Protection. 2. Stainless Steel Protected Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Support Specifications, Class 2 - Moderate Protection. 3. Precast Concrete Block Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Support Specifications, Precast Blocks. Blocks shall have equal or greater strength than the surrounding concrete. H. Tie Wire 1. Tie wires for reinforcement shall be 16-gauge or heavier, black annealed wire. I. Fiber Reinforcement (Synthetic Reinforcing Fiber) 1. Synthetic reinforcing fiber for concrete shall be 100 percent polypropylene collated, fibrillated fibers as manufactured by Fibermesh Company of Synthetic Industries Inc., Chattanooga, TN - Fibermesh or equal. Fiber length and quantity for the concrete mix shall be in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the ENGINEER. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabrication of reinforcement shall be in compliance with the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice and ACI 315. B. Bars shall be cold bent. Bars shall not be straightened or rebent. C. Bars shall be bent around a revolving collar having a diameter of not less than that recommended by the ACI 318. D. Bar ends that are to be butt spliced, placed through limited diameter holes in metal, or threaded, shall have the applicable end(s) saw-cut. Such ends shall terminate in flat surfaces within 1-1/2 degrees of a right angle to the axis of the bar. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Surface condition, bending, spacing and tolerances of placement of reinforcement shall comply with the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for providing an adequate number of bars and maintaining the spacing and clearances shown on the Drawings. 03200-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project B. Except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings, the minimum concrete cover of reinforcement shall be as follows: 1. Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth: 3-in 2. Concrete exposed to soil, water, sewage, sludge and/or weather: 2-in (including bottom cover of slabs over water or sewage) 3. Concrete not exposed to soil, water, sewage, sludge and/or weather: a. Slabs (top and bottom cover), walls and joists – 1.5-in b. Beams and columns (principal reinforcement) - 2-in C. Reinforcement which will be exposed for a considerable length of time after being placed shall be coated with a heavy coat of neat cement slurry. D. No reinforcing steel bars shall be welded either during fabrication or erection unless specifically shown on the Drawings or specified herein, or unless prior written approval has been obtained from the ENGINEER. All bars that have been welded, including tack welds, without such approval shall be immediately removed from the work. When welding of reinforcement is approved or called for, it shall comply with AWS D1.4. E. Reinforcing steel interfering with the location of other reinforcing steel, conduits or embedded items may be moved within the specified tolerances or one bar diameter, whichever is greater. Greater displacement of bars to avoid interference shall only be made with the approval of the ENGINEER. Do not cut reinforcement to install inserts, conduits, mechanical openings or other items without the prior approval of the ENGINEER. F. Securely support and tie reinforcing steel to prevent movement during concrete placement. Secure dowels in place before placing concrete. Wire tie ends shall be bent away from the outer surface of all concrete elements. G. Reinforcing steel bars shall not be field bent except where shown on the Drawings or specifically authorized in writing by the ENGINEER. If authorized, bars shall be cold-bent around the standard diameter spool specified in the CRSI. Do not heat bars. Closely inspect the reinforcing steel for breaks. If the reinforcing steel is damaged, replace, Cadweld or otherwise repair as directed by the ENGINEER. Do not bend reinforcement after it is embedded in concrete. H. Reinforcing steel bars shall have minimum clearance of 2-in from all metal items such as rebar, wire, or plates used to support pipe penetrations and pipe embedments. I. Reinforcing steel bars shall be cleaned before concrete placement. Reinforcing substantially (as determined by the ENGINEER) covered in rust shall be sandblasted clean prior to concrete placement. 3.02 REINFORCEMENT AROUND OPENINGS A. Unless specific additional reinforcement around openings is shown on the Drawings, provide additional reinforcing steel on each side of the opening equivalent to one half of the cross-sectional area of the reinforcing steel interrupted by an opening. The bars shall have sufficient length to develop bond at each end beyond the opening or penetration. 03200-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 3.03 SPLICING OF REINFORCEMENT A. Lap splices shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. For lap splices not shown, request clarification from the ENGINEER. B. Splicing of reinforcing steel in concrete elements noted to be "tension members" on the Drawings shall be avoided whenever possible. However, if required for constructability, splices in the reinforcement subject to direct tension shall be welded to develop, in tension, at least 125 percent of the specified yield strength of the bar. Splices in adjacent bars shall be offset the distance of a Class B splice. C. Install wire fabric in as long a length as practicable. Wire fabric from rolls shall be rolled flat and firmly held in place. Splices in welded wire fabric shall be lapped in accordance with the requirements of ACI-318 but not less than 12-in. The spliced fabrics shall be tied together with wire ties spaced not more than 24-in on center and laced with wire of the same diameter as the welded wire fabric. Do not position laps midway between supporting beams, or directly over beams of continuous structures. Offset splices in adjacent widths to prevent continuous splices. 3.04 ACCESSORIES A. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for determining, providing and installing accessories such as chairs, chair bars and the like in sufficient quantities and strength to adequately support the reinforcement and prevent its displacement during the erection of the reinforcement and the placement of concrete. B. Use precast concrete blocks where the reinforcing steel is to be supported over soil. C. Stainless steel bar supports or steel chairs with stainless steel tips shall be used where the chairs are set on forms for a concrete surface that will be exposed to weather, high humidity, or liquid (including bottom of slabs over liquid containing areas). Use of galvanized or plastic tipped metal chairs is permissible in all other locations unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or specified herein. D. Alternate methods of supporting top steel in slabs, such as steel channels supported on the bottom steel or vertical reinforcing steel fastened to the bottom and top mats, may be used if approved by the ENGINEER. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection: In no case shall any reinforcing steel be covered with concrete until the installation of the reinforcement, including the size, spacing and position of the reinforcement has been observed by the ENGINEER and the ENGINEER’s release to proceed with the concreting has been obtained. The ENGINEER shall be given a minimum of 24 hours prior notice of the readiness of placed reinforcement for observation. The forms shall be kept open until the ENGINEER has finished his/her observations of the reinforcing steel. See section 01400 for testing requirements. B. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all metal pipeline embeds are separated from form ties and rebar by a minimum of 1-inch to keep pipelines electrically isolated. ***END OF SECTION*** 03250-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 03250 CONCRETE JOINTS AND JOINT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install accessories for concrete joints as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. See the related sections for additional work and requirements. B. Related Sections. See Related Sections for additional requirements applicable to this Section (typical). 1. Section 03100 – Concrete Forms and Accessories. 2. Section 03200 – Concrete Reinforcement. 3. Section 03300 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 4. Section 03350 – Concrete Finishing. 5. Section 03600 – Grout. 6. Section 03922 – Modifications and Repair to Concrete. 7. Section 05500 – Metal Fabrications. 8. Section 07900 – Joint Sealants. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A675 - Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical Properties. 2. ASTM C881 - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. 3. ASTM C1059 - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete. 4. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 5. ASTM D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. B. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (CRD). 1. CRD C572 - Specification for Polyvinylchloride Waterstops. 03250-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project C. Federal Specifications 1. FS SS-S-210A - Sealing Compound for Expansion Joints. D. International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI): 1. ICRI Guideline No. 03732 – Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, and Polymer Overlays. E. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply unless otherwise noted. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, shop drawings and product data. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Standard Waterstops: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, splicing methods and conformity to ASTM standards. 2. Waterstop placement drawing: Placement drawings shall also include locations and types of shop-fabricated intersections. 3. Special Waterstops: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, location of use, storage requirements, splicing methods, installation instructions and conformity to ASTM standards. 4. Premolded joint fillers: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, installation requirements, location of use and conformity to ASTM standards. 5. Bond breaker: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, installation requirements, location of use and conformity to ASTM standards. 6. Expansion joint dowels: Product data on the complete assembly including dowels, coatings, lubricants, spacers, sleeves, expansion caps, installation requirements and conformity to ASTM standards. 7. Compressible joint filler: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, installation requirements, location of use and conformity to ASTM standards. 8. Bonding agents: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, application requirements and conformity to ASTM standards. B. Certifications 1. Certification that all materials used within the joint system are compatible with each other. 2. Certification that materials used in the construction of joints are suitable for use in contact with potable water 30 days after installation. 03250-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The use of manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired. B. All materials used together in a given joint (bond breakers, backer rods, joint fillers, sealants, etc) shall be compatible with one another. Coordinate selection of suppliers and products to ensure compatibility. Under no circumstances shall asphaltic or bituminous bond breakers or joint fillers be used in joints receiving sealant. C. All chemical sealant type waterstops shall be products specifically manufactured for the purpose for which they will be used and the products shall have been successfully used on similar structures for more than five years. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Standard Waterstops 1. PVC Waterstops - The PVC waterstops shall be made by extruding elastomeric plastic compound with virgin polyvinylchloride as the basic resins. The compound shall contain no reprocessed materials. Minimum tensile strength of waterstop shall be 1750 psi. The waterstop shall conform to CRD-C572. Waterstops for joints shall be 6-in wide and be the flat ribbed type. Waterstops shall be style 679 by Greenstreak Plastic Products, St. Louis, MO; style R6-38 by Vinylex Corp., Knoxville, TN, or equal. Equal waterstops may have an integral fastening system. Provide shop-fabricated waterstop fittings for all intersections. Only straight butt joint splices may be made in the field. B. Special Waterstops 1. Injected Tube Waterstops - Non-expansion joint. The permeable injection tubes shall be composed of a reinforcing spiral covered with an inner and outer protective membrane. The injected material shall be a polyurethane grout with an accelerator system. The accelerator shall be capable of controlling the reaction time up to one hour. After reaction, the polyurethane grout shall form a flexible closed cell polyurethane foam. The system shall be INJECTO with Flex LV resin by DeNeef America, Inc.; ULTRA SEAL System with AKWASEAL grout by Colloid Environmental Technologies Co., Arlington Heights, IL, or equal. 2. Expansive Waterstops - Non-expansion joint. The waterstops shall be preformed hydrophilic rubber seals. Installation adhesives used with the expansive waterstops shall be as recommended by the waterstop manufacturer. The waterstop shall be Adeka Ultraseal as distributed by Mitsubishi of Houston, TX; Hydrotite by Greenstreak Plastic Products, St. Louis, MO, or equal. C. Premolded Joint Filler 1. Premolded joint filler - structures. Self-expanding cork, premolded joint filler shall conform to ASTM D1752, Type III. The thickness shall be 3/4-in unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. 2. Premolded joint filler - sidewalk and roadway concrete pavements or where fiber joint filler is specifically noted on the Drawings. The joint filler shall be 03250-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project asphalt-impregnated fiber board conforming to ASTM D1751. Thickness shall be 3/4-in unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Fiber joint filler shall be sealed with a joint sealant where recommended by the joint filler manufacturer. D. Bond Breaker 1. Bond breaker tape shall be an adhesive-backed glazed butyl or polyethylene tape which will satisfactorily adhere to the premolded joint filler or concrete surface as required. The tape shall be the same width as the joint unless otherwise noted. 2. Except where tape is specifically called for on the drawings, bond breaker for concrete shall be either bond breaker tape or a non-staining type bond prevention coating such as Williams Tilt-up Compound by Williams Distributors Inc.; Silcoseal 2000C, by SCA Construction Supply Division, Superior Concrete Accessories or equal. E. Bonding Agent 1. Epoxy bonding agent shall be a two-component, solvent-free, moisture insensitive, epoxy resin material conforming to ASTM C881 (2002), Type V. The bonding agent shall be Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod by Sika Corporation of Lyndhurst, N.J.; Concresive Liquid (LPL) by Master Builders of Cleveland, OH or equal. 2. Latex bonding agent shall be a non-reemulsifiable acrylic-polymer latex conforming to ASTM C1059, Type II. F. Joint Sealant 1. Joint sealants shall be two-part urethane sealant as specified in Section 07900. Minimum sealant thickness at concrete joints shall be 3/8-in. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. PVC Waterstops 1. Install PVC waterstops for all joints where waterstops are indicated on the Drawings, unless specifically noted otherwise. Waterstops shall be continuous around all corners and intersections so that a continuous seal is provided. Splices shall be made by welding. 2. PVC splices shall be made by welding in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, subject to acceptance of the ENGINEER. Waterstop intersection fittings shall be shop-fabricated. Only straight butt joint splices may be made in the field. Only manufacturer's approved tools shall be used for welding. The finished splices shall provide a cross-section that is dense and free of porosity. 3. Each piece of the waterstop shall be of maximum practicable length to provide a minimum number of splices. 4. To properly secure PVC waterstops in wall joints before concrete is placed, drill holes in waterstops approximately 1-in from each edge or between the outermost ribs at each edge and center the waterstop in the joint. Tie both edges of the waterstop and fasten to reinforcing steel with black annealed steel tie wire as 03250-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project specified for tying reinforcing steel and secure in place so that the waterstop will be perpendicular to the joint and remain in the required position during concrete placement. The spacing of the waterstop ties shall match the spacing of the adjacent reinforcing, but need not be spaced closer than 12-in on center. 5. Horizontal waterstops in slabs shall be clamped in position by the bulkhead (unless previously set in concrete). 6. Waterstops shall be installed so that half of the width will be embedded on each side of the joint. Care shall be exercised to ensure that the waterstop is completely embedded in void-free concrete. 7. Waterstops shall be terminated 3-in below the exposed top of walls. B. Special Waterstops 1. Install special waterstops at joints where specifically noted on the Drawings. Waterstops shall be continuous around all corners and intersections so that a continuous seal is provided. 2. Each piece of the waterstop shall be of maximum practicable length to provide a minimum number of connections or splices. Connections and splices shall conform to the manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified herein. 3. Waterstops shall be terminated 3-in below the exposed top of walls. 4. PVC retrofit waterstops shall be fabricated, spliced, and located as specified for PVC standard waterstops. Existing concrete which is to receive the retrofit waterstop shall be cleaned of all foreign material and patched as necessary to form a smooth plane surface. Adhesives, fastening devices, and fastener spacing shall conform to the manufacturer’s recommendations. 5. Injected tube waterstops shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Injection ports shall not be spaced greater than 25 feet. The joint surfaces shall be wire brushed and scraped as necessary to expose an uncontaminated surface. The joint shall then be cleaned with pressurized air to remove all residue and debris. Immediately prior to resin injection, the injection tubes shall be flushed with water to clean and moisten the full length of the tube. Resin injection shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The injection tube shall be sealed and injection commenced on the next adjacent tube prior to the setting of the resin. 6. Prepare the joint surfaces, install primers or adhesives, and install expansive waterstops in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. C. Construction Joints 1. Make construction joints only at locations shown on the Drawings or as approved by the ENGINEER. Any additional or relocation of construction joints proposed by the CONTRACTOR, must be submitted to the ENGINEER for written approval. 2. Additional or relocated joints should be located where they least impair strength of the member. In general, locate joints within the middle third of spans of slabs, beams and girders. However, if a beam intersects a girder at the joint, offset the joint a distance equal to twice the width of the member being connected. Locate joints in walls and columns at the underside of floors, slabs, beams or girders 03250-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project and at tops of footings or floor slabs. Do not locate joints between beams, girders, column capitals, or drop panels and the slabs above them. Do not locate joints between brackets or haunches and walls or columns supporting them. 3. All joints shall be perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcing steel through the joint as indicated on the Drawings. When joints in beams are allowed, provide a shear key and inclined dowels as approved by the ENGINEER. 4. Provide sealant grooves for joint sealant where indicated on the Drawings. 5. At all construction joints and at concrete joints designated on the Drawings to be "roughened", uniformly roughen the surface of the concrete to Concrete Surface Profile (CSP) 9 per ICRI Guideline 03732 with ¼-in minimum amplitude. This roughened surface may be accomplished by raking the plastic concrete or by bushhammering or chiseling hardened concrete surfaces or raking plastic concrete. Thoroughly clean joint surfaces of loose or weakened materials by waterblasting or sandblasting. Saturate the joints and adjacent concrete surfaces to at least 12-in past the joint with water 12 hours before and again immediately prior to concrete placement. 6. Galvanized metal stay-in-place forms shall not be used in the construction joints of any liquid-containing structures. 7. In lieu of the above method for bonding plastic concrete to hardened concrete, the following optional method may be used. Concrete must be allowed to set a minimum of 28 days. Use an epoxy bonding agent applied to roughened and cleaned surfaces of set concrete in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 8. Provide waterstops in all wall and slab construction joints in liquid containment structures and at other locations shown on the Drawings. 9. Keyways shall not be used in construction joints unless specifically shown on the Drawings or approved by the ENGINEER. ***END OF SECTION*** 03300-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Cast-in-place concrete. See the related sections for additional work and requirements. B. Related Sections. See Related Sections for additional requirements applicable to this Section (typical). 1. Section 03100 – Concrete Forms and Accessories. 2. Section 03200 – Concrete Reinforcement. 3. Section 03250 – Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories. 4. Section 03350 – Concrete Finishing. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 2. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 3. ASTM C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 4. ASTM C42 - Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 5. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 6. ASTM C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 7. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 8. ASTM C157 - Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic-Cement Mortar and Concrete. 9. ASTM C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 10. ASTM C173 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. 11. ASTM C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. 12. ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 03300-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 13. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 14. ASTM C494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 15. ASTM C596 - Standard Test Method for Drying Shrinkage of Mortar Containing Hydraulic Cement. 16. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 2. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. 3. ACI 306.1 - Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. 4. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 5. ACI 350 - Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. C. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit to the ENGINEER, in accordance with Sections 01300, product data including the following: 1. Sources of cement, pozzolan, and aggregates. 2. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all concrete components and admixtures. 3. Air-entraining admixture. Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, recommended dosage, temperature considerations and conformity to ASTM standards. 4. Water-reducing admixture. Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, recommended dosage, temperature considerations and conformity to ASTM standards. 5. High-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer). Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, recommended dosage, temperature considerations, retarding effect, slump range and conformity to ASTM standards. Identify proposed locations of use. 6. Concrete mix design for each formulation of concrete proposed for use including constituent quantities per cubic yard, water-cementitious materials ratio, concrete slump, type and manufacturer of cement. See also the required test reports and certifications listed below. Provide either (a) or (b) below for each mix design proposed. 03300-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project a. Compression test results for proposed mixes. Include standard deviation data for each proposed concrete mix based on statistical records. b. The curve of water-cementitious materials ratio versus concrete cylinder strength for each formulation of concrete proposed based on laboratory tests. The cylinder strength shall be the average of the 28 day cylinder strength test results for each mix. Provide results of 7 and 14 day tests if available. 7. Sheet curing material. Product data including catalogue cut, technical data and conformity to ASTM C171 standard. 8. Liquid curing compound. Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, application rate and conformity to ASTM C309 standard. Identify proposed locations of use. B. Samples 1. Fine and coarse aggregates if requested by the ENGINEER. C. Quality Assurance/Control 1. Test Reports a. Fine aggregates - sieve analysis, physical properties, and deleterious substance. b. Coarse aggregates - sieve analysis, physical properties, and deleterious substances. c. Cements - chemical analysis and physical properties for each type. d. Pozzolans - chemical analysis and physical properties. e. Proposed concrete mixes - compressive strength, slump, shrinkage, and air content. 2. Certifications a. Certify admixtures used in the same concrete mix are compatible with each other and the aggregates. b. Certify admixtures are suitable for use in contact with potable water after 30 days of concrete curing. c. Certify curing compound is suitable for use in contact with potable water after 30 days (non-toxic and free of taste or odor). 3. Work Plans a. Hot weather concreting. b. Cold weather concreting. 03300-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reinforced concrete shall comply with ACI 318, ACI 350 and other stated requirements, codes and standards. The most stringent requirement of the codes, standards and this Section shall apply when conflicts exist. B. Only one source of cement and aggregates shall be used on any one structure. Concrete shall be uniform in color and appearance. C. Concrete meeting: A meeting will be held between the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR to review the detailed requirements of the CONTRACTOR's proposed concrete design mixes and to determine the procedures for producing proper concrete construction. The meeting shall be held no later than 30 days prior to the first concrete placement. All parties involved in concrete work shall attend the conference including the following: 1. CONTRACTOR’s superintendent and/or project manager; 2. CONTRACTOR's concrete supplier testing laboratory representative (optional as determined by the ENGINEER); 3. Concrete subcontractor; 4. Reinforcing steel subcontractor and detailer; 5. Concrete supplier; 6. Admixture manufacturer's representative(s). Meeting discussion topics will include, but not be limited to: methods of hot and cold weather concrete placement, concrete placement during rainy weather, cleanliness of rebar before placement of concrete, concrete mix design(s) and source of concrete materials, concrete shrinkage for key structures, waterstop placement, use of admixtures, concrete curing methods, concrete finishes (Section 03350), grouts (Section 03600), and rebar submittals. D. If, during the progress of the work, it is impossible to secure concrete of the required workability and strength with the materials being furnished, the ENGINEER may order such changes in proportions or materials, or both, as may be necessary to secure the desired properties. All changes so ordered shall be made at no additional cost to the OWNER. E. If, during the progress of the work, the materials from the sources originally accepted change in characteristics, the CONTRACTOR shall, at no additional cost to the OWNER, make new acceptance tests of aggregates and establish new design mixes. F. Testing of the following materials shall be furnished by CONTRACTOR to verify conformity with this Specification Section and the stated ASTM Standards. 1. Fine aggregates for conformity with ASTM C33 - sieve analysis, physical properties, and deleterious substances. 2. Coarse aggregates for conformity with ASTM C33 - sieve analysis, physical properties, and deleterious substances. 03300-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 3. Cements for conformity with ASTM C150 - chemical analysis and physical properties. 4. Pozzolans for conformity with ASTM C618 - chemical analysis and physical properties. 5. Proposed concrete mix designs - compressive strength, slump, shrinkage, and air content. G. Field testing and inspection services will be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The cost of such work, except as specifically stated otherwise, will be paid by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the cleanup and disposal of testing waste at the project site. Testing of the following items shall be by the CONTRACTOR to verify conformity with this Specification Section. 1. Concrete placements - compressive strength (cylinders), compressive strength (cores), slump, air content, and shrinkage. 2. Other materials or products that may come under question. H. All materials incorporated in the work shall conform to accepted samples and test reports. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Cement: Store in weathertight buildings, bins or silos to provide protection from dampness and contamination and to minimize warehouse set. B. Aggregate: Arrange and use stockpiles in bunkers or other physical structures to avoid excessive segregation or contamination with other materials or with other sizes of like aggregates. Build stockpiles in successive horizontal layers not exceeding 3-ft in thickness. Complete each layer before the next is started. Do not use frozen or partially frozen aggregate. C. Sand: Arrange and use stockpiles in bunkers or other physical structures to avoid contamination. Allow sand to drain to a uniform moisture content before using. Do not use frozen or partially frozen aggregates. D. Admixtures: Store in closed containers to avoid contamination, evaporation or damage. Provide suitable agitating equipment to assure uniform dispersion of ingredients in admixture solutions which tend to separate. Protect liquid admixtures from freezing and other temperature changes which could adversely affect their characteristics. E. Pozzolan: Store in weathertight buildings, bins or silos to provide protection from dampness and contamination. F. Sheet Curing Materials: Store in weathertight buildings or off the ground and under cover. G. Liquid Curing Compounds: Store in closed containers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General 1. The use of manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration required. 03300-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 2. Like items of materials shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to provide standardization for appearance, maintenance and manufacturer's service. 3. Materials shall comply with this Section and any applicable State or local requirements. B. Cement: Domestic portland cement complying with ASTM C150. Air entraining cements shall not be used. Cement brand shall be subject to approval by the ENGINEER and one brand shall be used on any one structure. The following cement type(s) shall be used: 1. Class A and Class B Concrete - Type II with the equivalent alkalies, as defined in Table 2 of ASTM C150, limited to a maximum of a 0.60% (low-alkali cement). 2. Class D Concrete - Type II, low-alkali cement with fly ash resulting in C3A being below 8 percent of total cementitious content. C. Fine Aggregate: Washed inert natural sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33. D. Coarse Aggregate: Well-graded crushed stone or washed gravel conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33. Grading requirements shall be as listed in ASTM C33 Table 2 for the specified coarse aggregate size number. Limits of Deleterious Substances and Physical Property Requirements shall be as listed in ASTM C33 Table 3 for severe weathering regions. Size numbers for the concrete mixes shall be as shown in Table 03300-1 herein. E. Water: Potable water free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. F. Admixtures: Admixtures shall be free of chlorides and alkalis (except for those attributable to water). When it is required to use more than one admixture in a concrete mix, the admixtures shall be from the same manufacturer. Admixtures shall be compatible with the concrete mix including other admixtures and shall be suitable for use in contact with potable water after 30 days of concrete curing. 1. Air-Entraining Admixture: The admixture shall comply with ASTM C260. Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Water-Reducing Agent: The admixture shall comply with ASTM C494, Type A. Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. High-Range Water-Reducer (Superplasticizer): The admixture shall comply with ASTM C494, Type F and shall result in non-segregating plasticized concrete with little bleeding and with the physical properties of low water/cement ratio concrete. The treated concrete shall be capable of maintaining its plastic state in excess of 2 hours. Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Admixtures causing retarded or accelerated setting of concrete shall not be used without written approval from the ENGINEER. When allowed, the admixtures shall combine retarding or accelerating with water reducing or high range water reducing admixtures. 03300-7 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project G. Pozzolan (Fly Ash). Pozzolan shall be Class C or Class F fly ash complying with ASTM C618 except the Loss on Ignition (LOI) shall be limited to 3 percent maximum. H. Sheet Curing Materials. Waterproof paper, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheeting all complying with ASTM C171. I. Liquid Curing Compound. Liquid membrane-forming curing compound shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 1-D (clear or translucent with fugitive dye) and shall contain no wax, paraffin, or oil. Where used on structures in contact with water, curing compound shall be NSF-61 approved and be certified for use in contact with potable water after 30 days (non-toxic and free of taste or odor). 2.02 MIXES A. Measuring Materials 1. Concrete shall be composed of portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, water and admixtures as specified and shall be produced by a plant acceptable to the ENGINEER. All constituents, including admixtures, shall be batched at the plant except a high-range water-reducer may also be added in the field. 2. Measure materials for batching concrete by weighing in conformity with and within the tolerances given in ASTM C94 and ACI 304R except as otherwise specified. Scales shall have been certified by the local Sealer of Weights and Measures within 1 year of use. 3. Measure the amount of free water in fine aggregates within 0.3 percent with a moisture meter. Compensate for varying moisture contents of fine aggregates. Record the number of gallons of water as-batched on printed batching tickets. 4. Admixtures shall be dispensed either manually using calibrated containers or measuring tanks, or by means of an automatic dispenser approved by the manufacturer of the specific admixture. a. Charge air-entraining and chemical admixtures into the mixer as a solution using an automatic dispenser or similar metering device. b. Inject multiple admixtures separately during the batching sequence. B. Mix Design 1. Development of mix designs and testing shall be by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the ENGINEER and engaged by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER. These can be supplied by the concrete supplier and provided to the ENGINEER. 2. Select proportions of ingredients to meet the design strength and materials limits specified in Table 03300-1 and to produce concrete having proper placability, durability, strength, appearance and other required properties. Proportion ingredients to produce a homogenous mixture which will readily work into corners and angles of forms and around reinforcement without permitting materials to segregate or allowing excessive free water to collect on the surface. 3. The design mix shall be based on one of the following: 03300-8 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project a. Standard deviation shall be based on the modification factors for standard deviation tests contained in ACI 318. b. Trial mixtures developed by the design mix shall be based on standard deviation data of prior mixes with essentially the same proportions of the same constituents or, if such data is not available, be developed by a testing laboratory engaged by the CONTRACTOR and at no additional cost to the OWNER. The water content of the concrete mix, determined by laboratory testing, shall be based on a curve showing the relation between water cementitious ratio and 7 and 28 day compressive strengths of concrete made using the proposed materials. The curves shall be determined by four or more points, each representing an average value of at least three test specimens at each age. The curves shall have a range of values sufficient to yield the desired data, including the specified design strengths as modified below, without extrapolation. The water content of the concrete mixes to be used, as determined from the curve, shall correspond to strengths 16 percent greater than the specified design strengths. The resulting mix shall not conflict with the limiting values for maximum water cementitious ratio and net minimum cementitious content as specified in Table 03300-1. Acceptance of mixes based on standard deviation shall be based on the modification factors for standard deviation tests contained in ACI318. 4. Entrained air, as measured by ASTM C231, shall be as shown in Table 03300-1. If the air-entraining agent proposed for use in the mix requires testing methods other than ASTM C231 to accurately determine air content, make special note of this requirement in the admixture submittal. 5. Slump of the concrete as measured by ASTM C143, shall be as shown in Table 03300-1. If a high-range water-reducer (superplasticizer) is used, the slump indicated shall be that measured before superplasticizer is added. Plasticized concrete shall have a slump ranging from 7 to 10-in. 6. Proportion admixtures according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Two or more admixtures specified may be used in the same mix provided that the admixtures in combination retain full efficiency and have no deleterious effect on the concrete or on the properties of each other. TABLE 03300-1 CONCRETE MIX REQUIREMENTS Minimum Design Fine Coarse Cementitious Class Strength Cement Aggregate Aggregate Content (1) (2) (2) (3) (4) ____________________________________________________________________________ A 2500 C150 Type II C33 57 440 B 3000 C150 Type II C33 57 480 D 5000 C150 Type II C33 57 560 ___________________________________________________________________________ W/C AE Slump Class Ratio Fly Ash Range WR HRWR Range (5) (6)(7) (8) (9) Inches ____________________________________________________________________________ 03300-9 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project A 0.62 max. 15-20% (10) 3.5 to 5 Yes No 1-4 B 0.54 max. 15-20% (10) 3.5 to 5 Yes No 1-3 D 0.44 max. 15-20% (10) 3.5 to 5 Yes (11) 3-5 NOTES: (1) Minimum compressive strength in psi at 28 days (2) ASTM designation (3) Size Number in ASTM C33 (4) Cementitious content in lbs/cu yd (5) W/C is Water-Cementitious ratio by weight (6) AE is percent air-entrainment (7) AE for concrete slabs may be less than 3 percent (8) WR is water-reducer admixture (9) HRWR is high-range water-reducer admixture (10) Percentage of the total cement plus pozzolan content, by weight (11) HRWR is required at walls taller than 20 feet and optional at others C. Mixing and Transporting 1. Concrete shall be ready-mixed concrete. No hand-mixing will be permitted. Clean each transit mix truck drum and reverse drum rotation before the truck proceeds under the batching plant. Equip each transit-mix truck with a continuous, nonreversible, revolution counter showing the number of revolutions. 2. Ready-mix concrete shall be transported to the site in watertight agitator or mixer trucks loaded not in excess of their rated capacities as stated on the name plate. 3. Keep the water tank valve on each transit truck locked at all times. Any addition of water must be approved by the ENGINEER. Added water shall be incorporated by additional mixing of at least 35 revolutions. All added water shall be metered and the amount of water added shall be shown on each delivery ticket. 4. All central plant and rolling stock equipment and methods shall comply with ACI 318, ACI 304R and ASTM C94. 5. Select equipment of size and design to ensure continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end. Metal or metal-lined non-aluminum discharge chutes shall be used and shall have slopes not exceeding 1 vertical to 2 horizontal and not less than 1 vertical to 3 horizontal. Chutes more than 20-ft long and chutes not meeting slope requirements may be used if concrete is discharged into a hopper before distribution. 6. Retempering (mixing with or without additional cement, aggregate, or water) of concrete or mortar which has reached initial set will not be permitted. 7. Handle concrete from mixer to placement as quickly as practicable while providing concrete of required quality in the placement area. Dispatch trucks from the batching plant so they arrive at the work site just before the concrete is required, thus avoiding excessive mixing of concrete. 8. Furnish a delivery ticket for ready mixed concrete to the ENGINEER as each truck arrives. Each ticket shall provide a printed record of the weight of cement and each aggregate as batched individually. Use the type of indicator that returns for zero punch or returns to zero after a batch is discharged. Clearly indicate the weight of fine and coarse aggregate, cement and water in each batch, the quantity delivered, the time any water is added, and the numerical sequence of 03300-10 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project the delivery. Show the time of day batched and time of discharge from the truck. Indicate the number of revolutions of the truck mixer. Annotate each delivery ticket with the structure and component where the concrete was placed. 9. Temperature and Mixing Time Control a. In cold weather, do not allow the as-mixed temperature of the concrete and concrete temperatures at the time of placement in the forms to drop below 40 degrees F. b. If water or aggregate has been heated, combine water with aggregate in the mixer before cement is added. Do not add cement to mixtures of water and aggregate when the temperature of the mixture is greater than 90 degrees F. c. In hot weather, cool ingredients before mixing to maintain temperature of the concrete below the maximum placing temperature of 90 degrees F. If necessary, substitute well-crushed ice for all or part of the mixing water. d. The maximum time interval between the addition of mixing water and/or cement to the batch and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the values shown in Table 03300-2. TABLE 03300-2 MAXIMUM TIME TO DISCHARGE OF CONCRETE Air or Concrete Temperature (whichever is higher) Maximum Time Above 90 Degree F (32 Degree C) (Note 1) ........................................................... 60 minutes 80 to 90 Degree F (27 to 32 Degree C) ................................................................... 60 minutes 70 to 79 Degree F (21 to 26 Degree C) ................................................................... 60 minutes 40 to 69 Degree F (5 to 20 Degree C) ..................................................................... 90 minutes Note 1: In air temperatures above 90 degrees F, the temperature of concrete being placed shall not exceed 90 degrees F. If an approved high-range water-reducer (superplasticizer) is used to produce plasticized concrete, the maximum time interval shall not exceed 90 minutes. D. Concrete Appearance 1. Concrete mix showing either poor cohesion or poor coating of the coarse aggregate with paste shall be remixed. If this does not correct the condition, the concrete shall be rejected. If the slump is within the allowable limit, but excessive bleeding, poor workability, or poor finishability are observed, changes in the concrete mix shall be obtained only by adjusting one or more of the following: a. The gradation of aggregate. b. The proportion of fine and coarse aggregate. c. The percentage of entrained air, within the allowable limits. 03300-11 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 2. Concrete for the work shall provide a homogeneous structure which, when hardened, will have the required strength, durability and appearance. Mixtures and workmanship shall be such that concrete surfaces, when exposed, will require no finishing. When concrete surfaces are stripped, the concrete, when viewed in good lighting from 10-ft away, shall be pleasing in appearance, and at 20-ft shall show no visible defects. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Compression Tests: Provide testing of the proposed concrete mix or mixes to demonstrate compliance with the specified design strength requirements in conformity with Section 2.02B. B. Shrinkage Tests: Perform shrinkage tests on the design mix for Class D concrete. All specimens shall be cast in the laboratory. Concrete and not mortar specimens shall be used. The tests shall conform to ASTM C157 modified as follows: 1. Three 4”x4”x11” test specimens with 10” gage length shall be made. 2. Specimens shall be removed from molds at an age of 23+1 hours after trial batching, and placed immediately in water at 73oF+3o for at least 30 minutes. 3. Specimens shall be measured 30 minutes thereafter to determine the original length, and then submerged in saturated lime water at 73oF+3o. 4. Measurement to determine expansion expressed as a percentage of original length shall be made at age 7 days. The length at 7 days shall be made the base length for drying shrinkage calculations. 5. Specimens shall be stored in a humidity control room maintained at 73oF+3o and 50%+4% relative humidity for the remainder of the test. 6. Measurements to determine shrinkage expressed as a percentage of base length shall be made and reported separately for 7, 14, and 21 days of drying after 7 days of moist curing. 7. The average shrinkage at 21 days of air storage shall not exceed 0.040 percent. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Placing 1. The class of concrete shall be per Table 03300-3 or as shown on the Drawings. Place all concrete in accordance with the recommendations contained in ACI304R. Concrete shall not be placed when rainfall (or forecast rainfall) is sufficient to cause damage to the work. Concrete placement in progress shall be stopped when rainfall occurs unless the concrete is completely protected from rainfall damage. Verify that all formwork completely encloses concrete to be placed and is securely braced prior to concrete placement. Remove ice, excess water, dirt and other foreign materials from forms. Confirm that reinforcement and other embedded items are securely in place. Have competent workers at the location of the placement. Workers shall be able to ensure that reinforcing steel and embedded items remain in designated locations while concrete is being 03300-12 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project placed. Sprinkle semi-porous subgrades or forms to eliminate suction of water from the mix. Seal extremely porous subgrades in an approved manner. 2. Deposit concrete as near its final position as possible to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Place concrete continuously at a rate which ensures the concrete is being integrated with fresh plastic concrete. Do not deposit concrete which has partially hardened or has been contaminated by foreign materials or on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. If the section cannot be placed continuously, place construction joints as specified or as approved. 3. Pumping of concrete will be permitted. Use a mix design and aggregate sizes suitable for pumping and submit for approval. 4. Remove temporary spreaders from forms when the spreader is no longer useful. Temporary spreaders may remain embedded in concrete only if it is a non-water containing structure, when made of galvanized metal or concrete, and only if prior approval from the ENGINEER has been obtained. 5. Do not place concrete for supported elements until concrete previously placed in the supporting element (columns, slabs and/or walls) has reached adequate strength. 6. Where surface mortar is to form the base of a finish, especially surfaces designated to be painted, work coarse aggregate back from forms with a suitable tool to bring the full surface of the mortar against the form. Prevent the formation of excessive surface voids. 7. Slabs a. After suitable bulkheads, screeds and jointing materials have been positioned, the concrete shall be placed continuously between construction joints beginning at a bulkhead, edge form, or corner. Each batch shall be placed into the edge of the previously placed concrete to avoid stone pockets and segregation. b. Avoid delays in casting. If there is a delay in casting, the concrete placed after the delay shall be thoroughly spaded and consolidated at the edge of that previously placed to avoid cold joints. Concrete shall then be brought to correct level and struck off with a straightedge. Bullfloats or darbies shall be used to smooth the surface, leaving it free of humps or hollows. c. Where slabs are to be placed integrally with the walls below them, place the walls and compact as specified. Allow 1 hour to pass between placement of the wall and the overlying slab to permit consolidation of the wall concrete. Keep the top surface of the wall moist so as to prevent cold joints. 8. Formed Concrete a. Place concrete in forms using tremie tubes and taking care to prevent segregation. Bottom of tremie tubes shall preferably be in contact with the concrete already placed. Do not permit concrete to drop freely more than 4-ft. Place concrete for walls in 12 to 24-in lifts, keeping the surface horizontal. If plasticized concrete is used, the maximum lift thickness 03300-13 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project may be increased to 4-ft and the maximum free fall of concrete shall not exceed 4-ft. b. A minimum of 48 hours shall have elapsed between casting of adjacent wall sections at a vertical construction joint. B. Compacting 1. Consolidate concrete by vibration, puddling, spading, rodding or forking so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, embedded items and openings and into corners of forms. Puddling, spading, etc, shall be continuously performed along with vibration of the placement to eliminate air or stone pockets which may cause honeycombing, pitting or planes of weakness. 2. All concrete shall be placed and compacted with mechanical vibrators. One vibrator shall be used for each 8 c.y. placed per hour. The type and size of the units shall be approved by the ENGINEER in advance of placing operations. No concrete shall be ordered until sufficient approved vibrators (including standby units in working order) are on the job. 3. A minimum frequency of 7000 rpm is required for mechanical vibrators. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at points from 18 to 30-in apart. At each insertion, vibrate sufficiently to consolidate concrete, generally from 5 to 15 seconds. Do not segregate concrete through overvibration. Keep a spare vibrator on the site during concrete placing operations. 4. Concrete Slabs: Concrete for slabs less than 8-in thick shall be consolidated with vibrating screeds; slabs 8-in and thicker shall be compacted with internal vibrators and (optionally) with vibrating screeds. Vibrators shall always be placed into concrete vertically and shall not be laid horizontally or laid over. 5. Walls and Columns: Internal vibrators (rather than form vibrators) shall be used unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER. In general, for each vibrator needed to melt down the batch at the point of discharge, one or more additional vibrators must be used to densify, homogenize and perfect the surface. The vibrators shall be inserted vertically at regular intervals, through the fresh concrete and slightly into the previous lift, if any. 6. Amount of Vibration: Vibrators are to be used to consolidate properly placed concrete but shall not be used to move or transport concrete in the forms. Vibration shall continue until: a. Frequency returns to normal. b. Surface appears liquefied, flattened and glistening. c. Trapped air ceases to rise. d. Coarse aggregate has blended into surface, but has not disappeared. C. Curing 1. Protect all concrete work against injury from the elements and defacements of any nature during construction operations. 2. Curing Methods 03300-14 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project a. Curing Methods for Concrete Surfaces: Cure concrete to retain moisture and maintain specified temperature at the surface for a minimum of 7 days after placement. Curing methods to be used are as follows: 1) Water Curing: Keep entire concrete surface wet by ponding, continuous sprinkling or covered with saturated burlap. Begin wet cure as soon as concrete attains an initial set and maintain wet cure 24 hours a day. 2) Sheet Material Curing: Cover entire surface with sheet material. Securely anchor sheeting to prevent wind and air from lifting the sheeting or entrapping air under the sheet. Place and secure sheet as soon as initial concrete set occurs. 3) Liquid Membrane Curing: Apply over the entire concrete surface except for surfaces to receive additional concrete. Curing compound shall NOT be placed on any concrete surface where additional concrete is to be placed, where concrete sealers or surface coatings are to be used, or where the concrete finish requires an integral floor product. Curing compound shall be applied as soon as the free water on the surface has disappeared and no water sheen is visible, but not after the concrete is dry or when the curing compound can be absorbed into the concrete. Application shall be in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. b. Specified Applications of Curing Methods. 1) Slabs for Water Containment Structures: Water curing only. 2) Slabs on Grade and Footings (not used to contain water): Water curing, sheet material curing or liquid membrane curing. 3) Structural Slabs (other than water containment): Water curing or liquid membrane curing. 4) Horizontal Surfaces which will Receive Additional Concrete, Coatings, Grout or Other Material that Requires Bond to the substrate: Water curing. 5) Formed Surfaces: None if nonabsorbent forms are left in place 7 days. Water cure if absorbent forms are used. Sheet cured or liquid membrane cured if forms are removed prior to 7 days. Exposed horizontal surfaces of formed walls or columns shall be water cured for 7 days or until next placement of concrete is made. 6) Concrete Joints: Water cured or sheet material cured. 3. Finished surfaces and slabs shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun to prevent checking and crazing. D. Cold Weather Concreting: 1. "Cold weather" is defined as a period when for more than 3 successive days, the average daily outdoor temperature drops below 40 degrees F. The average daily 03300-15 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project temperature shall be calculated as the average of the highest and the lowest temperature during the period from midnight to midnight. 2. Cold weather concreting shall conform to ACI 306.1 and the additional requirements specified herein. Temperatures at the concrete placement shall be recorded at 12 hour intervals (minimum). 3. The CONTRACTOR shall discuss a cold weather work plan with the ENGINEER. The discussion shall encompass the methods and procedures proposed for use during cold weather including the production, transportation, placement, protection, curing and temperature monitoring of the concrete. The procedures to be implemented upon abrupt changes in weather conditions or equipment failures shall also be discussed. Cold weather concreting shall not begin until the work plan is acceptable to the ENGINEER. 4. During periods of cold weather, concrete shall be protected to provide continuous warm, moist curing (with supplementary heat when required) for a total of at least 350 degree-days of curing. a. Degree-days are defined as the total number of 24 hour periods multiplied by the weighted average daily air temperature at the surface of the concrete (e.g.: 5 days at an average 70 degrees F = 350 degree-days). b. To calculate the weighted average daily air temperature, sum hourly measurements of the air temperature in the shade at the surface of the concrete taking any measurement less than 50 degrees F as 0 degrees F. Divide the sum thus calculated by 24 to obtain the weighted average temperature for that day. 5. Salt, manure or other chemicals shall not be used for protection. 6. The protection period for concrete being water cured shall not be terminated during cold weather until at least 24 hours after water curing has been terminated. E. Hot Weather Concreting 1. "Hot weather" is defined as any combination of high air temperatures, low relative humidity and wind velocity which produces a rate of evaporation estimated in accordance with ACI 305R, approaching or exceeding 0.2 lbs/sqft/hr. 2. Concrete placed during hot weather, shall be batched, delivered, placed, cured and protected in compliance with the recommendations of ACI 305R and the additional requirements specified herein. a. Temperature of concrete being placed shall not exceed 90 degrees F and every effort shall be made to maintain a uniform concrete mix temperature below this level. The temperature of the concrete shall be such that it will cause no difficulties from loss of slump, flash set or cold joints. b. All necessary precautions shall be taken to promptly deliver, to promptly place the concrete upon its arrival at the job and to provide vibration immediately after placement. c. The ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to immediately cover plastic concrete with sheet material. 03300-16 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 3. The CONTRACTOR shall discuss with the ENGINEER a work plan describing the methods and procedures proposed to use for concrete placement and curing during hot weather periods. Hot weather concreting shall not begin until the work plan is acceptable to the ENGINEER. F. Removal of Forms 1. Form and shoring removal shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 03100. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The placing and curing of concrete shall be subject to the inspection of the ENGINEER at all times. The CONTRACTOR shall advise the ENGINEER of his/her readiness to proceed at least 2 working days prior to each concrete placement. The ENGINEER will inspect the preparations for concreting including the preparation of previously placed concrete, the reinforcing steel and the alignment, cleanliness and tightness of formwork. No placement shall be made without the inspection and acceptance of the ENGINEER. B. Sets of field control cylinder specimens will be taken by the OWNER (or Inspector) during the progress of the work, in compliance with ASTM C31. The number of sets of concrete test cylinders taken of each class of concrete placed each day shall not be less than one set per day, nor less than one set for each 150 cu yds of concrete nor less than one set for each 5,000 sq ft of surface area for slabs or walls. 1. A "set" of test cylinders consists of five cylinders: one to be tested at 7 days and two to be tested and their strengths averaged at 28 days. The fourth and fifth cylinders may be used for a special test at 3 days or to verify strength after 28 days if 28 day test results are low. Compressive strength tests shall comply with ASTM C39. 2. When the average 28 day compressive strength of the cylinders in any set falls below the specified design strength or below proportional minimum 7 day strengths (where proper relation between seven and 28 day strengths have been established by tests), proportions, water content, or temperature conditions shall be changed by the CONTRACTOR to achieve the required strengths. C. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate in the making of tests by allowing free access to the work for the selection of samples, providing an insulated and closed, wood or metal curing box for specimens, affording protection to the specimens against injury or loss through the CONTRACTOR’s operations and furnish material and labor required for the purpose of taking concrete cylinder samples. All shipping of specimens will be paid for by the OWNER. The cleanup and disposal of test waste shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. D. Slump tests will be made in the field by the Special Inspector immediately prior to placing the concrete. Such tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C143. Slump test shall be taken for each set of test cylinders defined above. If the slump is outside the specified range, the concrete shall be rejected. E. Air Content: Test for air content shall be made by the Special Inspector on fresh concrete samples. Air content test shall be taken for each set of test cylinders defined above. Air content for concrete made of ordinary aggregates having low absorption shall be made in compliance with either the pressure method complying with ASTM C231 or by the volumetric method complying with ASTM C173. 03300-17 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project F. Shrinkage (for concrete in liquid-containing structures) 1. Field test specimens shall be handled and tested by the Special Inspector as specified in Paragraph 2.03B. A set of test cylinders shall be taken from the first batch of concrete and any initial batch thereafter in which the source of concrete ingredients has changed. 2. The maximum concrete shrinkage for specimens cast in the field shall not exceed the trial batch maximum shrinkage requirement by more than 25 percent. 3. If the required shrinkage limitation is not met during construction, the CONTRACTOR shall take any or all of the following actions, at no additional cost to the OWNER, to achieve the specified shrinkage requirements. These actions may include changing the source of aggregates, cement and/or admixtures; reducing water content; washing of aggregate to reduce fines; increasing the number of construction joints; modifying the curing requirements; or other actions designed to minimize shrinkage or the effects of shrinkage. G. The ENGINEER may have cores taken from any questionable area in the concrete work such as construction joints and other locations as required for determination of concrete quality. The results of tests on such cores shall be the basis for acceptance, rejection or determining the continuation of concrete work. H. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate in obtaining cores by allowing free access to the work and permitting the use of ladders, scaffolding and such incidental equipment as may be required. The CONTRACTOR shall repair all core holes. The work of cutting and testing the cores will be at the expense of the CONTRACTOR. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Failure to Meet Requirements 1. Should the strengths shown by the test specimens made and tested in compliance with the previous provisions fall below the values given in Table 03300-1, the ENGINEER shall have the right to require changes in the mix design to apply to the remainder of the work. Furthermore, the ENGINEER shall have the right to require additional curing on those portions of the structure represented by the test specimens which failed. The cost of such mix design changes and additional curing shall be at no additional cost to the OWNER. In the event that such additional curing does not give the strength required, as evidenced by core and/or load tests, the ENGINEER shall have the right to require strengthening or replacement of those portions of the structure which fail to develop the required strength. The cost of all such core borings and/or load tests and any strengthening or concrete replacement required because strengths of test specimens are below that specified, shall be entirely at no additional cost to the OWNER. In such cases of failure to meet strength requirements the CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall confer to determine what adjustment, if any, can be made in compliance with Sections titled "Strength" and "Failure to Meet Strength Requirements" of ASTM C94. The "purchaser" referred to in ASTM C94 is the CONTRACTOR in this Section. 2. When the tests on control specimens of concrete fall below the specified strength, the ENGINEER will permit check tests for strengths to be made by means of typical cores drilled from the structure in compliance with ASTM C42 and C39. In the case of cores not indicating adequate strength, the ENGINEER, in addition to other recourses, may require, at no additional cost to the OWNER, load tests on 03300-18 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project any one of the slabs, beams, piles, caps, and columns in which such concrete was used. Tests need not be made until concrete has aged 60 days. 3. Should the 28-day strength of test cylinders fall below 60 percent of the required minimum 28 day strength, the concrete shall be rejected and shall be removed and replaced. B. Patching and Repairs 1. It is the intent of this Section to require quality work including adequate forming, proper mixture and placement of concrete and curing so completed concrete surfaces will require no patching. 2. Defective concrete as determined by the ENGINEER shall be repaired as specified in Section 03922 at no additional cost to the OWNER. 3. As soon as the forms have been stripped and the concrete surfaces exposed, fins and other projections shall be removed; recesses left by the removal of form ties shall be filled; and surface defects which do not impair structural strength shall be repaired. Clean all exposed concrete surfaces and adjoining work stained by leakage of concrete. 4. Immediately after removal of forms, remove plugs and break off metal ties. Promptly fill holes upon stripping as follows: Moisten the hole with water, followed by a 1/16-in brush coat of neat cement slurry mixed to the consistency of a heavy paste. Immediately plug the hole with a 1 to 1.5 mixture of cement and concrete sand mixed slightly damp to the touch (just short of "balling"). Hammer the grout into the hole until dense, and an excess of paste appears on the surface in the form of a spiderweb. Trowel smooth with heavy pressure. Avoid burnishing. 5. When patching exposed surfaces, the same source of cement and sand as used in the parent concrete shall be employed. Adjust color if necessary by addition of proper amounts of white cement. Rub lightly with a fine Carborundum stone at an age of 1 to 5 days if necessary to bring the surface down with the parent concrete. Do not damage or stain the surrounding parent concrete. Wash thoroughly to remove all rubbed matter. 3.04 SCHEDULE A. The following (Table 03300-3) are the general applications for the various concrete classes and design strengths: TABLE 03300-3 CONCRETE SCHEDULE Design Strength Class (psi) Description A 2,500 Concrete fill, duct and pipe encasements, and thrust blocks B 3,000 Concrete overlay slabs, pavements, sidewalk and curb 03300-19 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project D 5,000 Walls, footings, slabs on grade, suspended slab and beam systems, and all other structural concrete ***END OF SECTION*** 03350-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 03350 CONCRETE FINISHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Concrete finishing and types of finishes B. Related Sections. See Related Sections for additional requirements applicable to this Section (typical). 1. Section 03100 – Concrete Forms and Accessories. 2. Section 03200 – Concrete Reinforcement. 3. Section 03300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 4. Section 09900 – Painting. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 2. ASTM C309 – Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit to the ENGINEER, in accordance with Section 01300, product data showing materials of construction and details of installation for: 1. Concrete sealer: Submit confirmation that the sealer is compatible with other finishes that will be applied to the surfaces. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre-Installation Meetings 1. The CONTRACTOR shall make available at no additional cost to the OWNER, upon 72 hours notification, the services of a qualified field representative of the manufacturer of curing compound or sealer to instruct the user on the proper application of the product under prevailing job conditions. B. For concrete which will receive additional applied finishes or materials, the surface finish specified is required for the proper application of the specified manufacturer's products. Where alternate products are approved for use, determine if changes in finish are required and provide the proper finish to receive these products. 03350-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project C. Changes in finish made to accommodate products different from those specified shall be performed at no additional cost to the OWNER. Submit the proposed new finish and their construction methods to the ENGINEER for approval. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete sealer shall comply with ASTM C309, Type 1, Class A or B. Concrete sealer shall be compliant with State of California VOC regulations. Concrete sealer shall be Spartan-Cote WB Cure-Seal Hardener by Burke Co., San Mateo, CA; Kure-N-Seal WB by Sonneborn, Minneapolis, MN; or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Formed Surfaces 1. Forms shall not be removed before the requirements of Section 03300 have been satisfied. 2. Exercise care to prevent damaging edges or obliterating the lines of chamfers, rustications or corners when removing the forms or performing any other work adjacent thereto. 3. Clean all exposed concrete surfaces and adjoining work stained by leakage of concrete. Surfaces to remain exposed showing white surface deposits (calcium carbonate, etc.) shall be cleaned of such deposits until a uniform gray color is achieved. 4. Cure concrete as specified in Section 03300, unless otherwise noted by the ENGINEER. Modify curing methods to be compatible with the written instructions of special concrete coating manufacturers. 03350-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project B. Slabs 1. Immediately after floor or slab placement, screed concrete to the grades and surfaces shown on the Drawings. Complete screeding before any excess moisture or bleeding water is present on the surface. a. Level floors and slabs to a tolerance of plus or minus 1/8-in when checked with a 10-ft straightedge placed anywhere on the slab in any direction. b. Pitch floors uniformly toward low points, sumps, or drains and as shown on the Drawings, such that there are no low spots left undrained. c. At dished floor drains, depress drain inlet one inch, and taper the one inch depression over a two foot radius, unless indicated otherwise. c. Failure to meet either of the above requirements shall be cause for removal, grinding, or other correction, as directed by the ENGINEER. 2. Immediately after final screeding, evenly sprinkle the surface with a dry cement/sand shake in the proportion of two sacks of portland cement to 350 lbs of coarse natural concrete sand at the rate of approximately 500 lbs /1,000 sq ft of floor. Do not sprinkle neat, dry cement on the surface. a. The application of the cement/sand shake may be eliminated at the discretion of the ENGINEER, if the base slab concrete exhibits adequate fattiness and homogeneity and the need is not indicated. 3. Immediately after sprinkling, bull float the surface, filling all surface voids and slightly embedding the coarse aggregate. 4. After bull floating, defer additional finishing operations until the concrete has stiffened sufficiently to sustain foot pressure with an indentation of not more than 1/4-in. 5. After all bleed water and excess moisture has left the surface, edge and joint concrete as specified or shown. a. Edge concrete sidewalks, driveways, and steps. b. Do not edge floor slabs that will be covered with tile or carpet unless noted on the Drawings. Slab edges at joints may be lightly stoned after forms are stripped and before adjacent placements are made in such areas. c. Place tooled joints using a straightedge at locations shown on the Drawings. d. Where acceptable to the ENGINEER, saw-cut contraction joints with a power blade 4 to 12 hours after slab placement and finishing. 6. Water shall not be used to supplement hand or power troweling. 03350-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 3.02 CONSTRUCTION A. Rough-Form Finish 1. Immediately after stripping forms and before concrete has changed color, carefully remove all fins and projections. Clean surfaces of tie holes. 2. Promptly fill holes left by tie cones and repair defects as specified in Section 03100 and 03300. B. Sacked Finish 1. Provide rough-form finish as specified. While the wall is still damp apply a thin coat of medium consistency neat cement slurry by means of bristle brushes to provide a bonding coat within all pits, air holes or blemishes in the parent concrete. Avoid coating large areas of the finished surfaces with the slurry at one time. 2. Before the slurry has dried or changed color, apply a dry (almost crumbly) grout proportioned by volume and consisting of 1 part cement to 1-1/2 parts of clean masonry sand having a fineness modulus of approximately 2.3 and complying with the gradation requirements of ASTM C33 for such a material. Uniformly apply grout by means of damp pads of coarse burlap approximately 6-in square used as a float. Scrub grout into the pits and air holes to provide a dense mortar in all imperfections. 3. Allow the mortar to partially harden for 1 or 2 hours depending upon the weather. If the air is hot and dry, keep the wall damp during this period using a fine, fog spray. When the grout has hardened sufficiently so it can be scraped from the surface with the edge of a steel trowel without damaging the grout in the small pits or holes, cut off all that can be removed with a trowel. 4. Allow the surface to dry thoroughly and rub it vigorously with clean dry burlap to completely remove any dried grout. No visible film of grout shall remain after this rubbing. The entire cleaning operation for any area must be completed the day it is started. Do not leave grout on surfaces overnight. Allow sufficient time for grout to dry after it has been cut off with the trowel so it can be wiped off clean with the burlap. 5. On the day following the repair of pits, air holes and blemishes, the walls shall again be wiped off clean with dry, used pieces of burlap containing old hardened mortar which will act as a mild abrasive. After this treatment, there shall be no built-up film remaining on the parent surface. If, however, such a film is present, a fine abrasive stone shall be used to remove all such material without breaking through the surface film of the original concrete. Such scrubbing shall be light and sufficient only to remove excess material without changing the texture of the concrete. 6. A thorough wash-down with stiff bristle brushes shall follow the final bagging or stoning operation. No extraneous materials shall remain on the surface of the wall. The wall shall be sprayed with a fine fog spray periodically to maintain a continually damp condition for at least 3 days after the application of the repair grout. 03350-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project C. Floated Finish 1. Float the concrete surface when the water sheen has disappeared and the concrete has hardened sufficiently to support a power float without its digging into or disrupting the surface or a finisher and knee boards with no more than 1/4-in indentation. Start floating along walls and around columns, and in areas most exposed to sun or wind, and then move systematically across the surface leaving a matte finish. a. Power floats shall be heavy, revolving disk type power compacting machines capable of providing a 200 lb compaction force distributed over a 24-in diameter disk. b. Troweling machines equipped with float (shoe) blades that are slipped over the trowel blades may be used for floating. However, floating with a troweling machine equipped with normal trowel blades will not be permitted. The use of any floating or troweling machine, which has a water attachment for wetting the concrete surface during finishing, will not be permitted. c. In lieu of power floating, small areas may be hand floated. While the concrete is still green, but sufficiently hardened to support a finisher and kneeboards with no more than 1/4-in indentation, wood float the surface to a true, even plane with no coarse aggregate visible. Use sufficient pressure on the wood floats to bring moisture to the surface. 2. Restore edging or jointing removed by floating. Maintain joint uniformity and line. D. Broom Finish 1. Screed and float concrete slabs as specified in the preceding paragraphs. When the concrete has stiffened sufficiently to maintain small surface indentations, draw a bristle broom lightly across the surface in the direction of drainage, or, in the case of walks and stairs, perpendicular to the direction of traffic to provide a non-slip surface. E. Steel Trowel Finish 1. Screed and float concrete as described in the preceding paragraphs. Immediately after floating, steel trowel to a perfectly smooth hard even finish free from high or low spots or other defects. Provide a minimum of two trowelings unless otherwise specified or noted. For surfaces to receive the traffic-bearing or other special coatings, trowel the surface to meet the recommendations of the coating manufacturer for best performance of their products. Complete the first troweling keeping the trowel blade as flat against the surface as possible. Increase the pitch or tilt between the trowel blade and the surface for each successive troweling. Permit the concrete to harden slightly between successive trowelings. 2. Restore edging or jointing removed by floating. Maintain joint uniformity and line. F. Broom Finish on Basin Slabs with Concrete Fill Overlay 1. Screed and rough-finish slabs to grades. Provide a broomed finish with grooves aligned toward drain. Finishing tolerance shall be plus or minus 1/4-in when checked with a 10-ft straightedge. 03350-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 2. Before placing grout, clean surface of debris, dust, and loose concrete, and prepare as indicated in Section 03600. G. Concrete Sealer 1. Prepare and seal surfaces indicated to receive a sealer as follows: a. Finish concrete as specified in the preceding paragraphs and as scheduled herein. Surface conditions before application shall conform to the recommendations of the sealer manufacturer. b. Newly Placed Concrete: Surface must be sound and properly finished. Surface is application-ready when it is damp but not wet and can no longer be marred by walking worker. c. Newly-Cured Bare Concrete: Level any spots gouged out by trades. Remove all dirt, dust, droppage, oil, grease, asphalt and foreign matter. Cleanse with caustics and detergents as required. Rinse thoroughly and allow to dry to the conditions recommended by the sealer manufacturer. d. Aged Concrete: Restore surface soundness by patching, grouting, filling cracks and holes, etc. Surface must also be free of any dust, dirt and other foreign matter. Use power tools and/or strippers to remove any incompatible sealers or coatings. Cleanse as required, following the procedure indicated under cured concrete. e. Methods: Comply with the manufacturer’s recommendations to apply sealer so as to form a continuous, uniform film by spray, soft-bristle pushbroom, long-nap roller or lambswool applicator. f. Applications: 1) Two coats are required for curing concrete. Apply first coat evenly and uniformly as soon as possible after final finishing at the rate of 200 to 400 sq ft per gallon. Apply second coat when all trades are completed and structure is ready for occupancy at the rate of 400 to 600 sq ft per gallon. 2) Two coats are required to meet guarantee and to seal and dustproof. For sealing new concrete, both coats shall be applied full-strength. On aged concrete, when renovating, dustproofing and sealing, the first coat should be thinned 10 to 15 percent with reducer per manufacturer's directions. 3.03 APPROVAL OF FINISHES A. All concrete surfaces, when finished, will be inspected by the ENGINEER. B. Surfaces which do not meet the requirements in this Section shall be refinished or reworked. C. After finishing horizontal surfaces, regardless of the finishing procedure specified, the concrete shall be cured in compliance with Section 03300 unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. 03350-7 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 3.04 SCHEDULES A. Concrete shall be finished as specified either to remain as natural concrete or to receive an additional applied finish or material under another Section. B. Concrete for the following conditions shall be finished as noted on the Drawings. If not noted on the Drawings concrete shall be finished as follows: 1. Concrete to receive dampproofing or waterproofing: Rough-form finish. See Paragraph 3.02A. 2. Concrete not exposed to view in the finished work, and not scheduled to receive an additional applied finish or material: Rough-form finish. See Paragraph 3.02A. 3. Exterior vertical concrete above grade exposed to view (and to 12-in below grade): Sacked finish. See Paragraph 3.02B. 4. Interior overhead and vertical concrete exposed to view except in water containment areas and except where scheduled to be painted: Sacked finish. See Paragraph 3.02B. 5. Interior overhead and vertical concrete exposed to view and scheduled to be painted: Rough-form finish. See paragraph 3.02A. 6. Vertical and overhead concrete in water containment areas: Sacked finish on surfaces exposed to view and extending to two feet below normal operating water level; rough-form finish on remainder of submerged areas. See Paragraphs 3.02B and 3.02A. 7. Interior or exterior horizontal concrete exposed to view and not scheduled to receive an additional finish: steel-trowel finish. See Paragraph 3.02E. 8. Concrete for exterior walks, interior and exterior stairs: Broomed finish perpendicular to direction of traffic. See Paragraph 3.02D. 9. Concrete slabs on which process liquids flow or in contact with sludge: Steel trowel finish. See Paragraph 3.02E. 10. Concrete to receive floor sealer: See Paragraph 3.02G. 11. Concrete to receive an applied coating: Refer to manufacturer’s written directions and on-site direction by manufacturer’s representative. ***END OF SECTION*** DIVISION 5 METALS 05120-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural steel shapes and plates. 2. Structural tube. 3. Welding. 4. Structural steel accessories. B. Related Sections. See Related Sections for additional requirements applicable to this Section (typical). 1. Section 05500 – Metal Fabrications. 2. Section 09900 – Painting. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): 1. Code of Standard Practice for Structural Steel Buildings and Bridges (AISC 303) 2. Specification for Structural Steel Buildings (ANSI/AISC 360-05) 3. Steel Construction Manual, Thirteenth Edition B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 2. ASTM A53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless 3. ASTM A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 4. ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 5. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength 6. ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength 7. ASTM A500 - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes 05120-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 8. ASTM A992 – Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes. 9. ASTM B695 - Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel. 10. ASTM F1554 – Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength. C. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. AWS A5.1 - Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding. 2. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code Steel. D. Research Council on Structural Connections of the Engineering Foundation (RCSCEF): 1. Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts. E. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit to the ENGINEER erection drawings, detailed shop drawings, schedules and data for all structural steel. Approval will be for strength only and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for proper fit of members, of connections not detailed on the Drawings, or for supplying all material required by the Contract Documents. Mark numbers painted on the shop assembled pieces of steel shall be the same mark numbers used on the detailed shop and erection drawings. B. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals 1. Certified mill test reports for the structural steel and the bolting materials. 2. Certifications that welders are qualified, in accordance with AWS D1.1 for each process, position, and joint configuration, on the shop and field welding procedures to be used. 3. Written Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS’s) in accordance with AWS D1.1 for each different welded joint proposed for use whether prequalified or qualified by testing. 4. Electrode manufacturer data. 05120-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural steel shall be in accordance with the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Structural Steel Buildings and Bridges and the Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, unless otherwise specified herein. B. Welding shall be done by certified welders and shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1 unless otherwise specified herein or in the AISC Standard. 1. WPS’s for each joint type shall indicate proper AWS qualification and be available where welding is performed. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials promptly so as to cause no delay with other parts of the work. B. Store materials on skids and not on the ground. Pile and block materials so that they will not become bent or otherwise damaged. Do not allow metals to stain concrete. C. Handle materials with cranes or derricks as far as practicable. Do not dump steel off cars or trucks nor handle in any other manner likely to cause damage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural wide flange shapes: ASTM A992. B. Other structural shapes, plates, rods and bars unless otherwise noted: ASTM A36. C. Structural tube: ASTM A500, Grade B. D. Structural pipe: ASTM A53, Type S, Grade B. E. Welding electrodes: AWS A5.1, E70XX. F. High strength steel bolts, nuts and washers: ASTM A325, unless noted otherwise. G. Cast-in anchor bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade A36 minimum. H. Shop primer: As specified in Section 09910. I. Galvanizing: Zinc with 0.05 percent (minimum) nickel added. J. Galvanized surface primer: 95 percent zinc dust, organic vehicle primer. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Match-mark materials for field assembly. Ream unmatched holes in shop assembly of field connections. Reject and replace with new pieces any piece weakened by reaming to a point where the strength of the joint is impaired. B. Welding of parts shall be done only where shown on the Drawings or specified herein and by welders and welding operators qualified for the procedures used. 05120-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 2.03 FINISHES A. Prepare and shop prime paint non-galvanized members as specified in Section 09900. Do not prime paint faying surfaces of slip critical connections. Where fireproofing is indicated on the Drawings, do not shop prime paint steel. B. Galvanize members and their attachments exposed in whole or part to the weather. Galvanize other members as indicated on the Drawings. Galvanizing shall be done after fabrication and in accordance with ASTM A123. Hardware galvanizing shall be in accordance with ASTM A153. Thoroughly clean, pickle, flux and immerse members in bath of molten zinc until their temperature becomes the same as the bath. Coating shall be 2-oz per sq ft. 2.04 FABRICATION FOR ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL (AESS) A. Fabricate and assemble AESS in the shop to the greatest extent possible. Locate field joints in AESS assemblies at concealed locations or as approved by the ENGINEER. Detail AESS assemblies to minimize field handling and expedite erection. B. Fabricate AESS with exposed surfaces smooth and square. Use special care in handling and shipping of AESS both before and after shop painting. C. In addition to special care used to handle and fabricate AESS, employ the following fabrication techniques. 1. Fabrication Tolerance: Fabricate steel to one half the normal tolerance as specified in the Code of Standard Practice section 10. 2. Welds ground smooth: Fabricator shall grind welds of AESS smooth. For groove welds, the weld shall be made flush to the surfaces each side and be within + 1/16", -0" of plate thickness. 3. Contouring and blending of welds: Where fillet welds are indicated to be ground contoured, or blended, oversize welds as required and grind to provide a smooth transition. 4. Continuous Welds: Where welding is noted on the Drawings, provide continuous welds of a uniform size and profile. 5. Minimize Weld Show Through: At locations where welding on the far side of an exposed connection occurs, grind distortion and marking of the steel to a smooth profile with adjacent material. 6. Coping and Blocking Tolerance: Maintain a uniform gap of 1/8" ± 1/32 at all copes and blocks. 7. Joint Gap Tolerance: Maintain a uniform gap of 1/8" ± 1/32 8. Piece Marks Hidden: Fabricate such that piece marks are fully hidden in the final structure or made with such media to permit full removal after erection. 9. Mill Mark Removal: Fabricator shall deliver steel with no mill marks (stenciled, stamped, raised etc) in exposed locations. Mill marks shall be omitted by cutting of mill material to appropriate lengths where possible. Where not possible, the fabricator may fill and/or grind to a surface finish satisfactory to the ENGINEER. 05120-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 10. Grinding of sheared edges: Fabricator shall grind all edges of sheared, punched or flame cut steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Furnish and install temporary bracing to provide stability during erection and to prevent distortion or damage to the framing due to wind, seismic, or erection forces. Remove temporary bracing when erection is complete. B. Use drift pins only to bring members into position and not to enlarge or distort holes. C. Make all steel to steel connections by high strength bolting except where field welding is shown or specified. Provide not less than two 3/4-in bolts per connection and use not less than 1/4-in thick clip angles. D. Tighten bolted connections designated as bearing-type connections to the snug tight condition. Tighten all other bolted connections to full pretension by turn-of-nut or calibrated wrench tightening. E. Field welding shall be done only where shown or specified and only by welders qualified for the procedures used. Weld only in accordance with approved WPS’s which are to be available to welders and inspectors during the production process. No welding shall be done when surfaces are wet, exposed to rain or wind, or when welders are exposed to inclement conditions that will hamper good workmanship. F. Each bolting crew and welder shall be assigned an identification mark. This mark shall be made at each completed connection with a paint stick. G. After erection, prime paint abrasions, field welds and unprimed surfaces, using shop primer except surfaces designated to be unpainted or surfaces in contact with concrete. H. After erection, prime paint abrasions and field welds on galvanized surfaces with galvanized surface primer. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The CONTRACTOR shall allow the ENGINEER free access to the work. Notify the ENGINEER in writing 4 working days in advance of high strength bolting or field welding operations. B. High strength bolting will be inspected visually. All high strength bolts shall have the turned portion marked with reference to the steel being connected after the nut has been made snug and prior to final tightening. Retighten rejected bolts or remove and provide new bolts. In cases of disputed bolt installations, the bolts in question shall be checked using a calibrated wrench certified by an independent testing laboratory approved by the ENGINEER. The certification shall be at no additional cost to the OWNER. C. Field welding will be inspected visually and by non-destructive testing by AWS certified welding inspectors provided by an Independent Testing Agency. This work will be paid for by the OWNER. Testing procedures will include ultrasonic testing. Comply with all requests of inspectors to correct deficiencies. D. The fact that steel work has been accepted at the shop and mill will not prevent its final rejection at the site, before or after erection, if it is found to be defective. 05120-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project E. Remove rejected steel work from the site within 10 working days after notification of rejection. ***END OF SECTION*** 05500-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Anchors, bolts, and fastening devices. 2. Miscellaneous steel. 3. Miscellaneous stainless steel. 4. Miscellaneous aluminum. B. Related Sections. See Related Sections for additional requirements applicable to this Section (typical). 1. Section 03250 – Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories. 2. Section 05120 – Structural Steel. 3. Section 09900 – Painting. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Aluminum Association (AA): 1. ASD-1 Aluminum Standards and Data. 2. Specifications for Aluminum Structures. B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): 1. Manual of Steel Construction – Thirteenth Edition. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 3. ASTM A108 - Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold Finished, Standard Quality. 4. ASTM A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 5. ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 05500-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 6. ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 7. ASTM A193 - Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service. 8. ASTM A276 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 9. ASTM A283 - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. 10. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 Psi Tensile Strength. 11. ASTM A312 – Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe. 12. ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 13. ASTM A366 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled, Commercial Quality. 14. ASTM A500 - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 15. ASTM A563 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 16. ASTM A992 – Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes. 17. ASTM F436 - Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. 18. ASTM F594 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts. 19. ASTM F1554 – Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength. D. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI B18.22.1 - Plain Washers. E. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code – Steel. 2. AWS D1.2 - Structural Welding Code – Aluminum. 3. AWS D1.6 - Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel. 4. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols. F. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 1. SSPC SP-1 - Surface Preparation Specification No. 1 Solvent Cleaning. 2. SSPC SP-2 - Surface Preparation Specification No. 2 Hand Tool Cleaning. 05500-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 3. SSPC SP-3 - Surface Preparation Specification No. 3 Power Tool Cleaning. 4. SSPC SP-6 - Surface Preparation Specification No. 6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. 5. SSPC SP-10 - Surface Preparation Specification No. 10 Near-White Blast Cleaning. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to fabrication, submit to the ENGINEER, in accordance with Section 01300, shop drawings, erection or setting drawings, product data, etc, showing methods of assembly, anchorage and connection to other members. Indicate welded connections in accordance with AWS A2.0. Shop drawings are required for all items included under this Section. B. Metal fabrication submittals greater than 30 sheets will take longer than 30 days for review by the ENGINEER. C. Submit samples as requested by the ENGINEER during the course of construction. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordinate completely the work of this Section with the work of other Sections. Verify at the site both the dimensions and work of other trades adjoining items of work before fabrication and installation of the items specified. B. Furnish to the pertinent trades all items that are to be built into the work of other Sections. C. Field welding shall be done by certified welders and shall be in accordance with the appropriate AWS Specification. 1. Qualify welders in accordance with the appropriate AWS for each process, position, and joint configuration. 2. WPS’s for each joint type shall indicate proper AWS qualification and be available where welding is performed. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver items to be incorporated into the work of other trades in sufficient time to be checked prior to installation. B. Delivery anchorage devices with setting drawings, templates and instructions for installation. C. Store delivered items off the ground and protected from dirt and weather. D. Repair items which have become damaged or corroded to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER prior to incorporating them into the work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel 05500-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1. Structural steel wide flange shapes: ASTM A992. 2. Other structural steel shapes, plates, bars and rods: ASTM A36. 3. Steel sheets: ASTM A366. 4. Welded and seamless steel pipe: ASTM A53, Type S, Grade B Schedule 40. Use standard malleable iron fittings, galvanized for exterior work. 5. Welded and seamless rectangular steel tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. 6. Cast-in anchor bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36. 7. High strength bolts, nuts and washers for structural steel: a. Elevated temperature exposures: ASTM A325, Type I. b. General application: ASTM A325, Type I or II. 8. Headed Anchor Studs: Nelson Type H4L or S3L by Nelson Stud Welding Company or equal. 9. Welding Materials AWS D1.1. 10. Galvanizing: a. General: ASTM A123. b. Hardware: ASTM A153. c. Assembled steel products: ASTM A123. 11. Shop and Touch-up Primer: SSPC Paint 15 Type I red oxide. B. Stainless Steel 1. Plates, bars and structural shapes: a. Exterior, submerged or industrial use: ASTM A167, Type 316. b. Interior and architectural use: ASTM A167, Type 304. 2. Pipes: ASTM A312. 3. Bolts, nuts and washers ASTM: A276, Type 316 or Type 304. C. Aluminum Framing 1. Aluminum structural shapes and plates: Alloy 6061-T6. 2. Extruded aluminum pipe: Alloy 6063-T6. 3. Stainless steel fasteners: ASTM A276, Type 316 or Type 304. D. Anchors, Bolts, and Fastening Devices 05500-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1. Furnish anchors, bolts, fasteners, etc, as necessary for installation of the work or for securing the work of other Sections to in-place construction. 2. The bolts used to attach the various members to the anchors shall be the sizes shown or required. Attach aluminum and stainless steel to concrete or masonry by means of stainless steel bolts. Attach iron or steel with steel bolts unless otherwise specifically noted. 3. Bolt heads and nuts shall be hex type unless noted otherwise. 4. For structural purposes, unless otherwise noted, drilled-in concrete anchors shall be adhesive type or expansion type anchor bolts. Drilled-in anchors shall have ICC certified permissible values. a. Concrete adhesive anchors shall be a two-part stud and cartridge resin anchoring system certified for use in cracked concrete. Stud assembly spacing and minimum embedment shall be as shown on the Drawings. The assembly shall include all-thread anchor rod with nut and washer, or deformed reinforcing steel complying with the requirements of Section 03200. Provide manufacturer’s recommended drive units and adaptors for installing studs. Install anchors in full compliance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Adhesive anchors for use in concrete shall be Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD by Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, OK; Epcon G5 by ITW Red Head, Addison, Illinois; Simpson SET-XP by Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc., Pleasanton, CA; or approved equal. b. Concrete expansion anchors shall be wedge type anchors certified for use in cracked concrete. Type 316 stainless steel expansion anchors shall be used where they will be submerged or exposed to the weather or where stainless steel expansion anchors are required. Zinc plated carbon steel anchors shall be used at all other locations, unless noted otherwise. When the length or embedment of the bolt is not noted on the Drawings, provide length sufficient to place the wedge and expansion sleeve portion of the bolt at least 1-in behind the reinforcing steel within the concrete. Install anchors in full compliance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Expansion anchors for use in concrete shall be Hilti, Kwik-Bolt TZ by Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, OK; Simpson Strong-Bolt Wedge Anchor for Cracked and Uncracked Concrete by Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc., Pleasanton, CA; Redhead Trubolt + Wedge Anchor by ITW Red Head, Addison, Illinois; or approved equal. c. Masonry adhesive anchors shall be Hilti HIT HY 150 MAX by Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, OK; Simpson SET by Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc., Pleasanton, CA; or approved equal. d. Masonry expansion anchors shall be Hilti Kwik-Bolt 3 by Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, OK; Simpson Wedge-All Anchors by Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc., Pleasanton, CA; or approved equal. 5. Headed anchor studs shall be flux ended, welded to plates or other embeds as shown on the Drawings. Studs shall be made from cold drawn steel Grades C-1010 through C-1020 per ASTM A108 and shall be welded per the manufacturer's recommendations. Headed anchor studs shall be Nelson Stud Welding Company, Loraine, OH - Type H4L or S3L, or equal. 2.02 FABRICATION 05500-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project A. Form all miscellaneous metal work true to detail, with clean, straight, sharply defined profiles, and smooth surfaces of uniform color and texture. Provide fabrications free from defects impairing strength or durability. Drill or punch holes and smooth edges. Ease exposed edges to a small, uniform radius. Fabricate supplementary pieces necessary to complete each item though such pieces are not definitely shown or specified. B. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Connections and accessories shall be of sufficient strength to safely withstand stresses and strains to which they will be subjected. Steel accessories and connections to steel or cast iron shall be steel, unless otherwise specified. Threaded connections shall be made so that the threads are concealed by fitting. C. Welded joints shall be rigid and continuously welded or spot welded as specified or shown. Dress the face of welds flush and smooth. Continuously weld and grind smooth welds that will be exposed. Exposed joints shall be close fitting and jointed where least conspicuous. Conceal fastenings where practical. Punch or drill for temporary field connections and for attachment of the work of other trades. D. Welding of parts shall be in compliance with the latest edition of the AWS structural welding code for steel (D1.1); aluminum (D1.2) or stainless steel (D1.6) as appropriate, and shall only be done where shown, specified, or permitted by the ENGINEER. Welding shall be performed only by welders certified to perform the required welding in compliance with the requirements of the AWS Code. Component parts of built-up members to be welded shall be adequately supported and clamped or held by other adequate means to hold the parts in proper relation for welding. E. Castings shall be of good quality, strong, tough, even-grained, smooth, free from scale, lumps, blisters, sand holes and defects of any kind which render them unfit for the service for which they are intended. Thoroughly clean castings. Castings may be subjected to a hammer inspection in the field by the ENGINEER. All finished surfaces shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein shall be machined to a true plan surface allowing pieces to seat at all points without rocking. Make allowances in the patterns so that thicknesses specified or shown will not be reduced in obtaining finished surfaces. Castings will not be acceptable if the actual weight is less than 95 percent of the theoretical weight computed from the dimensions shown. Provide facilities for weighing castings in the presence of the ENGINEER and show true weights, certified by the supplier. F. Shop painting will not be required for galvanized metal, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, brass and bronze unless specifically specified. G. Thoroughly clean steel fabrications of all loose mill scale, rust, grease or oil, moisture, dirt, or other foreign matter. 1. Remove scale, rust and other deleterious materials before shop coat of paint is applied. 2. Clean off heavy rust and loose mill scale in accordance with SSPC SP-2, SSPC SP-3 or SSPC SP-6. 3. Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPC SP-1. H. Fabricate miscellaneous aluminum shapes and plates as shown. Furnish welded and mitered angle frames and other fabrications complete with welded anchors attached. Structural shapes and extruded items shall comply with the dimensions on the Drawings within the tolerances published by the Aluminum Association. Weld aluminum work on 05500-7 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project the unexposed side when possible in order to prevent pitting or discoloration of exposed aluminum surfaces. 2.03 FINISHES A. Steel 1. Items in areas which are not exposed to weather or moisture, shall have exposed surfaces painted with a shop coat of primer compatible with the finish coatings specified in Section 09900, after fabrication but before shipping. Apply two shop coats of primer to surfaces that will be inaccessible after erection. a. Remove scale, rust and other deleterious material before shop coat of paint is applied. Clean off heavy rust and loose mill scale in accordance with SSPC-2, SSPC-3 or SSPC-6. Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPC SP-1. b. Immediately after surface preparation, brush or spray on metal primer paint, applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and at rate to provide a uniform dry film thickness of 3.0 mils per coat applied. Use painting methods which will result in full coverage of joints, corner, edges and all exposed surfaces. c. As soon as possible after erection, touch up any scraped, abraded or unpainted surfaces using primer as specified for shop coats. 2. Items exposed to weather, submerged in water or subject to splashing, or located in corrosive environments shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or specified. a. Following all manufacturing operations, items to be galvanized shall be thoroughly cleaned, pickled, fluxed and completely immersed in a bath of molten zinc. The resulting coating shall be adherent and shall be the normal coating to be obtained by immersing the items in a bath of molten zinc and allowing them to remain in the batch until their temperature becomes the same as the bath. Coating shall be not less than 2 oz/sq ft of surface. b. Where field welding of galvanized material is necessary, welds shall be wire brushed clean and immediately regalvanized in the field using galvanizing compound or coating. Materials shall comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds. B. Stainless Steel 1. Mill Finish C. Aluminum 1. All exposed aluminum surfaces shall have fabricator's standard mill finish unless otherwise specified. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL 05500-8 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project A. Install all items finished except items to be embedded in concrete which shall be installed under Division 3. B. Items to be attached to concrete after such work is completed shall be installed in compliance with the details shown. Furnish to appropriate trades all anchors, sockets, or fastenings required for securing work to other construction. C. Set metal work level, true to line and plumb as indicated. D. Weld field connections and grind smooth where practicable. Clean and strip primed, steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. Conceal fastenings where practicable. 1. Weld only in accordance with approved WPS’s which are to be available to welders and inspectors during the production process. E. Secure metal to wood with lag screws or bolts, of adequate size, with appropriate washers and nuts. F. Touch-up abrasions to finish or primer coatings immediately after erection and prior to both final coating and final acceptance. G. Break contact between dissimilar metals as shown on the Drawings or as specified in Paragraph 3.01H below. H. Field-apply coatings for installation of metal fabrications according to the following schedule. (For embedded items, coat the embed.) 1. All steel surfaces in contact with exposed concrete shall receive a protective coating of an approved heavy bitumastic troweling mastic applied in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions prior to installation. 2. Where aluminum contacts a dissimilar metal, apply a heavy brush coat of zinc-chromate primer followed by two coats of aluminum metal and masonry paint to the dissimilar metal. 3. Where aluminum contacts concrete, apply a heavy coat of zinc chromate primer to the surface of the aluminum. 4. Where aluminum contacts wood, apply two coats of aluminum metal and masonry paint to the wood. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL - INSPECTION A. Notify the ENGINEER in writing 4 working days in advance of high strength bolting or field welding operations. B. High strength bolting will be inspected visually. All high strength bolts shall have the turned portion marked with reference to the steel being connected after the nut has been made snug and prior to final tightening. Retighten rejected bolts or remove and provide new bolts. In cases of disputed bolt installations, the bolts in question shall be checked using a calibrated wrench certified by an independent testing laboratory approved by the ENGINEER. The certification shall be at no additional cost to the OWNER. C. Field welding will be inspected visually and by non-destructive testing by AWS certified welding inspectors provided by an Independent Testing Agency. This work will be paid for by the OWNER. Testing procedures will include ultrasonic testing. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all requests of inspectors to correct deficiencies. 05500-9 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project D. The fact that steel work has been accepted at the shop and mill will not prevent its final rejection at the site, before or after erection, if it is found to be defective. E. Remove rejected steel work from the site within 10 working days after notification of rejection. ***END OF SECTION*** DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09900-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 09900 ARCHITECTURAL PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide painting for all Architectural elements relating to the building’s structure and envelope as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. The type of material to be used and the number of coats to be applied are listed in the "Painting Schedule" in Part 3.00 of this Section of these Specifications. The term "paint", as used herein, included enamels, epoxies, paints, sealers, fillers, emulsions, and other coatings, whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Surface Preparation and Shop Prime Painting for equipment is included in Sections 09901 of these specifications. B. Field Painting for equipment is and 09902 of these specifications. 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. This Section shall be performed in accordance with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. These documents must be read with the other Contract Documents and Sections as a whole to complete the intent of the contract. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, as provided in Sections 01300 and 01340, reports of tests of individual materials to indicate that the materials meet these specifications, prior to the materials being used in the Work. 1.05 AIR POLLUTANT CONTROL REQUIREMENTS A. VOC Limits: 1. Architectural paints and coatings shall comply with VOC limits in Table 1 of the ARB Architectural Coatings Suggested Control Measure, as shown in Table 5.504.4.3 of the 2010 California Green Building Standards Code, unless more stringent local limits apply. 2. The VOC content limit for coatings that do not meet the definitions for the specialty coatings categories listed in Table 5.504.4.3 shall be determined by classifying the coating as a Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss coating, based on its gloss, as defined in Subsections 4.21, 4.36 and 4.37 of the 2007 California Air Resources Board, Suggested Control Measure, and the corresponding Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss VOC limit in Table 5.504.4.3 shall apply. B. Aerosol Paints and Coatings. 1. Aerosol paints and coatings shall meet the PWMIR Limits for ROC in Section 94522(a)(3) and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds and ozone depleting substances, in Sections 94522(c)(2) and (d)(2) of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94520; and in areas 09900-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project under the jurisdiction of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District additionally comply with the percent VOC by weight of product limits of Regulation 8 Rule 49. 1.05 MOCK-UPS A. Full-coat finish Sample of each type of coating, color, and substrate, applied where directed. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The General CONTRACTOR is responsible to ensure all materials used in this Section meet current California V.O.C. (volatile organic compounds/chemicals) Regulations. The ENGINEER shall be immediately notified of all V.O.C. conflicts. Work shall not proceed until conflicts are resolved. 1.07 EXTRA STOCK A. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, deliver to the OWNER an extra stock of one gallon of each color and gloss used in each coating material used, with all such extra stock tightly sealed in clearly labeled containers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINT MATERIALS A. Manufacturer: 1. All paint materials selected for coating systems for each type of surface shall be the product of a single manufacturer. 2. Paint materials listed herein, unless otherwise designated in the "Painting Schedule", are the product of Kelly Moore and require no further approval as to manufacturer or catalog number. 3. Equivalent products of other major paint manufacturers may be used subject to approval by the ENGINEER of the materials list and manufacturers' recommendations required to be submitted under Article 1.03 above. Equivalent product manufacturers must provide a manufacturers product reference guide demonstrating the equivalence of the product substituted to the one specified. B. Compatibility: 1. All paint materials and equipment shall be compatible in use; finish coats shall be compatible with prime coats; prime coats shall be compatible with the surface to be coated; all tools and equipment shall be compatible with the coating to be applied. 2. Thinners, when used, shall be only those thinners recommended for that purpose by the manufacturer of the material to be thinned. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF SURFACES, GENERAL A. Prior to all surface preparation and painting operations, completely mask, remove or otherwise adequately protect all hardware, accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting 09900-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project fixtures, and similar items in contact with painted surfaces but not scheduled to receive paint. B. Spot prime all exposed nails and other metals which are to be painted with emulsion paints, using a primer recommended by the manufacturer of the coating system. C. Before applying paint or other surface treatment, thoroughly clean all surfaces involved. Schedule all cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION OF METAL SURFACES A. Galvanized metal: 1. Clean all surfaces thoroughly with solvent until they are completely free from dirt, soil, and grease. 2. Thoroughly treat the cleaned surface with phosphoric acid etch. 3. Remove all excess etching solution and allow to dry completely before application of paint. B. Other metals: 1. Thoroughly clean all surfaces until they are completely free from dirt, oil, grease and old paint. 2. Allow to dry thoroughly before application of paint. 3.03 PAINT APPLICATION A. General: 1. Paint all surfaces, except glass, flat concrete, and similar items, not prefinished and not called out as unfinished. 2. Paint all grilles and other prefinished items where the factory prefinish is not in accordance with the Painting Schedule and color selection or where a prefinished item is not the same color as the adjacent surface. Paint to match adjacent surface. B. Drying: 1. Allow sufficient drying time between coats. 2. Modify the period as recommended by the material manufacturer to suit adverse weather conditions. C. Environmental conditions: 1. Comply with the manufacturer's recommendations as to environmental conditions under which the coating systems may be applied. 2. Do not apply paint in areas where dust is being generated. D. Defects: 1. Sand and dust between coats to remove all defects visible to the unaided eye from a distance of five feet. 09900-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project E. Color of undercoats 1. Slightly vary the color of succeeding coats. 3.04 INSPECTION A. Do not apply additional coats until completed coat has been inspected and approved by the ENGINEER. B. Only inspected and approved coats of paint will be considered in determining the number of coats applied. 3.05 RE-INSTALLATION OF REMOVED ITEMS A. Following completion of painting in each space, promptly reinstall all items removed for painting, using only workmen skilled in the particular trade. 3.06 CLEANING UP A. During progress of the Work, do not allow the accumulation of empty containers or other excess items except in areas specifically set aside for that purpose. Prevent accidental spilling of paint materials and, in event of such spill, immediately remove all spilled material and the waste or other equipment used to clean up the spill, and wash the surfaces to their original undamaged condition, all at no additional cost to the OWNER. B. Upon completion of this portion of the Work visually inspect all surfaces and remove all paint and traces of paint from surfaces not scheduled to be painted. 3.07 PAINTING SCHEDULE Apply the following finishes to the areas designated: Steel Framing: To match MBCI “Spruce” Purlins and Underside of Roof Panels: To match MBCI “Polar White” Roof Panels and Gutters: To match MBCI “Almond” ***END OF SECTION*** 09902-1 City of Palo Alto Print Date: 12/6/10 El Camino Park Reservoir, Lytton Pump Station, and Well Project 90% Submittal SECTION 09902 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY OF SECTION A. The work of this section consists of furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals required and performing all the painting necessary to complete this Contract in its entirety. B. It is the intent of these specifications to paint all interior concrete where scheduled, exposed miscellaneous metal, pipe, fittings, supports, valves, equipment, and all other work obviously required to be painted unless otherwise specified. Minor items omitted in the schedule of work shall be included in the work of this Section where they come within the general intent of the specifications as stated herein. C. The following surfaces or items are not required to be painted: 1. Portions of metal, other than aluminum, embedded in concrete. This does not apply to the back face of items mounted to concrete or masonry surfaces, which shall be painted before erection. Aluminum to be embedded in or in contact with concrete or masonry shall be coated to prevent electrolysis. 2. Stainless steel. 3. Fencing. 4. Concealed surfaces of pipe or crawl spaces. 5. Masonry 6. Exterior concrete, unless otherwise specified, and heavy-duty concrete topping. 7. Finish hardware, except door closers that are not finished. 8. Manhole frames and covers. 9. Fiberglass. 10. Packing glands and other adjustable parts, and nameplates and data plates of mechanical equipment. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Painting is included in Section 09900. B. Surface Preparation and Shop Prime Painting is included in Section 09901. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement 09902-2 City of Palo Alto Print Date: 12/6/10 El Camino Park Reservoir, Lytton Pump Station, and Well Project 90% Submittal 2. ASTM D4258 - Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating C. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 1. Standard 61 D. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 1. Air Pollution Control Rules 2. Color Coding E. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) 1. SSPC SP 1 - Surface Preparation Specification - Solvent Cleaning 2. SSPC SP 2 - Surface Preparation Specification - Hand Tool Cleaning 3. SSPC SP 3 - Surface Preparation Specification - Power Tool Cleaning 4. SSPC SP 6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning 5. SSPC SP 10 - Near White Metal Blast Cleaning F. California Building Code, 2001 Edition G. Where reference is made to one of the preceding standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply unless otherwise indicated. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the ENGINEER for review in accordance with Section 01300 shop drawings, working drawings, and product data including manufacturer's specifications and data on the proposed paint systems and detailed surface preparation, application procedures and dry film thickness. Certify that the systems submitted meet all applicable volatile organic carbon regulations. Equivalent systems are to be submitted at no additional costs to meet any new regulations. B. Submit to the ENGINEER for review in accordance with Section 01300 color cards, including standard and special colors, for initial color selections. C. Schedule of Painting Operations: Submit to the ENGINEER for review a complete Schedule of Painting Operations within 90 days after the Notice to Proceed. This Schedule is imperative so that the various fabricators may be notified of the proper shop prime coat to apply. Properly notify and coordinate the fabricators' surface preparation and painting operations with these specifications. This Schedule shall include for each surface to be painted, the brand name, the percent volume of solids, the coverage, and the number of coats the CONTRACTOR proposes to use in order to achieve the specified dry film thickness and color charts. When the Schedule has been approved, apply all material in strict accordance with the approved Schedule and the manufacturer's instructions. Wet and dry paint film gauges shall be made available to the ENGINEER to verify the proper application while work is in progress. 1.05 SPARE MATERIAL A. Furnish one unopened gallon can of each type and each color of paint used. 09902-3 City of Palo Alto Print Date: 12/6/10 El Camino Park Reservoir, Lytton Pump Station, and Well Project 90% Submittal 1.06 PRE-PAINTING CONFERENCE A. Well in advance of commencement of painting operations, but after major equipment has been delivered, a pre-painting conference shall be held. All parties with an interest in the painting work shall attend, including the CONTRACTOR, the Manufacturer, the Owner, the ENGINEER, and the painting subCONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall contact each party and arrange the meeting. B. The conference shall include an inspection of the areas to be painted by all parties and a discussion of the conformance of each area with the specifications. Important issues such as environmental conditions, climate control systems, original primer, dry film thickness, and monitoring the number of coats that have been field applied shall be discussed and problems shall be resolved. C. A written record of the meeting shall be submitted to the ENGINEER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All painting materials shall be fully equal to those manufactured by the Tnemec Company Inc., Carboline Company, ICI Paints, Sherwin-Williams Company, Ameron Paint Company, and PPG Industries. The painting schedule has been prepared on the basis of Tnemec, Carboline, ICI Paints, Sherwin-Williams, Ameron, and PPG Industries products and recommendations for applications. No brand other than those named will be considered for approval unless the brand and type of paint proposed for each item in the following schedule together with sufficient data substantiated by certified tests conducted at no expense to the Owner, to demonstrate its equality to the paint(s) named, is submitted in writing to the ENGINEER for approval within 30 days after the signing of the Notice to Proceed. The type and number of tests performed shall be subject to the ENGINEER's approval. Color availability to match those colors specified will also be considered as an important property for equality. B. All painting materials shall be delivered to the mixing room in unbroken containers, bearing the manufacturer's brand, date of manufacture, and name. They shall be used without adulteration and mixed, thinned, and applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions for the applicable materials and surface and with the ENGINEER's approval before using. C. Shop priming shall be done with primers that are guaranteed by the manufacturer to be compatible with the finish paints to be used. Refer to Section 09901 for special primers. D. No paint containing lead will be allowed. Oil shall be pure boiled linseed oil. E. Work areas will be designated by the ENGINEER for storage and mixing of all painting materials. Materials shall be in full compliance with the requirements of pertinent codes and fire regulations. Proper containers outside of the buildings shall be provided and used for painting wastes, and no plumbing fixture shall be used for this purpose. F. All recommendations of the paint manufacturer in regard to the health and safety of workmen shall be followed. 2.02 PAINTING SYSTEMS A. All colors will be selected by the ENGINEER from color charts submitted by the CONTRACTOR. 09902-4 City of Palo Alto Print Date: 12/6/10 El Camino Park Reservoir, Lytton Pump Station, and Well Project 90% Submittal B. The following surfaces shall have the types of paint scheduled below applied at the dry film thickness (DFT) in mils per coat noted. Some colors will require an additional coat from what is listed to get the proper color coverage. 1. Nonsubmerged ferrous metals a. Tnemec 1 Coat: 69-Color Hi-Build Epoxoline II (4 - 6 DFT) 1 Coat: 73-Color Endura-Shield (2 - 5 DFT) b. Carboline 1 Coat: 890 (4 DFT) 1 Coat: 133HB (3 - 4 DFT) c. ICI Paints 1 Coat: Intergard 750HS (5 DFT) 1 Coat: Interthane 990HS or Interthane 870HS (2 DFT) or 1 Coat: Glid-Guard Corrosion Resistant HS Epoxy 5466/5469 (4 - 6 DFT) 1 Coat: Glid-Guard High Solids Urethane 5410 Series (2 - 5 DFT) d. Sherwin-Williams 1 Coat: Recoatable Epoxy Primer, B62 Series (5 DFT) 1 Coat: Hi Solids Polyurethane, B65 Series (2.5 DFT) e. Ameron 1 Coat: Amercoat 385 (4 DFT) 1 Coat: Amercoat 450 HS (2.5 DFT) f. PPG Industries 1 Coat: Direct To Rust 97-114/149 series 1 Coat: High Build Pitthane˜ 97-840/UC55575 2. Galvanized, and non-ferrous metal a. Tnemec 1 Coat: 69-Color Hi-Build Epoxoline II (2 - 3 DFT) 1 Coat: 74-Color Endura-Shield (2 - 3 DFT) b. Carboline 1 Coat: 890 (2 - 3 DFT) 1 Coat: 133HB (3 - 4 DFT) c. ICI Paints 1 Coat: Intergard 447 (5 DFT) 1 Coat: Interthane 990HS or Interthane 870HS (2 DFT) or 1 Coat: Glid-Guard Corrosion Resistant HS Epoxy 5466/5469 (3 - 5 DFT) 1 Coat: Glid-Guard High Solids Urethane 5410 Series (3 - 5 DFT) d. Sherwin-Williams 1 Coat: Heavy Duty Epoxy, B67 Series (2 - 3 mils DFT) 1 Coat: Hi-Solids Polyurethane, B65 Series (2.5 DFT) e. Ameron 1 Coat: Amercoat 385 (4 DFT) l Coat: 450 HS (2.5 DFT) 09902-5 City of Palo Alto Print Date: 12/6/10 El Camino Park Reservoir, Lytton Pump Station, and Well Project 90% Submittal f. PPG Industries 1 Coat: Direct To Rust 97-144/149 series 1 Coat: High Build Pitthane 97-840/UC55575 3. Submerged Steel and Protective coatings for submerged applications must be listed by NSF international as certified for potable water contact in accordance with ANSI/NSF Std. 61, Section 5, Protective (Barrier) Materials. a. Tnemec 2 Coats: FC20-1255 and WH02 Pota-Pox Plus (6 DFT per coat) b. Carboline 2 Coats: 891 (6 DFT per coat) c. ICI Paints 1 Coat: Interline 785 (6 DFT) 1 Coat: Interline 785 (6 DFT) or 2 Coats: Glid-Guard Potable Water Epoxy 5230 Series (5 DFT per coat) d. Sherwin-Williams 2 Coats: Potable Water Epoxy (4 - 6 DFT per coat) e. Ameron 2 Coats: Amercoat 395 (6 DFT per coat) f. PPG Industries None: No Product Available 4. Insulated Pipe (Block Insulation: Same systems only 3 coats at 2 - 3 DFT per coat) a. Tnemec 2 Coats: 6-Color Tneme-cryl (2 - 3 DFT per coat) b. Carboline 2 Coats: 3359 (3 DFT per coat) c. ICI Paints 2 Coats: Intercryl 530 WB (3 DFT per coat) or 2 Coats: Lifemaster Pro HB Acrylic Coating 5440 (2 - 5 DFT per coat) d. Sherwin-Williams 2 Coats: DTM Acrylic Gloss or Semi-Gloss, B66 Series (2 - 3 DFT per coat) e. Ameron 2 Coats: Amerguard 220 (3 DFT per coat) f. PPG Industries 1 Coat: Pitt-Tech DTM 90-712 1 Coat: Pitt-Tech DTM 90-Line (satin/gloss) 5. Plastic and PVC Piping - (Sanding mandatory) a. Tnemec 1 Coat: 69-Color Hi-Build Epoxoline II (3 - 4 DFT) 09902-6 City of Palo Alto Print Date: 12/6/10 El Camino Park Reservoir, Lytton Pump Station, and Well Project 90% Submittal 1 Coat: 73-Color Endura Shield (2 - 3 DFT) (exterior only) b. Carboline 1 Coat: 890 (4 DFT) 1 Coat: 133HB (2.5 DFT) (exterior only c. ICI Paints 1 Coat: Intergard 750HS (3 - 5 DFT) 1 Coat: Interthane 870HS (4 DFT) (exterior only or 1 Coat: Glid-Guard HS Epoxy 5430 Series (4 DFT) 1 Coat: Glid-Guard HS Urethane 5410 Series (3 DFT) (exterior only d. Sherwin-Williams 1 Coat: Macopoxy 920 Pre-Prime, B58 Series (3 - 4 DFT per coat) 1 Coat: Hi-Solids Polyurethane, B65 Series (2.5 DFT) (exterior only e. Ameron 1 Coat: 385 (4 DFT) 1 Coat: 450 HS (2.5 DFT) (exterior only f. PPG Industries 1 Coat: Direct to Rust 97-144/149 1 Coat: High Build Pitthane 97-840/UC55575 (exterior only 6. Protective coatings for interior wet applications must be listed by NSF international as certified for potable water contact in accordance with ANSI/NSF Std. 61, Section 5, Protective (Barrier) Materials. Trowels or squeegee apply a filler coat similar to Tnemec 63-1500 (fill voids for holes deeper than ¼-in) for surface preparation after brush off basting concrete. a. Tnemec 1 Coat: N140 (1255 Beige) (4-6 DFT) 1 Coat: N140 (AA83 Tank White) (4-6 DFT) 1 Coat: N140 Pota Pox Plus II (4-6 DFT) b. Carboline 2 Coats: 891 (4-6 DFT per coat) c. ICI Paints 2 Coats: Interline 785 (5 DFT per coat) or 2 Coats: Glid-Guard Potable Water Epoxy 5230 Series (5 DFT per coat) d. Sherwin-Williams 2 Coats: Potable Water Epoxy (4-6 DFT per coat) e. Ameron 2 Coats: Amercoat 395 (5 DFT per coat) f. PPG Industries None: No Product Available C. Any surfaces not specifically named in the Schedule and not specifically accepted shall be prepared, primed and painted in the manner and with materials consistent with these specifications. The ENGINEER shall select which of the manufacturer's products, whether the type is indicated herein or not, shall be used for such unnamed surfaces. No extra payment shall be made for this painting. 09902-7 City of Palo Alto Print Date: 12/6/10 El Camino Park Reservoir, Lytton Pump Station, and Well Project 90% Submittal 2.03 COLOR CODING FOR PIPES AND EQUIPMENT A. When color coding is specified, it shall consist of color code painting and identification of all exposed conduits, trough items, and pipelines for the transport of gases, liquid, and semi-liquids including all accessories such as valves, insulated pipe coverings, fittings, junction boxes, bus bars, connectors, and all operating accessories that are integral to the whole functional mechanical pipe and electrical conduit system. Colors shall be as noted in the Paint and Color Coding Schedules attached at the end of this Section. B. All hangers and pipe support floor stands shall be painted the same color and with the same paint as the pipe it supports. The system shall be painted up to but not including the flanges attached to the mechanical equipment nor the flexible conduit connected to electrical motors. When more than one pipe system is supported on the same bracket, the bracket shall be painted the same color as the adjacent wall or ceiling. Colors shall be as noted in the Paint and Color Coding Schedule. C. All systems that are an integral part of the equipment, that is, originating from the equipment and returning to the same piece of equipment, shall be painted between and up to but not including, the fixed flanges or connections on the equipment. D. The color code establishes, defines, and assigns a definite color for each category of pipe. Pipelines that are not listed on the Schedule of Color Code Paints shall be assigned a color by the ENGINEER and shall be treated as an integral part of the Contract. E. Banding for pipes shall be as specified in the Paint and Color Coding Schedule. Bands shall be 2-in wide and located on each end of the pipe title, at 2-ft from the title bands, and at wall penetrations. 2.04 LETTERING OF TITLES A. Each pipe system shall be labeled with the name of the materials in each pipeline and alongside this an arrow indicating the direction of flow of liquids. Titles shall be as so described in attached schedule. Titles shall not be located more than 20-LF apart and shall also appear directly adjacent to each side of any wall the pipeline breaches, adjacent to each side of the valve regulator, flowcheck, strainer cleanout, and all pieces of equipment. B. Titles shall identify the contents by complete name. Identification title locations shall be determined by the ENGINEER, but in general they shall be placed where the view is unobstructed and on the two lower quarters of pipe or covering where they are overhead. Title should be clearly visible from operating positions especially those adjacent to control valves. C. Titles on equipment shall be applied at eye level on machines where possible or at the upper most broad vertical surface of low equipment. Where more than one piece of the equipment item to be titled exists, the items shall be numbered consecutively as indicated on the mechanical drawings or as directed by the ENGINEER; for example Pump No. 1, Pump No. 2, etc. Titles shall be composed and justified on the left hand side as follows: Pump No. 1 D. Application of titles 1. The color of the titles shall be black or white, as approved, to best contrast with the color of the pipes and equipment and shall be stencil applied. 2. Stencil text is to be in ALL CAPS worded exactly as shown in the Schedule. Titles are to be printed in a single line. 09902-8 City of Palo Alto Print Date: 12/6/10 El Camino Park Reservoir, Lytton Pump Station, and Well Project 90% Submittal 3. Letter sizes Outside Diameter of Pipe or Covering (in) Size of Legend Letters (in) to 1 ¼ 1 to 2 ½ 2 to 6 1 8 to 10 2 More than 10 3 Equipment titles are to be 2-in high. 4. Arrow sizes. Where "a" is equal to have outside diameter of pipe or covering, the arrow shaft shall be 2 "a" long by 1 "a" wide. The arrowhead shall be an equilateral triangle with sides equal to "a." Maximum "a" dimension shall be 6-in. 5. When using direction arrows, point arrowhead away from pipe markers and in direction of flow. If flow can be in both directions, use a double-headed directional flow. 2.05 METAL TAGS A. For pipelines smaller than 1 in. in diameter, securely fasten metal tags, 2 in. by 1 in. of Birmingham or Stubs 17-gauge brass with lettering etched and filled with enamel. Tags shall be approved by the ENGINEER. 2.06 FABRICATED EQUIPMENT A. Unless otherwise indicated, all fabricated equipment shall be shop primed and shop or field finished. B. All items to be shop primed shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material prior to priming. If, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, any prime coating shall have been improperly applied or if material contrary to these specifications shall have been used, that coating shall be removed by sandblasting to white metal and reprimed in accordance with these specifications. C. All shop prime coats shall be of the correct materials and applied in accordance with these specifications. Remove any prime coats not in accordance with these specifications by sandblasting and apply the specified prime coat at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Shop primed surfaces shall be cleaned thoroughly and damaged or bare spots retouched with the specified primer before the application of successive paint coats in the field. E. Be responsible for and take whatever steps are necessary to properly protect the shop prime and finish coats against damage from weather or any other cause. F. A shop finish coat shall be equal in appearance and protection quality to a field applied finish coat. If, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, a shop finish coat does not give the appearance and protection quality of other work of similar nature, prepare the surfaces and apply the coat or coats of paint as directed by the ENGINEER to accomplish the desired appearance and protection quality. Submit to the ENGINEER substantial evidence that the standard finish is compatible with the specified finish coat. G. Wherever fabricated equipment is required to be sandblasted, protect all motors, drives, bearings, gears, etc., from the entry of grit. Any equipment found to contain grit shall be promptly and thoroughly cleaned. 09902-9 City of Palo Alto Print Date: 12/6/10 El Camino Park Reservoir, Lytton Pump Station, and Well Project 90% Submittal PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared as specified herein or in Section 09901 and shall be dry and clean before painting. Special care shall be given to thoroughly clean interior concrete and concrete block surfaces of all marks before application of finish. B. All metal welds, blisters, etc., shall be ground and sanded smooth in accordance with SSPC SP 10. All pits and dents shall be filled and all imperfections shall be corrected so as to provide a smooth surface for painting. All rust, loose scale, oil, grease, and dirt shall be removed by use of approved solvents, wire brushing, or sanding. C. Concrete surfaces shall have been finished as specified in Division 3. Report unsatisfactory surfaces to the ENGINEER. Concrete shall be free of dust, oil, curing compounds, and other foreign matter, conforming to ASTM D4258. D. All submerged concrete shall be brush off blast cleaned. Open all bag holes and air entrained holes with minimum aggregate exposure. Provide a uniform surface profile similar to #100 grit sandpaper. E. All plastic pipe surfaces shall be lightly sanded before painting. F. Wood surfaces shall be dry. Sand to obtain a smooth surface. All encrustations shall be removed. G. Exposed Pipe: Bituminous coated pipe shall not be used in exposed locations. Pipe that shall be exposed after project completion shall be primed in accordance with the requirements herein. Any bituminous-coated pipe that is inadvertently installed in exposed locations shall be sandblasted clean before priming and painting. After installation all exterior, exposed flanged joints shall have the gap between adjoining flanges sealed with a single component polysulfide sealant to prevent rust stains. H. Primed or Previously Painted Surfaces and Nonferrous Surfaces: All coated surfaces shall be cleaned prior to application of successive coats. All nonferrous metals not to be coated shall be cleaned. This cleaning shall be done in accordance with SSPC SP 1, Solvent Cleaning. I. Shop-Finished Surfaces: All shop-coated surfaces shall be protected from damage and corrosion before and after installation by treating damaged areas immediately upon detection. Abraded or corroded spots on shop-coated surfaces shall be "Hand Cleaned" and then touched up with the same materials as the shop coat. All shop-coated surfaces that are faded, discolored, or that require more than minor touch-up in the opinion of the ENGINEER shall receive new surface preparation before being repainted. Cut edges of galvanized sheets and exposed threads and cut ends of galvanized piping, electrical conduit, and metal pipe sleeves that are not to be finished painted, shall be "Solvent Cleaned" and primed with zinc dust-zinc oxide metal primer. J. Zinc-Copper Alloy Surfaces: These surfaces to be painted shall be "Solvent Cleaned" and treated as hereinafter specified. Such surfaces not to be painted shall be "Solvent Cleaned." K. Aluminum embedded or in contact with concrete must be painted according to the schedule for aluminum in contact with dissimilar materials. L. Galvanized steel and stainless steel surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC- SP-1. Such surfaces designated not to be painted shall be cleaned to this standard. 09902-10 City of Palo Alto Print Date: 12/6/10 El Camino Park Reservoir, Lytton Pump Station, and Well Project 90% Submittal 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. General 1. Primer (spot) and paint used for a particular surface shall, in general, be as scheduled for that type of new surface. Confirm with the paint manufacturer that the paint proposed for a particular repaint condition will be compatible with the existing painted surface. Sample repainted areas on the actual site will be required to insure this compatibility. Finished repainted areas shall be covered by the same guarantee specified for remainder of work. 2. At the request of the ENGINEER, samples of the finished work prepared in strict accordance with these specifications shall be furnished and all painting shall be equal in quality to the approved samples. Finished areas shall be adequate for the purpose of determining the quality of workmanship. Experimentation with color tints shall be furnished to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER where standard chart colors are not satisfactory. 3. Protection of furniture and other movable objects, equipment, fittings, and accessories shall be provided throughout the painting operations. Canopies of lighting fixtures shall be loosened and removed from contact with surface, covered and protected, and reset upon completion. Remove all electric plates, surface hardware, etc., before painting, protect and replace when completed. Mask all machinery nameplates and all machined parts not receiving a paint finish. Dripped or spattered paint shall be promptly removed. Lay drop cloths in all areas where painting is being done to adequately protect flooring and other work from all damage during the operation and until the finished job is accepted. 4. On metal surfaces apply each coat of paint at the rate specified by the manufacturer to achieve the minimum dry mil thickness required. If material has thickened or must be diluted for application by spray gun, the coating shall be built up to the same film thickness achieved with undiluted material. One-gallon of paint as originally furnished by the manufacturer shall not cover a greater area when applied by spray gun than when applied unthinned by brush. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of an additional coat(s). On masonry, application rates will vary according to surface texture, however, in no case shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. On porous surfaces, it shall be the painter's responsibility to achieve a protective and decorative finish either by decreasing the coverage rate or by applying additional coats of paint. 5. Paints shall be mixed in proper containers of adequate capacity. All paints shall be thoroughly stirred before use and shall be kept stirred while using. No unauthorized thinners or other materials shall be added to any paint. 6. Only skilled painters shall be used on the work and specialists shall be employed where required. B. Field Priming 1. Steel members, metal castings, mechanical and electrical equipment, and other metals that are shop primed before delivery at the site will not require a prime coat on the job. All piping and other bare metals to be painted shall receive one coat of primer before exposure to the weather, and this prime coat shall be the first coat as specified in the painting schedule. 2. Equipment that is customarily shipped with a baked-on enamel finish or with a standard factory finish shall not normally be field painted unless the prefinished equipment is specifically color selected and unless the finish has not been 09902-11 City of Palo Alto Print Date: 12/6/10 El Camino Park Reservoir, Lytton Pump Station, and Well Project 90% Submittal damaged in transit or during installation. Surfaces that have been shop painted and have been damaged, or where the shop coats or coats of paint have deteriorated, shall be properly cleaned and retouched before any successive painting is done on them in the field. All such field painting shall match as nearly as possible the original finish. C. Field Painting 1. All painting at the site shall be designated as Field Painting. 2. All paint shall be applied in accordance with manufacturers temperature and humidity requirements. 3. Successive coats of paint shall be tinted so as to make each coat easily distinguishable from each other with the final undercoat tinted to the approximate shade of the finished coat. 4. Finish surfaces shall not show brush marks or other irregularities. Undercoats shall be thoroughly and uniformly sanded with No. 00 sandpaper or equal to remove defects and provide a smooth even surface. Top and bottom edges of doors shall be painted and all exterior trim shall be back-primed before installation. 5. Painting shall be continuous and shall be accomplished in an orderly manner so as to facilitate inspection. All exterior concrete and masonry paint shall be performed at one continuous manner structure by structure. Materials subject to weathering shall be prime coated as quickly as possible. Surfaces of exposed members that will be inaccessible after erection shall be cleaned and painted before erection. 6. All materials shall be brush-painted unless spray painting is specifically approved by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all damage caused by overspray or drifting. 7. All surfaces to be painted as well as the atmosphere in which painting is to be done shall be kept warm and dry by heating and ventilation, if necessary, until each coat of paint has hardened. Any defective paint shall be scraped off and repainted in accordance with the ENGINEER's directions. 8. Before final acceptance of the work, all damaged surfaces of paint shall be cleaned and repainted as directed by the ENGINEER. 9. Any pipe scheduled to be painted and having received a coating of a tar or asphalt-compound shall be painted with two coats of Kop-Coat's Inertol Tar Stop, ICI Paints' Tarset Standard 7000, or equal before successive coats are applied per the schedule. Tnemec recommends using 69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II over tar, but a test patch must be run initially to test the paint's compatibility with the tar. 3.03 CLEANUP A. The premises shall at all times be kept free from accumulation of waste material and rubbish caused by employees or work. At the completion of the painting remove all tools, scaffolding, surplus materials, and all rubbish from and about the buildings, and leave work "broom clean" unless more exactly specified. B. Upon completion, remove all paint where it has been spilled, splashed, or splattered on all surfaces, including floors, fixtures, equipment, furniture, etc., leaving the work ready for inspection. 09902-12 City of Palo Alto Print Date: 12/6/10 El Camino Park Reservoir, Lytton Pump Station, and Well Project 90% Submittal 3.04 PAINT A. General Notes and Guidelines 1. All color numbers and names herein refer to master color card. Colors of specified equal manufacturers may be substituted with approval of the ENGINEER. 2. Pipe lines, equipment, or other items that are not listed here shall be assigned a color by the ENGINEER and shall be treated as an integral part of the Contract. 3. When color coding is specified or directed by the ENGINEER, it shall consist of color code painting and identification of all exposed conduits, through lines and pipelines for the transport of gases, liquids, or semi-liquids including all accessories such as valves, insulated pipe coverings, fittings, junction boxes, bus bars, connectors, and any operating accessories that are integral to a whole functional mechanical pipe and electrical conduit systems. 4. The colors of the Finish Schedule shall be interpreted as follows: Colors Tnemec # ICI Paints # Carboline # White AA90 4550 White S800 Orange SC03 Safety Orange 4444 Yellow BW56 [SC02] Medium Yellow 6666 Green SC07 Safety Green 2383 Dark Brown AF12 Warm Brown 9218 Dark Green PL19 Crylight Green 90GY 10/250 4372 Tan AF32 Bellows 3216 Light Grey BG62 6731 Blue SC06 Safety Blue S150 Dark Blue 2042 70BG 10/214 A183 Medium Blue 2041 70BG 23/276 0118 Light Blue 2040 70BG 67/126 7107 Aqua AX42 Turquoise Green 82GG 33/374 4132 International Orange SC04 International Orange N498 5. All moving parts, drive assemblies, and covers for moving parts that are potential hazards shall be Safety Orange #CA26. 6. All safety equipment shall be painted in accordance with OSHA standards. 7. All inline equipment and appurtenances not assigned another color shall be painted the same base color as the piping. The pipe system shall be painted with the pipe color up to but not including the flanges attached to pumps and mechanical equipment assigned another color. 8. All conduits shall be painted to match its background surface. 9. Control panels shall be factory finished. 10. Stainless Steel piping shall not be painted. 09902-13 City of Palo Alto Print Date: 12/6/10 El Camino Park Reservoir, Lytton Pump Station, and Well Project 90% Submittal PAINT AND COLOR CODING SCHEDULE Piping and Legend Color Bands Drains Dark Grey Red Well Water Blue Shower Water Blue Light Grey Potable Water Blue Sodium Hypochlorite Yellow Red Calcium Thiosulfate Dark Brown Red PART 4 INSPECTION AND TESTING 4.01 Mil thickness shall be determined using non-destructive test gauges when appropriate. Holiday spark testing shall/may be performed by the Owner. END OF SECTION DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 10400-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 10400 SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide and install all signage as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. This Section shall be performed in accordance with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. These documents must be read with the other Contract Documents and Sections as a whole to complete the intent of the contract. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, as provided in Sections 01300 and 01340, reports of tests of individual materials to indicate that the materials meet these specifications, prior to the materials being used in the Work. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with applicable provisions in the State of California Building Code (CBC) 1.05 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES B. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Castings: Alloy recommended by sign manufacturer for casting process used and for use and finish indicated. B. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304. 2.02 SIGNS C. Plaques: Cast aluminum, free from pits, scale, sand holes, and other defects. Provide manufacturer's standard satin polished finish on borders and raised copy. D. Dimensional Characters: Fabricated stainless-steel channel characters. 1. Finish: Brushed 10400-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Locate signs where indicated or directed by ENGINEER. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion and other defects in appearance. B. Wall-Mounted Signs: 1. Mechanical Fasteners: Use nonremovable mechanical fasteners placed through predrilled holes. C. Dimensional Characters: Mount characters at projection distance from wall surface of 1” D. Cast-Metal Plaques: Mount plaques with exposed fasteners attached through face of plaque. ***END OF SECTION*** DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15063-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 15063 COPPER PIPE AND TUBING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Basic materials and methods of installation for copper pipe and tubing. Specific uses and applications are specified in other Sections and on the Drawings. See Related Sections for additional requirements applicable to this Section (typical). B. Related Sections: 1. Section 15400 – Plumbing General Provisions. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal 2. ASTM B42 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes 3. ASTM B62 - Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings 4. ASTM B75 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube 5. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube 6. ASTM B280 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service 7. ASTM B306 - Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV) B. American National Standards Institute/American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ANSI/ASME): 1. ANSI/ASME B16.15 - Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings 2. ANSI/ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings 3. ANSI/ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings 4. ANSI/ASME B16.23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV) 5. ANSI/ASME B16.24 - Bronze Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 150 and 300 6. ANSI/ASME B16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes 15063-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 7. ANSI/ASME B16.29 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV) 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's information on the following products to be used in the Work: 1. Copper pipe and tubing. 2. Fittings. 3. Expansion joints, couplings, and harnesses. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND TUBING A. Copper pipe shall conform to ASTM B88, Type K. Copper pipe and tubing used for drain, waste, vent applications shall conform to ASTM B306, DWV, Temper H. Copper tubing shall conform to ASTM B75, Type C12200 (DHP), seamless, deoxidized. Manufacturers shall be Cerro Copper Products, Mueller Streamline, Cambridge-Lee Industries, or equal. 2.02 FITTINGS A. Type CF-1, cast bronze, threaded adaptors, 150 lb. screwed, ASTM B62, ANSI/ASME B16.15. B. Type CF-2, brass tube solder type, ASTM B62, ANSI/ASME B16.18. C. Type CF-3, wrought copper, solder type, ASTM B75, ANSI/ASME B16.22 standard. D. Type CF-4, cast brass or bronze recessed drainage pattern, ANSI/ASME B16.23. E. Type CF-5, flange fittings, 150 lb., ANSI/ASME B16.24. F. Type CF-6, 125 lb. flared or compression type copper unions, ANSI/ASME B16.26. G. Type CF-7, soldered cast brass or wrought copper drainage pattern, ANSI/ASME B16.29. H. Type CF-8, 125 lb. bronze unions with ground joint seats, ASTM B62. I. Type CF-9, flareless unions, Parker "Intru-Lok", Crawford "Swagelok" or equal. J. Manufacturers shall be Nibco, Elkhart Products Corp., Mueller Streamline, or equal. 2.03 JOINT MATERIALS A. Type S-1, Solder Alloy 95TA (95 percent tin, 4.85 percent copper, 0.15 percent selenium), ASTM B32, certified to comply with NSF 61. No solder containing lead shall be utilized on this Work. B. Type S-2, brazing filler metal classified as BCu4 or BCu5, with minimum melting point of 1300 degrees F. Use wrought fittings for brazing. 15063-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 JOINING OF PIPE A. Flanged Connections 1. All flange faces shall be in perfect alignment with the holes straddling the vertical center line of the piping. 2. All bolts shall be well lubricated over the entire thread length with a heavy graphite and oil mixture prior to the tightening operation. Bolts shall be tightened with proper wrenches, care being taken to secure uniform pressure on the bolts and gasket and to avoid overstressing of the bolts, dishing of the flanges, and compression of the gasket beyond its proper limits. Commercial grade carbon steel bolts, ASTM A307, Grade B shall be tightened to obtain approximately 15,000 psi stress based on the root area of the thread. Alloy steel bolts, ASTM A193, Grade B7 shall be tightened to obtain a stress of 45,000 psi. Dielectrically separate steel bolts and nuts and flanges with washers and sleeves. 3. All bolts shall be of sufficient length so that when fully tightened, a minimum of two full threads shall extend beyond the nut. B. Screwed Connections 1. All screwed connections shall have full thread of true taper, accurate to gauge. 2. Reduction in size shall be made using reducing fittings. 3. The use of bushings or close nipples is prohibited. 4. Plugs shall be brass with square head. 5. Screwed joints shall be made with an approved joint compound applied to the male thread only. Caulking of screwed joints will not be allowed. C. Soldering (Copper Tubing Only) 1. Tubing shall be cut with square ends and reamed to prevent burrs, out-of-round or improperly sized ends. 2. After cutting, all surfaces to be soldered shall be thoroughly cleaned to a metal-bright finish, free from dirt, grease or other material before fluxing and soldering. This cleaning shall be performed by using emery cloth, sandpaper or steel wool. Clean the outside end of the tubing for a length of 1/2-in greater than the depth of the fitting. The inside of the fittings shall be cleaned in a similar manner. Apply non-corrosive flux and assemble the joint. Acid solder or acid flux will not be allowed. 3. The surfaces to be joined shall be heated up slowly and uniformly to the melting point of the solder. The surface being soldered shall be maintained above the melting point of the solder for sufficient time to draw the solder completely into the joint. When the solder congeals to a plastic state the excess metal shall be removed with a cloth brush, leaving a fillet around the end of the fitting. Full penetration of the solder uniformly throughout the entire socket is required. The 15063-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project soldered joints shall be allowed to cool in still air. Quenching will not be permitted. 4. Any type of crack, pinhole, area of incomplete penetration, or similar defect will not be accepted. Peening for closing up defects will not be permitted. 5. Heating torches of sufficient size equipped with multiple tips or ring burners for use on combination torches, shall be used for heating of large fittings of 2-in diameter and larger prior to soldering. 6. Remove all external and internal loose solder and flux after joint cools. D. Brazing (Copper Pipe, or Tubing Where Required) 1. Cutting and cleaning of tubing shall be as specified for soldering operations. 2. Apply flux in accordance with recommendations of manufacturer of brazing filler material being used. Apply to outside of fitting and heat affected area of tubing. Avoid getting flux inside tube. Flux may be omitted when joining copper tubes to wrought copper fittings but is required for joining to cast (bronze) fittings. 3. Assemble joint by inserting tube into socket hard against stop and turning. 4. Heat parts to be joined beginning 1-in from edge of fitting, continuously moving the flame. When flux has become transparent, begin to heat the fitting at the base of the cup, still continuously moving the flame. When flux at fitting is quiet and transparent, maintain heat along joint by moving flame along axis between fitting and tubing. 5. Apply brazing material at point were tubing enters socket of fitting. Avoid putting flame on brazing material. Heated joint should melt brazing material and capillary action will draw material into the joint. When joint is properly made, a fillet of filler metal will be visible completely around the joint. Stop adding filler metal when fillet is formed. 6. After brazing material has solidified, clean off flux residue. Fittings must cool naturally. Quenching will not be allowed. 7. Any type of crack, pinhole, area of incomplete penetration, or similar defect will not be accepted. Peening for closing up defects will not be permitted. E. Flared (Copper) 1. Soft copper (annealed) tubing and flare type fittings are required for this joint. 2. The tube must be cut square and reamed and burred in preparation. 3. Slip the sleeve-nut of the fitting over the tube end with the threaded end of the nut facing the end of the tube. 4. Lubricate the flaring tool with a drop of oil and center it carefully inside the tube. Drive the flaring tool with a hammer, keeping it plumb, until the tube has flared to the outside diameter of the tool. 15063-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 5. After removing the flaring tool by pulling and twisting, clean flared surfaces of the tube and fitting, insert male end of fitting into sleeve and draw threaded sleeve-nut up tight with wrenches. 6. Leaks may be corrected by recleaning the flared surfaces and retightening. 7. Cracked or split flared surfaces of the tubing shall be cut off and the tubing reflared. 8. Peening or packing a leaking joint will not be permitted. 3.02 DISINFECTION A. Water lines shall be properly disinfected per AWWA guidlines. ***END OF SECTION*** 15115-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 15115 GATE VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to furnish, test, and install gate and globe valves as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. Provide spare valves as noted. See Related Sections for additional requirements applicable to this Section (typical). B. Related Sections: 1. None 1.02 REFERENCES A. All reference standards are contained in Section 15110. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. All of the valves and materials specified herein are intended to be products of proven ability for use in controlling the flow of fluids under pressure. B. Valves, appurtenances, and miscellaneous items shall be installed substantially as shown on the Drawings, so as to form complete, workable systems. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300. B. Complete information on the valves and appurtenances to be supplied shall be furnished to the ENGINEER. Information shall include an affidavit of compliance with the governing standard, manufacturer's data sheets, dimensions, material descriptions, design drawings, operating characteristics, number of turns to open, intended service, and all other data required to ensure compliance with these Specifications. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The valve manufacturer shall demonstrate and document with shop drawing submissions at least 5 years of experience in the manufacture of valves of the type, size, and class contemplated for provision herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Reference is made to Section 15050 for additional requirements, including nameplates, provisions for temporary pressure gauges, protection against electrolysis and anchor bolts. B. The use of a manufacturer's name and/or model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired. 15115-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project C. Valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings or as noted and as far as possible equipment of the same type shall be identical and from one manufacturer. D. Valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker, nominal size, flow directional arrows, working pressure for which they are designed and standard referenced, cast in raised letters or indelibly marked upon some appropriate part of the body. E. Unless otherwise noted, items shall have a minimum working pressure of 150 psig or be of the same working pressure as the pipe they are connected to, whichever is higher and suitable for the pressures noted where they are installed. F. Joints, size and material - unless otherwise noted or required by the Construction Manager: 1. Except where noted, all joints referred to herein shall be of the same type, nominal diameter, material and with a minimum rating equal to the pipe or fittings they are connected to. All materials shall be compatible with the service conditions. 2. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, valves and appurtenances shall be of the same nominal diameter as the pipe or fittings they are connected to. 3. All valves exposed to view, or in vaults. a. 3-in and smaller - threaded ends b. 4-in and larger flanged ends. G. Provide all special adaptors as required to ensure compatibility between valves, appurtenances and adjacent pipe. H. Valves and actuators located outdoors, within a building below grade; within maximum 2-ft above liquid; in vaults; or where otherwise noted shall be especially designed for submerged service where water may completely submerge the valve and operator. All other units shall be as a minimum weather tight. 2.02 VALVES A. Gate Valves (6-in and Larger) 1. General Requirements a. Unless otherwise specified below, these requirements shall apply to all gate valves. b. Gate valves shall meet the requirements of AWWA C500 and AWWA C509 as applicable to the type of valve specified. c. Buried and submerged valves shall be furnished with mechanical, flanged, or push-on joints (as shown on the Drawings) and stainless steel hardware; non-rising stem design. d. Exposed valves shall be furnished with Class 125 flanged ends. e. All-metal valves shall be manufactured of ASTM A126 Cast Iron, Class B, with bronze mounting design. 15115-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project f. Rising stem valves shall be sealed with adjustable and replaceable packing; valve design must permit packing replacement under operating system pressures with only moderate leakage. g. Non-rising stem valves shall use a double O-ring stem seal, except that packing shall be used where geared operators are required. h. Except as otherwise specified, valves shall be rated for the following working water pressures: Valve Size Pressure (psig) 3-in to 12-in 200 14-in and greater 150 i. All valve bodies shall be hydrostatically tested to at least twice the rated working water pressure. In addition, valves shall be seat-tested, bi-directional at the rated working pressure, with seat leakage not to exceed one fluid ounce per inch of valve diameter per hour. j. Flanged valves to have face-to-face dimensions per ANSI B16.1 and flanges per ANSI B16.10. k. Valves 16-in and larger shall have a valve by-pass. l. All bonnet and packing gland bolts shall be zinc or cadmium electroplated steel; packing gland bolts shall have bronze nuts. m. All valves shall be marked per AWWA Standards, including name of manufacturer, valve size and working pressure and year of manufacture. n. Unless otherwise indicated, valves 12-in and smaller shall be capable of installation in the vertical or horizontal position, and sealing in both directions at the rated pressure. o. Valve operation shall be counterclockwise. Provide permanent label showing "OPEN" and arrows. p. Resilient seated valves shall be coated, interior and exterior, with fusion bonded epoxy per AWWA C550. 2. Valve Applications a. All Valves (1) Resilient seated design manufactured by Mueller Company, Fairbanks, Kennedy Valve Manufacturing Co., Lukenheimer or equal. 3. Valve Requirements a. Resilient Seated (1) Conform to AWWA C509. Also UL and FM approved. (2) Internal and external epoxy coating of valve body, including bonnet, per AWWA C550. 15115-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project (3) Gate shall be encapsulated with synthetic rubber. It shall be bonded and vulcanized in accordance with ASTM B429 Method B. (4) No recesses in valve body. 4. Buried Valves a. Conform to the requirements above, except mechanical joint push-on, or flanged ends per AWWA C111 as shown on the Drawings. (1) All exposed valve hardware (nuts, bolts, washers, etc.) including bonnet, bonnet cover, stuffing box, gear adaptor and joints shall be Type 304 stainless steel. b. Non-rising stem design, double O-ring seals for non-geared valves and shall incorporate packing for geared valves. c. Provide valve box, 2-in operating nut, extension stem (as required) and valve box cover. 5. Tapping Valves a. Tapping valves shall comply with the same requirements as solid wedge or double disc gate valves except they shall have the flanged end and port opening modified for tapping service. Valves shall be capable of passing a full nominal sized cutter without damage to the valve. 2.03 FINISHES A. Not withstanding any of the these Specifications, all coatings and lubricants in contact with potable water shall be certified as acceptable for use with that fluid. All coatings applied within the jurisdiction of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District shall be compliant with District Regulation 8. B. If not specified herein, coatings shall comply with the requirements of Section 09902. In case of a conflict, the requirements of this Section govern. C. If the manufacturer's requirement is not to require finished coating on any interior surfaces, then manufacturer shall so state and no interior finish coating will be required, if acceptable to the Construction Manager. D. The exterior surface of various parts of valves, operators, floor-stands and miscellaneous piping shall be thoroughly cleaned of all scale, dirt, grease or other foreign matter and thereafter one shop coat of an approved rust-inhibitive primer shall be applied in accordance with the instructions of the paint manufacturer or other primer compatible with the finish coat provided. E. Unless otherwise noted, interior ferrous surfaces of all valves shall be given a shop finish of an asphalt varnish conforming to AWWA C509, (except mounting faces/surfaces) or epoxy AWWA C550 with a minimum thickness of 4 mil. F. Ferrous surfaces obviously not to be painted shall be given a shop coat of grease or other suitable rust-resistant coating. Mounting surfaces shall be especially coated with a rust preventative. 15115-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project G. Special care shall be taken to protect uncoated items and plastic items, especially from environmental damage. 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory inspection, testing and correction of deficiencies shall be done in accordance with the referenced Standards and as noted herein. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Valves and appurtenances which will be installed in exposed areas shall have their exterior surfaces painted as required in Section 09902. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Inspection prior to installation and installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions. B. Valves shall be supported to avoid placing loads on connecting piping until pipe supports are completed. ***END OF SECTION*** 15400-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 15400 PLUMBING - GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, services and incidentals required and install and test a complete plumbing system as specified and shown on the following: B. More specifically the work shall include, but shall not be limited to the following: 1. All items included under the Scope of Work of other Plumbing Sections. 2. All parts necessary to make a complete Plumbing System ready for continuous operation. 3. The absence of pipe supports and details on the Drawings shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for providing them. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. The following work related to, but not covered under the plumbing work will be done under other related Sections. 1. All piping systems in the building other than the plumbing work specified in the Plumbing and Mechanical Sections. 2. Yard piping for sanitary and storm drains beyond 10-ft-0-in outside the building unless otherwise indicated. 3. Source for potable and protected water and gas services shall terminate as hereinafter specified. 4. Excavating and backfilling is included under Division 2. 5. Sump pit frames and covers not specified under the plumbing work will be included under Division 5. 6. Manholes, catch basins, and buried pipe encasement are included under Division 2. 7. Concrete is included under Division 3. 8. Painting is included under Division 9. 9. Electrical work is included under Division 16. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Inspection by the ENGINEER’s representative or failure to inspect shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility to provide materials and perform the work in accordance with the documents. B. Submit, in accordance with City requirements to establish compliance with this Section. Submittals shall include the following: 15400-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1. Shop drawings and technical literature covering details of all equipment, fixtures and accessories being furnished under this Section prior to fabrication, assembly or shipment. 2. Provide a list of recommended spare parts as well as spare parts being provided. 3. Furnish no less than 7 days before start-up, a schedule of all exposed valves installed under this Section. The schedule shall include for each valve the location, type, a number, words to identify the valve function, and the normal operating position. 4. Detailed layout drawings of piping in mechanical rooms and other congested areas shall be provided. Drawings shall show the locations of piping appurtenances, specialties, and all valve banks. 5. For units that will be shipped exposed, provide a description of the protective packaging that will be used during transit. C. Operation and Maintenance Data 1. Operating and maintenance manuals shall be furnished to the City. The manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include all required cuts, drawings, equipment lists, descriptions, etc, that are required to assist operation and maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such equipment. The following information shall be considered a minimum. Where applicable, provide information required for specific pieces of equipment. a. Personnel familiar with the operation and maintenance of the specific information shall prepare manuals. b. Equipment shall be identified with the ENGINEER’s Equipment Numbers and Identification as shown in the Schedules and on the Drawings. c. Provide information in three ring binders. All sheets shall have reinforced punches. Tabbed dividers shall separate all sections. Drawings will be bound in the manual, or contained in envelopes bound into the manual. 2. Contents – Each volume shall contain the following minimum contents: a. Installation including instructions for unpacking, installing, aligning, checking and testing. Foundation data, allowable piping loads, and electrical design shall be included. b. Operating Instructions to provide pre-operational checks, startup and shutdown, and description of all control modes. Include emergency procedures for all fault conditions and actions to be taken for all alarms. Procedures for long-term storage shall be included. c. Maintenance shall include preventive, and corrective. Schedules for test of other functions are to be included. Provide a list of tools required to service the equipment. Troubleshooting instructions to include a troubleshooting guide shall be included. D. In general, corrections or comments or lack there of, made relative to submittals during review shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Submittals are for review of general conformance with the design concepts of the project and general compliance with the contract documents. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for the final design conforming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating the work of all trades, and performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner. 15400-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) C. American Water Works Association (AWWA) D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) E. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) F. Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI) G. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISP) H. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) I. Factory Mutual (FM) J. American Society of Plumbing Engineers Data Book (May be used as a design guide.) K. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for the proper execution and performance of the work described herein. It shall be their responsibility to inspect all installation conditions and bring to the attention of the ENGINEER any conditions which may affect their work adversely. They shall report to the ENGINEER, prior to commencing any portion of this work, any conditions unsuitable for the installation of their portion of the work. B. Mention herein or indication on the Drawings of equipment, materials, operation or methods shall require that each item mentioned or indicated be provided to make a complete system of plumbing ready for continuous operation. C. The location of all equipment, fixtures and piping shall be considered as approximate only and the right is reserved by the ENGINEER to change at any time, before the work is installed, the position of such equipment and piping to meet structural conditions and to provide proper headroom clearance or for other sufficient causes and such changes shall be made without additional expense to the OWNER. D. Attention is called to the necessity for elimination of transmission of vibration from mechanical equipment to building structures. All equipment, therefore, shall be carefully selected and installed to meet this condition and isolators and water hammer arrestors shall be provided where required. E. Instruct such persons as designated by the OWNER in the care and use of all plumbing equipment and piping systems installed. F. Comply with all the laws, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations of the State, local or other authorities having jurisdiction over any of the work specified herein. G. Obtain all required permits and pay all legal fees for the same and in general take complete charge and responsibility for all legal requirements pertaining to this Section of the work. 15400-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project H. Requirements set forth in this Section and indicated on the Drawings shall be followed when in excess of the required or minimum regulations. I. If any work is performed and subsequent changes are necessary to conform to the regulations, such change shall be made as part of this work at no additional cost to the OWNER. J. All work shown on the Drawings is intended to be approximately correct to scale, but figured dimensions and detailed drawings shall be followed in every case. The Drawings shall be taken in a sense as diagrammatic. Size of pipes and general method of running them are shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and fitting nor every structural difficulty that may be encountered. To carry out the true intent and purpose of the Drawings all necessary parts to make complete working systems ready for use shall be furnished without extra charge. K. Refer to the Structural and Architectural Drawings which indicate the type of construction in which the work shall be installed. Locations shown on the Plumbing Drawings shall be checked against the general and detailed drawings of the construction proper. All measurements must be taken at the building. L. All equipment of a given type included in this Section shall be furnished by or through a single manufacturer or as specified on the schedules M. Inspection by the ENGINEER’s representative or failure to inspect shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility to provide materials and perform the work in accordance with the documents. N. The piping manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit of compliance certifying that all materials used and work performed complies with the specified requirements. The CONTRACTOR shall provide copies of mill test confirming the type of material used in the various components. O. The OWNER and ENGINEER reserve the right to sample and test any materials after delivery and to reject all components represented by a sample that fails to comply with the specified requirements. P. An authorized representative of the manufacturer shall perform the initial startup of the equipment. The OWNER and ENGINEER shall witness startup. The use of local sales representatives to perform this work is not acceptable, unless the manufacturer provides documented evidence that the sales representative has been specifically trained for this work. Q. All rotating parts of equipment shall be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory. 1.06 ENGINEERING SERVICES A. When engineering services are specified to be provided by the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall retain a licensed professional engineer to perform the work. The engineer shall be licensed at the time the work is done and in the state in which the project is located. If the state issues discipline specific licenses, the engineer shall be licensed in the applicable discipline. In addition, the engineer shall be experienced in the type of work being provided. B. All work is to be done according to the applicable regulations for professional engineers, to include signing, sealing and dating documents. When submittals are required by a professional engineer, in addition to state required signing and sealing, a copy of the current wallet card or wall certificate indicating the date of expiration shall be included with the submittal. 1.07 SERVICE AND UTILITY CONNECTIONS A. Facility Drains 15400-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1. The facility drainage systems shall terminate at the sump pit outside the building as shown on the Drawings. 2. The storm water systems serving the rainwater leaders will originate at Roof Drains and Deck Drains and terminate at points 10-ft-0-in outside the building or as shown on the Drawings. B. Water Service 1. The source of water for potable and protected use in the building will be brought to the building under another Division of the work and left as a flanged connection 8-in to 12-in inside the foundation wall or above the finish floor, except where noted otherwise. 2. The water meter, water pressure booster pump unit and backflow preventer units shall be furnished and installed complete with all components as shown on Water Piping Diagrams. The water connections shall be made to these units as shown and from these points furnish and install all water to the building, equipment, fixtures and apparatus, as shown on the Drawings. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All materials shall be inspected for size, quality and quantity against approved shop drawings upon delivery. B. Delivery schedule of all equipment shall be coordinated with the CONTRACTOR. Equipment ready for shipment prior to the agreed on shipping date shall be stored without cost to the OWNER by the manufacturer. C. All materials shall be suitably packed for shipment and long term storage. Each package shall be labeled to indicate the project and the contents of each package. Where applicable, equipment numbers shall be marked on the container. D. All equipment shipped that is exposed such as on a flat bed truck shall be protected during transit. The equipment shall be protected from moisture, road salt, dirt and stones or other materials thrown up from other vehicles. Electrical components shall be protected as above, but with special attention to moisture. The method of shipment protection shall be defined in the submittals. E. Instructions for the servicing and startup of equipment in long term or prolonged storage shall accompany each item. F. All materials shall be stored in a covered dry location off of the ground. When required to protect the materials they shall be stored in a temperature-controlled location. 1.09 COORDINATION A. The Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. If any departures from the drawings or specifications are deemed necessary, details of such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practical for review. No such departures shall be made without the prior written concurrence of the ENGINEER. B. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the location and placement of all concrete inserts and welding attachments with the structural engineer. 15400-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project C. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for coordination of the Plumbing systems, including; scheduling, and verification that all structures, piping and the mounting of equipment are compatible. D. The CONTRACTOR shall start up each piece of equipment and system and shall make all adjustments so that the system is placed in proper operating condition. 1.10 SUPPORTS A. All components shall be provided with lugs, brackets or field supplied devices to allow the components to be firmly attached to the structure. The lugs, brackets or field supplied devices shall be sized to withstand the seismic loads for the area and type of application. 1.11 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. Seismic restraints shall be provided for all piping and equipment as required by applicable codes. All seismic criteria and design shall comply with California Building Code, latest edition. B. Materials of construction for seismic supports shall be the same as those specified for equipment supports and hangers, and pipe hangers. All bolts shall be stainless steel regardless of the specified support material. C. Where the seismic criteria and size of piping are within the limits of the latest edition of the SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual, the restraints as defined in the manual can be used. Restraints shall be selected from Tables for Seismic Hazard Class A, Seismic Zone D. D. The CONTRACTOR shall retain a professional engineer to provide seismic loadings and designs of seismic restraints. This will include but not be limited to the following: 1. Provide seismic loadings to the vibration isolation supplier based on actual equipment being used to allow the proper selection of vibration isolators. 2. Provide sizing of bolts for attachment of non-vibrating equipment to the structure based on the actual equipment being used. 3. Provide design of required additional bracing for equipment when vibration isolators or bolts are not adequate to withstand seismic forces. 4. Provide design of bracing for all suspending equipment. E. Provide design of bracing for all piping that exceeds the limitations of the SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual. 1. Provide design of bracing for all piping. 2. Where piping is subject to thermal expansion, the loads caused by the thermal expansion and contraction shall be included in the design of the restraint bracing. F. Signed and sealed calculations and details by a civil or structural engineer licensed in the State of California shall be submitted for record purposes. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 15400-7 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All the items specified in shall be installed according to the applicable manufacturer's recommendations, the details shown on the Drawings and as specified herein and in other related Sections. B. The CONTRACTOR shall start up each piece of equipment and system and shall make all adjustments so that the system is placed in proper operating condition. C. The CONTRACTOR shall not install any equipment or materials until the OWNER and ENGINEER have approved all submittals. If any equipment or materials are installed prior to approval of the submittals, it shall be at the CONTRACTOR's risk. D. All work shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and shall be rigid, plumb and true to line, with all parts in perfect working order. Maintain protective covers on all units until final cleanup time and at that time remove covers and clean and polish all surfaces. ***END OF SECTION*** 15410-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 15410 PLUMBING – PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The areas where work is to be accomplished is described in Section 15400. B. This Section specifies the basic Plumbing Systems of Piping and the materials of each system, including valves and associated appurtenances. C. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, services and incidentals required and install complete in- terior Plumbing Piping Systems as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1. Sanitary - Waste and Vent Systems 2. Potable Cold Water Systems 3. Furnishing and installing all piping, valves, dielectric fittings, floor drains, cleanouts, sleeves, hangers and insulation in conjunction with the above listed piping systems. 6. All piping, and equipment shown on the Drawings is intended to be approximately correct to scale, but figured dimensions and detailed drawings of the actual equipment furnished shall be followed in every case. The Drawings shall be taken in a sense as diagrammatic. Size of piping is shown, but it is not the intent to show every offset or fitting, nor every hanger or support, or structural difficulty that may be encountered. To carry out the intent and purpose of the Drawings all necessary parts to make a complete working system ready for use shall be furnished without extra charge. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to coordinate the system installation and routing with the work of all trades. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 15400. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Sections 15400 and 01330, shop drawings and technical literature covering details of all plumbing-piping systems being furnished under this Section prior to fabri- cation, assembly or shipment. B. For units that will be shipped exposed, provide a description of the protective packaging that will be used during transit C. All submittals shall contain a statement that Sections 15400, 15250, 15410 and all other refer- enced Sections have been read and complied with. The certification statement shall be made by all of the following that are applicable; the CONTRACTOR, sub-contractor and the vendor. The statement shall be an individual statement for each party involved, and shall be included with every submittal and resubmittal. D. Detailed layout drawings of piping in mechanical rooms and other congested areas shall be pro- vided. Drawings shall show the locations of piping appurtenances, specialties, and all valve banks. 15410-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project E. Provide manufacturers catalogs, literature, and engineering data on all hangers and supports. Load ratings, materials, and installation shall be in accordance with the recommendations of MSS SP-58 and MSS SP-69. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Refer to Section 15400. 1.05 SERVICE AND UTILITY CONNECTIONS A. Refer to Section 15400. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 15400. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 15400. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Refer to Section 15400. 1.09 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. Refer to Section 15400. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING SYSTEM MATERIALS A. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 1. The pipe and fittings shall be SV (Service) hub and spigot cast iron soil pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM A74 and ANSI A112.5.1 tarred inside and out at the foundry. 2. Joints for below grade piping shall be installed with compression gaskets conforming to ASTM C564 or shall be installed with lead and oakum. 3. Piping above grade shall be of the above mentioned hub and spigot type or of the No-Hub type conforming to the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standards 301. Pipe shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute. 4. The No-Hub coupling shall be Anaheim Foundry Co. Husky SD4000, Clamp-All 125 or by MG Coupling Co. 5. Copper piping may be used for sanitary waste and vent in sizes 2-in and smaller. Pipe shall be Type "L" used with either cast or wrought DWV fittings. Solder Alloy 95TA (95 per-cent Tin, 5 percent Antimony), ASTM B32. No solder containing lead shall be utilized on the project. 15410-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project B. Potable Water Systems 1. Piping shall be Type "L" copper with cast bronze or wrought copper, solder type fittings for above grade and Type "K" for where buried or shall be flanged end, ductile iron. Solder Al- loy 95TA (95 percent Tin, 5 percent Antimony), ASTM B32. No solder containing lead shall be utilized on the project. 2. All copper piping 2-1/2-in and larger and all buried copper piping shall be Type S-2 brazed. Brazing filler metal classified as BCu4 or BCu5, with minimum melting point of 1300 de-grees F. Use wrought fittings for brazing. 3. Piping larger than 4-in shall be flanged end, ductile iron with double thickness cement lin- ing. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be as specified in Section [15072]. 4. Victaulic grooved copper piping systems 2” through 8” may be used with roll grooved Type “L” copper tube in lieu of brazed, threaded, or flanged methods. a) Fittings shall be wrought copper per ANSI B16.22 or bronze castings per ANSI B16.18, manufactured to copper tube dimensions with grooves designed to accept Victaulic couplings. b) Couplings shall consist of two ASTM A536 ductile iron housing segments cast with offsetting, angle-pattern bolt pads to provide system rigidity, coated with copper-colored alkyd enamel. Gaskets shall be pressure-responsive, synthetic rubber of a FlushSeal® design, Grade EPDM, with plated steel bolts and nuts to secure unit to-gether. Couplings shall be manufactured to connect copper tubing sized tube and fit- tings. Flaring of tube and fitting ends to IPS dimensions is not permitted. Victaulic Style 607. c) Flange adapters shall be cast ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, coated with copper-colored alkyd enamel, flat face, for direct connection to ANSI Class 125 and 150 flanges. Victaulic Style 641. C. Dielectric Fittings 1. On all water piping systems, provide dielectric fittings at all locations between piping and components of dissimilar metals. 2.02 VALVES A. General 1. Group and locate control valves in all locations so they may be easily operated, through access panels, doors, or adjacent to equipment. 2. Valves, in general, shall be of the same manufacture throughout unless noted otherwise. All valves, except as noted otherwise, shall be made for 125 lb steam working pressure and shall have round iron wheel handles. B. Water Valves 1. All water valves 2-in and smaller shall be full port ball type similar to Watts FBV/FBVS; Apollo 77-200, Nibco T/S 585-70 or Hammond 8301/8311. 2. All water valves 2-1/2-in and 3-in unless otherwise noted, shall be bronze body gates with non-rising stem and solid wedge disc. Valves shall be Nibco Inc. S-113; Stockham B-112 or Hammond IB-647. 15410-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 3. All water valves, 4-in and larger, shall be iron body gates, bronze trim, flanged ends, OS&Y pattern, solid wedge, rising spindle and shall be Nibco Inc. F-617-0; Stockham G-623 or Hammond IR-1140. 4. All check valves 3-in and smaller shall be Hammond IB-912; Stockham B-309 or Nibco Inc. S-413. 5. Check valves 4-in and larger shall be flanged and equal to Hammond IR-1124; Stockham G-931 or Nibco Inc. F-918-B. 6. Hose end valves (HEV) shall be a ball valve with hose end adapter. Units on potable water systems shall be equipped with a hose connection vacuum breaker similar to Watts No. 8A or equal. C. Sample Water Valves 1. Sample water valves shall be PVC ball valves as described in Section 15064. D. Backwater Valves 1. Units shall be flapper type backwater valves with cast iron body and automatic type valve seat which hangs closed during periods of non-operation. 2. Units designated Type "A" shall be equal to Zurn Industries Inc. Z-1095 and Type "B" shall be Z-1091. Units as manufactured by Josam Mfg. Co. or J.R. Smith with the normally closed feature will be considered. 2.03 INSULATION A. All water piping of every description specified herein including rainwater, drinking fountain waste and pressure waste piping shall be completely insulated throughout with 1-in thick Heavy Densi- ty Pipe Insulation. B. All fittings, flanges, roof drain bodies and valves shall be covered with permanently non-combustible, one-piece, factory premolded, insulated fitting covers. C. Provide at each hanger location a rigid insulation insert with a galvanized metal covering protec- tor shield, equal to items as manufactured by Pipe Shields Inc. or equal. Protector shields shall be of length as recommended by the manufacturer and shall be the same thickness and jacket material as the adjoining insulation. D. Insulation material shall be of molded rigid fiberglass sectional pipe insulation rated to 500 de-grees F. The insulation shall have a minimum density of 3.5 lbs/cu ft and a maximum "K" factor of 0.24 at 75 degrees F mean temperature. Jacket shall be kraft paper bonded to aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass yarn and self sealing lap with maximum permeability of 0.02 perms. E. Supplies, drain and trap on handicapped lavatories shall be insulated with fully molded, white, closed cell vinyl insulation kit, Truebro, Model 120W-105 or equal. 2.04 PIPE MARKING AND COLOR CODING A. Pipe marking is included in Division 9, but it shall be part of the work of this Section to assist as required by the ENGINEER to identify the pipe contents, direction of flow and all pertinent data required for proper marking of pipe. 15410-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install all piping, valves, hangers and appurtenances as specified herein and in the referenced Sections above. B. The CONTRACTOR shall not install any equipment or materials until the OWNER and ENGINEER have approved all submittals. If any equipment or materials are installed prior to approval of the submittals, it shall be at the CONTRACTOR's risk. C. In general, corrections or comments or lack there of, made relative to submittals during review shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Submittals are for review of general conformance with the design concepts of the project and general compliance with the contract documents. The CONTRACTOR is re-sponsible for the final design conforming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating the work of all trades, and performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner. D. Valves 1. Install control valves to all locations grouped and located to be easily operated, through ac- cess panels, doors, or adjacent to equipment. 2. Install all final Water connections to Process and HVAC equipment. Each connection shall be preceded by a ball valve directly adjacent to the unit. 3. Install all valves in a horizontal to upright position. Valves shall not be installed in down position from the horizontal. E. Welding 1. Welding of joints shall be by metal-arc welding process. Welding shall be by qualified welders meeting the requirements outlined in Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and certified by the Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection Company. 2. Welding shall not be done when the atmospheric temperature is less than 32 degrees F or when surfaces to be welded are wet. 3. Surface to be welded shall be free from loose scale, slag, rust, paint, oil and other foreign material. Joint surfaces shall be smooth, uniform and free from fins, tears and other de-fects which might affect proper welding. 4. Bevels shall be accurately cut by machining or by a mechanically guided cutting torch. 5. Piping shall be carefully aligned before welding and maintained in alignment during weld- ing. Tack welds may be used to maintain alignment. They shall be the same quality as the final welds and shall be fused thoroughly therein. Defective tack welds shall be removed before the final weld is made. 6. The surface of the finished welds shall have a bright metallic luster after cleaning, a fairly smooth and uniform contour with regular ripples and be free from overlaps, undercuts and excessive convexity. 7. Welds shall be sound throughout, fused thoroughly and free from gas pockets, oxide, slag inclusions and surface porosity. The inside of the pipe shall be free from globules of weld 15410-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project metal, spacers or other material which would restrict the pipe area or become loose to en-ter the fluid stream. 8. Defective or unsound welds shall be corrected by removing and replacing the welds. Pipe or fittings which cannot be rewelded satisfactorily shall be replaced with new pipe or fittings at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 9. All welded joints may be visually inspected by the ENGINEER or OWNER's Representative for defects beyond those acceptable in ANSI B31.1. Method of repair shall be in accord-ance with instructions as received from the ENGINEER or OWNER's Representative. F. Flanged Connections 1. All flange faces shall be in perfect alignment with the holes straddling the vertical center line of the piping. 2. All bolts shall be well lubricated over the entire thread length with a heavy graphite and oil mixture prior to the tightening operation. Bolts shall be tightened with proper wrenches, care being taken to secure uniform pressure on the bolts and gasket and to avoid over-stressing of the bolts, dishing of the flanges and compression of the gasket beyond its proper limits. a. Commercial grade carbon steel bolts, ASTM A307, Grade B shall be tightened to ob-tain approximately 15,000 psi stress based on the root area of the thread. Alloy steel bolts, ASTM A193, Grade B7 shall be tightened to obtain a stress of 45,000 psi. 3. All bolts shall be of sufficient length so that when fully tightened, a minimum of two full threads shall extend beyond the nut. G. Screwed Connections 1. All screwed connections shall have full thread of true taper, accurate to gauge and conform to ANSI. 2. Reduction in size shall be made using reducing fittings. 3. The use of bushings or close nipples is prohibited. Nipples shorter than 4-in in length shall be Schedule 80. 4. Plugs shall be steel or brass with square head. 5. Screwed joints shall be made with an approved joint compound applied to the male thread only. Caulking of screwed joints will not be allowed. H. Soldering (Copper Tubing) 1. Tubing shall be cut with square ends and reamed to prevent burrs, out-of-round or improp-erly sized ends. 2. After cutting, all surfaces to be soldered shall be thoroughly cleaned to a metal-bright finish, free from dirt, grease or other material before fluxing and soldering. This cleaning shall be performed by using emery cloth, sandpaper or steel wool. Clean the outside end of the tubing for a length of 1/2-in greater than the depth of the fitting. The inside of the fittings shall be cleaned in a similar manner. Apply non-corrosive flux and assemble the joint. Ac- id solder or acid flux will not be allowed. 15410-7 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 3. The surfaces to be joined shall be heated up slowly and uniformly to the melting point of the solder. The surface being soldered shall be maintained above the melting point of the solder for sufficient time to draw the solder completely into the joint. When the solder con-geals to a plastic state the excess metal shall be removed with a cloth brush, leaving a fillet around the end of the fitting. Full penetration of the solder uniformly throughout the entire socket is required. The soldered joints shall be allowed to cool in still air until only warm to the hand after which the work may be quenched. 4. Any type of crack, pinhole, area of incomplete penetration, or similar defect will not be ac-cepted. Peening for closing up defects shall not be permitted. 5. Heating torches of sufficient size shall be used for heating of large fittings prior to soldering. Multiple tips or ring burners for use on combination torches may be used. 6. Remove all external and internal loose solder and flux after joint cools. I. Grooved Joints 1. Grooved piping joints are to be made in strict accordance with the joint manufacturer’s rec-ommendations. The depth, width and distance from the end of the pipe are to all be within the joint manufacturers tolerances. 2. Grooves are to be rolled in steel piping systems. Piping shall be cut to length and squared before grooving. Grooved end shall be clean and free from indentations and projections in the area from the pipe end to groove. 3. Lubricant for the gaskets shall be supplied by the joint manufacturer. Gaskets are to be checked to be sure that they are the proper gasket for the piping system. Lubricant shall be applied to the gasket prior to installing the gasket on the pipe. Gaskets shall be supplied by the grooved coupling manufacturer. 4. The gaping between the ends of the pipe being joined is to be set based on the piping sys- tems needs to expand and contract. In general pipe expansion and contraction in grooved piping systems is to be taken up by the proper gaping of the individual joints. 5. The housing is to be assembled around the piping being sure that the housing does not pinch the gasket and that it also drops into the grooves on the two sections of piping. Bolts are to be tightened by hand uniformly. Only metal to metal contact is required between the segments of the housing. Do not over tighten the bolts.] 6. Victaulic’s factory trained field representative shall provide on-site training for contractor’s field personnel in the proper use of grooving tools and installation of grooved piping prod- ucts. Factory trained representative shall periodically review the product installation. CONTRACTOR shall remove and replace any improperly installed products. J. Brazing 1. Cutting and cleaning of tubing shall be as specified for soldering operations. 2. Apply flux in accordance with recommendations of manufacturer of brazing filler material being used. Apply to outside of fitting and heat affected area of tubing. Avoid getting flux inside tube. Flux may be omitted when joining copper tubes to wrought copper fittings but is required for joining to cast (bronze) fittings. 3. Assemble joint by inserting tube into socket hard against stop and turning. 15410-8 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 4. Heat parts to be joined beginning 1-in from edge of fitting, continuously moving the flame. When flux has become transparent, begin to heat the fitting at the base of the cup, still con- tinuously moving the flame. When flux at fitting is quiet and transparent, maintain heat along joint by moving flame along axis between fitting and tubing. 5. Apply brazing material at point were tubing enters socket of fitting. Avoid putting flame on brazing material. Heated joint should melt brazing material and capillary action will draw material into the joint. When joint is properly made, a fillet of filler metal will be visible com- pletely around the joint. Stop adding filler metal when fillet is formed. 6. After brazing material has solidified, clean off flux residue. Fittings must cool naturally. Quenching will not be allowed. 7. Any type of crack, pinhole, area of incomplete penetration, or similar defect will not be ac- cepted. Penning for closing up defects will not be permitted. K. Insulation 1. Do not apply insulation until pipes and tanks have been tested and accepted by all parties making inspection. All insulated covering shall be guaranteed for a period of one year. a. Insulate water runouts to fixtures in partitioned pipe spaces. b. Insulate drops to wash hose stations and hose outlets to a point six feet above the floor. L. Cleanouts 1. Install cleanouts as directed by applicable code, at end of each branch soil and waste line where waste and soil lines change direction, at the bottom of every riser either as a cleanout tee above floor or end cleanout in the horizontal below the floor. 3.02 FIELD TESTING A. Provide all air and water necessary for testing the piping systems as specified under this Sec-tion of the work. Provide all connections for testing under this Section. Remove all debris re- sulting from testing. All testing shall be coordinated with the ENGINEER and Palo Alto Fire De-partment shall be present. B. Provide all apparatus and all other supplies or materials which may be necessary for testing the systems and operating the apparatus during the period while tests of any kind are being made, or for carrying out the work of the Contract. C. The various piping systems shall be subjected to water, smoke, or air tests as noted and shall hold tight at pressures stated without extra pumping or water addition for the time intervals stat-ed. D. All additional tests, methods or materials that may be required by the local ordinances and not specifically specified herein, shall be made as directed by the ENGINEER or the local inspection authority. E. Provide for all repeated tests as necessary to make systems tight as required. F. Test soil, waste, drain, vent and rainwater piping as follows: 1. Test rough drainage of soil, waste, drain, vent and rainwater leader by plugging piping where it terminates in the building or where it leaves the building by filling each system 15410-9 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project completely with water to the outlets on the roof after all outlets in section have been plugged or capped, for at least 1 hour duration. 2. If it becomes necessary during the construction of the building to test a part of a section for any reason or to cover permanently any pipe before piping above the part or section has been completed, apply a water test to such part or section of the piping by maintaining a 10-ft head of water on the highest section of the piping and the test shall hold tight for 1 hour. G. Test water piping as follows: 1. Test all interior potable hot, cold and protected water piping to a water pressure of 150 psi to the lowest level and maintain this pressure without additional pumping for 2 hours. H. Sump pump discharge piping shall be tested at 50 psi. 3.03 CLEANING A. At the completion of the work, clean all piping, fixtures, equipment, apparatus and exposed trim for same included in this Section and, where required, polish ready for use. B. Thoroughly disinfect the entire potable water distribution systems with a solution of not less than 50 ppm of available chlorine. Allow the disinfecting solution to remain in the system for a period of 3 hours after which time, open all valves and faucets and flush the system with clean water until the residual chlorine content is not greater than 0.2 ppm, unless otherwise directed. ***END OF SECTION*** DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16000-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment required and install complete and make operational, electrical system[s] at the Household Hazardous Waste Station as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. The work shall include furnishing, installing and testing the equipment and materials detailed in the project plans. C. The work shall include the following: 1. Coordinate the electrical service requirements with the power company and provide the electrical service(s) from the Power Company at the locations indicated. 2. Provide conduit, wire and field connections for all motors, motor controllers, control devices, control panels and electrical equipment furnished under Divisions 1, 11, 13 and 15. 3. Provide conduit, wiring and terminations for all field-mounted instruments furnished and mounted under other Divisions, including process instrumentation primary elements, transmitters, local indicators and control panels. Lightning and surge protection equipment wiring at process instrumentation transmitters. Install vendor furnished cables specified under other Divisions. 4. Provide power wiring for all heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment furnished under other related Divisions, including power wiring for 120 Volt unit heater motors and thermostats. Refer to HVAC Drawings for the locations of 120 Volt unit heater thermostats and provide a 3/4-in C, 2 No. 12 and 1 No. 12 GRD between each heater and its respective control thermostat. 5. Provide precast manholes, handholes and light pole bases. 6. Provide manhole and handhole frames and covers. 7. Provide Seismic Restraints for electrical equipment and systems requiring restraints. 8. Perform testing of the electrical equipment in accordance with the requirements of the individual specification sections. 9. Set the electrical protective devices in accordance with NETA standards and in accordance with the protective coordination study. D. Each bidder or their authorized representatives shall, before preparing their proposal, visit all areas of the existing buildings and structures in which work under this sub-bid is to be performed and inspect carefully the present installation. The submission of the proposal by this bidder shall be considered evidence that their representative has visited the buildings and structures and noted the locations and conditions under which the work will be performed and that he/she takes full responsibility for a complete knowledge of all factors governing his/her work. E. Provide electrical demolition work associated with the removal of equipment from the existing facilities. The work shall include disconnecting and removing electrical disconnect switches, 16000-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project electrical wiring and conduit to equipment. Make equipment scheduled for removal free of electrical shock hazard. F. Review the electrical underground system and the civil yard piping. Install the electrical underground system in a manner that avoids conflicts with manholes, catch basins, etc. provided under other Divisions of the specifications. G. Sequencing and Scheduling 1. Coordinate electrical equipment installation with other trades. 2. Arrange for chases, slots and openings in the building structures during the progress of construction to allow for the electrical installation. 3. Coordinate installing required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. 4. Sequence, coordinate and integrate the installation of electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the work. Coordinate the installation of large equipment requiring position prior to closing in the building. 5. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. H. Provide rubber floor mats for all electrical equipment. I. Excavation, bedding material, forms, concrete and backfill for underground raceways; forms and concrete for electrical equipment furnished under Division 16. The work shall be in accordance with Divisions 2 and 3. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Excavation and backfilling, including gravel or sand bedding for underground electrical work is included in Division 2. B. Cast in place concrete work, including concrete encasements for electrical duct banks, equipment pads, light pole bases and reinforcing steel, is included in Division 3. C. Except for directly controlled, single phase, unit heater thermostat wiring and all interlocking and termination wiring within the motor starter/motor control centers, all automatic temperature control wiring for heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment (thermostats, duct switches, P-E switches, dampers, automatic temperature control panels, etc) will be furnished and installed under Division 15, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings for equipment, materials and other items furnished under Division 16. B. As a minimum all equipment specified in each Section of Division 16 shall be submitted at one time. As an example all lighting fixtures shall be submitted together, all motor control centers shall be submitted together, etc. Submittals that do not comply will be returned disapproved. C. Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following equipment: 1. Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Hangers 2. Cable Tray System 16000-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 3. Busway System 4. Wires and Cables 5. Miscellaneous Equipment (as specified in Section 16191) 6. Switchgear and Switchboards 7. Unit Substations 8. Automatic Transfer Switches 9. Panelboards 10. Motor Control Centers (medium and low voltage) 11. Lighting Fixtures and Lamps 12. Switches, Receptacles and Covers 13. Lightning Protection System 14. Precast Manholes and Handholes, Frames and Covers 15. Grounding Hardware and Connections 16. Fire Alarm System 17. Security Alarm System 18. Telephone System 19. Intercom and Paging System 20. Heat Tracing 21. Fiber Optic Network System 22. Preliminary Short Circuit and Coordination Analysis. (To be submitted with initial switchgear shop drawing submittal.) 23. Final System Short Circuit, Coordination and Arc Flash Analysis. D. The manufacturers name and product designation or catalog numbers shall be submitted for the following material: 1. Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Hangers 2. Wire and Cable 3. Switches, Receptacles and Covers 4. Ground System Resistance Test Equipment E. The following shall be submitted for record. 1. Ground System Test Results. 2. Electrical System Test Results 16000-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project F. Mark submittals to clearly identify proposed equipment including accessories, options, and features and to exclude parts not applicable to the project. When manufacturer’s cut sheets apply to a product series rather than a specific product, the data specifically applicable to the project shall be highlighted or clearly indicated by other means. Each submittal piece of literature and each submittal drawing shall clearly reference the Project Specification and/or Contract Drawing that the submittal is to cover. General catalogs will not be accepted as cut sheets to fulfill submittal requirements. G. Check shop drawings for accuracy prior to submittal. Shop drawings shall be stamped with the date checked and a statement indicating that the shop drawings conform to this Section and the Drawings. This statement shall also list all exceptions to this Section and the Drawings. Mark submittals to identify proposed equipment including accessories, options and features being proposed for approval and exclude parts not to be used. Shop drawings not so checked and noted shall be returned marked NOT APPROVED. H. The ENGINEER's check shall be for conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance with this Section and the Drawings. Errors and omissions on approved shop drawings shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from the responsibility of providing materials and workmanship required by this Section and the Drawings. I. All dimensions shall be field verified at the job site and coordinated with the work of all other trades. J. Material shall not be ordered or shipped until the shop drawings have been approved. No material shall be ordered or shop work started if shop drawings are marked “APPROVED AS NOTED - CONFIRM," "APPROVED AS NOTED - RESUBMIT" or "NOT APPROVED." K. In addition to manufacturer's equipment shop drawings, submit electrical installation working drawings containing the following: 1. Concealed and buried conduit layouts, shown on floor plans drawn at not less than 1/4-in = 1-ft-0-in scale. The layouts shall include locations of process equipment, motor control centers, transformers, panelboards, control panels and equipment, motors, switches, motor starters, large junction or pull boxes, instruments and any other electrical devices connected to concealed or buried conduits. 2. Plans shall be drawn on high quality reproducible, double sided mylar, size 36-in by 24-in and shall be presented in a neat, professional manner. 3. Concrete floors and/or walls containing concealed conduits shall not be poured until conduit layouts are approved. L. Operation and Maintenance Data 1. Submit operations and maintenance data for equipment furnished under this Division. The manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include catalog data sheets, drawings, equipment lists, descriptions, parts lists including replacement part numbers, to instruct operating and maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such equipment. 2. Manuals shall include the following as a minimum: a. A comprehensive index. b. A complete "As-Built" set of approved shop drawings. c. A complete list of the equipment supplied, including serial numbers, ranges and pertinent data. d. A table listing of the "as left" settings for all timing relays and alarm and trip setpoints. 16000-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project e. System schematic drawings "As-Built," illustrating all components, piping and electric connections of the systems supplied under this Section. f. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied. g. Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be clearly defined, along with special calibration and test procedures. h. The operating instructions shall also incorporate a functional description of the entire system, with references to the systems schematic drawings and instructions. i. Complete parts list with stock numbers, including spare parts. N. Exceptions for Submittals 1. Exceptions to the Specifications or Drawings shall be clearly defined by the Electrical Subcontractor in a separate section of each submittal package. The submittal shall contain the reason for the exception, the exact nature of the exception and the proposed substitution so that a proper evaluation may be made by the ENGINEER. The acceptability of any device or methodology submitted as an “or equal” or “exception” to the Specifications shall be at the sole discretion of the ENGINEER. 2. Submittals for certain major items such as [automatic power factor correction equipment], [medium voltage switchgear], [low voltage switchboards], [dry type transformers], [liquid filled substation transformers], [pad mounted transformers], [low voltage switchgear], [low voltage motor control centers], and [medium voltage motor control centers], [Variable Frequency Drives (100 hp and up )] shall include a complete copy of their specification section with each paragraph and sub-paragraph noted with the comment “compliance” , “deviation”, or “alternate”. a. By noting the term “compliance”, it shall be understood that the manufacturer is in full compliance with the item specified and will provide exactly the same with no deviations. b. By noting the term “deviation”, it shall be understood that the manufacturer prefers to provide a different component in lieu of the one specified and in so doing, takes full responsibility for making the equipment work as specified and will provide any and all ancillary components to make the equipment work at no extra cost to the OWNER. c. By noting the term “alternate”, it shall be understood that the manufacturer proposes to provide the same operating function but prefers to do it in a different manner and in so doing, takes full responsibility for making the equipment work as specified and will provide any and all ancillary components to make the equipment work at no extra cost to the OWNER. The alternate method shall be fully described with schematic diagrams and one-line diagrams as applicable. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Electric equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC) and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards: 1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 16000-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 7. The Instrumentation, Systems and Automation Society (ISA) 8. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 9. Factory Mutual (FM) 10. International Electrical Testing Association (NETA) 11. State of California Building Code 12. The Building Officials and Code Administrators National Building Code (BOCA) 13. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 14. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 15. Joint Industrial Council (JIC) B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 PRIORITY OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. If, during the performance of the work, the CONTRACTOR finds a conflict, error or discrepancy between or among one or more of the Sections or between or among one or more Sections and the Drawings, furnish the higher performance requirements. The higher performance requirement shall be considered the equipment, material, device or installation method which represents the most stringent option, the highest quality or the largest quantity. B. In all cases, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, but work not dimensioned shall be as directed by the ENGINEER and work not particularly shown, identified, sized, or located shall be the same as similar work that is shown or specified. C. Detailed Drawings shall govern over general drawings, larger scale Drawings take precedence over smaller scale Drawings, Change Order Drawings shall govern over Contract Drawings and Contract Drawings shall govern over Shop Drawings. D. If the issue of priority is due to a conflict or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and any referenced standard, or code of any technical society, organization or association, the provisions of the Contract Documents will take precedence if they are more stringent or presumptively cause a higher level of performance. If there is any conflict or discrepancy between standard specifications, or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or between Laws and Regulations, the higher performance requirement shall be binding on the CONTRACTOR, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. E. In accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR accepts the fact that compliance with the priority order specified shall not justify an increase in Contract Price or an extension in Contract Time nor limit in any way, the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to comply with all Laws and Regulations at all times 1.06 ENCLOSURE TYPES A. Unless otherwise required, electrical enclosures shall be NEMA Types as follows: 16000-7 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 1. NEMA 1 in dry, non-process indoor above grade locations (i.e. administration areas, laboratories, control rooms, storage rooms). 2. NEMA 12 in "DAMP" locations shown on the Drawings and maintenance shops. 3. NEMA 4 in outdoor locations, rooms below grade including basements and buried vaults and "WET" locations shown on the Drawings. 4. NEMA 4X in "CORROSIVE" locations shown on the Drawings. 5. NEMA 7 in hazardous classified indoor locations. 6. NEMA 7 (gasketed) in hazardous classified outdoor locations. Provide enclosures labeled for such use. 1.07 SERVICE AND METERING A. The power company serving this project is located adjacent to the site an shall be fully inspected for capacity and accessibility by the CONTRACTOR. B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the following work: 1. Furnishing and installing the primary conduits. 2. Furnishing secondary conduits and cables. 3. Furnishing and installing an empty conduit with pull line from the metering C.T. enclosure to the meter enclosure. Conduit size and type shall be approved by the power company. D. Submit shop drawings for the following items to the power company for approval: 1. Meter base. 2. Primary cable. 3. Metering instrument and installation. 1.08 HAZARDOUS AREAS A. Equipment, materials and installation in areas designated as hazardous on the Drawings shall comply with NEC Articles 500, 501, 502 and 503. B. Equipment and materials installed in hazardous areas shall be UL listed for the appropriate hazardous area classification. 1.09 CODES, INSPECTION AND FEES A. Equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction. B. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 1.10 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TESTING AND SETTINGS A. Test and provide settings for systems and equipment furnished under Division 16 and the individual equipment sections for additional specific testing requirements. If the testing results are not within acceptable limits repair or replace all defective work and equipment at no additional cost to the OWNER. 16000-8 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project B. Make adjustments to the systems furnished under Division 16 in accordance with the equipment manufacturers requirements/recommendations and the system coordination. 1.12 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS A. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, the Drawings do not show exact locations of conduit runs. Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied equipment. B. Install each 3 phase circuit in a separate conduit unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. Conduit shown exposed shall be installed exposed; conduit shown concealed shall be installed concealed. Unless otherwise indicated install branch circuit conduits exposed in process/ industrial type spaces and concealed in finished spaces. D. Where circuits are shown as "home-runs" all necessary fittings and boxes shall be provided for a complete raceway installation. Where home-runs indicate conduit is to be installed concealed or exposed the entire branch circuit shall be installed in the same manner. E. Verify the exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and receptacles prior to installation. F. Except where dimensions are shown, the locations of equipment, fixtures, outlets and similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the ENGINEER during construction. Obtain information relevant to the placing of electrical work and in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the ENGINEER and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. G. Circuit layouts are not intended to show the number of fittings, or other installation details. Furnish all labor and materials to install and place in satisfactory operation all power, lighting and other electrical systems shown. H. Redesign of electrical or mechanical work, which is required due to the CONTRACTOR's use of an alternate item, arrangement of equipment and/or layout other than specified herein, shall be done by the CONTRACTOR at his/her own expense. Redesign and detailed plans shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval. No additional compensation will be provided for changes in the work, either his/her own or others, caused by such redesign. I. Raceways and conductors for low voltage (120 Volts) thermostats controlling HVAC unit heaters, exhaust fans and similar equipment are not shown on the Drawings. Provide raceways and conductors between the thermostats, the HVAC equipment and the motor starters for a complete and operating system. Raceways shall be installed concealed in all finished space and may be installed concealed or exposed in process spaces. Refer to the HVAC drawings for the locations of the thermostats. J. Raceways and conductors for the fire alarm, sound and page party systems are not shown on the Drawings. Provide raceways and conductors as required by the system manufacturer for a complete and operating system. Raceways shall be installed concealed in all finished spaces and may be installed exposed or conducted in process spaces. K. It is the intent of these Specifications that the Electrical Systems shall be suitable in every way for the service required. All materials and all work that may be implied as being incidental to the work of this Section shall be furnished at no additional cost to the OWNER. L. Raceways and conductors for lighting, switches, receptacles and other miscellaneous low voltage power and signal systems as specified are not shown on the Drawings. Raceways and conductors shall be provided as required for a complete and operating system. Homeruns, as shown on the Drawings, are to assist the CONTRACTOR in identifying raceways to be run 16000-9 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project exposed and raceways to be run concealed. Raceways shall be installed concealed in all finished spaces and may be installed exposed or concealed in all process spaces. Raceways installed exposed shall be near the ceiling or along walls of the areas through which they pass and shall be routed to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts, cranes hoists, monorails, equipment hatches, doors, windows, etc. Raceways installed concealed shall be run in the center of concrete floor slabs, above suspended ceilings, or in partitions as required. M. Provide separate neutral conductors for each lighting branch circuit and outlet branch circuits in Administration Areas. 1.13 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General 1. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, accessories and components and install a complete seismic restraint system for electrical equipment specified in the appropriate sections in Division 16. 2. All hangers, supports and appurtenances shall conform to the latest applicable requirements of the CBC 2007 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this section. 3. Support arrangements shall be coordinated to eliminate interference with similar support systems to be installed by HVAC, Plumbing and for Process Pipe supports. 4. The term "equipment" used in this Section includes non-structural electrical components installed within the facility and serving the facility, and includes equipment located outdoors or outside of the main structure on grade. Electrical equipment buried underground is excluded except for electrical raceways entering the facility through the foundation walls. B. Submittals 1. Shop Drawings a. When, walls and slabs are used for seismic restraint locations, details of method of attachment shall be included. b. Provide specific details of seismic restraints and anchors; including number, size and location for each piece of equipment installed. c. Layout plans shall be provided and marked with the specific locations and type of restraint. Support reactions shall be provided at each restraint location. d. Support calculations sealed by a professional Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California. 2. Certification a. Submit a P.E. certification Form prepared, stamped and signed by a professional Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California verifying that his/her design and details meet the loading requirements and are in accordance with all applicable codes specified herein. C. Related Work 1. Concrete Pads a. Concrete pads are provided under Division 2 by the General CONTRACTOR. 16000-10 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project b. Coordinate installation of concrete pads to provide a minimum edge distance of 10 bolt diameters of clearance around the outermost anchor bolt. 2. Supplemental Support Steel. a. Submit supplemental structural steel required for attachment to the building structural support system and shall be stamped by the registered professional engineer specified under paragraph B.2.a. D. Products 1. The products furnished shall be as specified under the appropriate sections in Division 16. E. Installation 1. Floor mounted equipment shall be anchored bolted to the structure. 2. Cylindrical floor mounted equipment shall have a minimum of four bolts spaced at 90 degrees. Rectangular floor mounted equipment shall have a minimum of one bolt at each corner. Floor mounted equipment supported on legs shall have a minimum of one bolt per leg. 3. Installation of electrical equipment is covered under the sections in Division 16. 1.14 SIZE OF EQUIPMENT A. Investigate each space in the structure through which electrical equipment furnished under Division 16 must pass to reach its final location. Coordinate shipping splits with the manufacturer to permit safe handling and passage through restricted areas in the structure. B. The equipment shall be kept upright at all times during storage and handling. When equipment must be tilted for passage through restricted areas, brace the equipment to ensure that the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment. 1.15 RECORD DRAWINGS A. As the work progresses, legibly record all field changes on a set of Project Contract Drawings, hereinafter called the "Record Drawings." B. Record Drawings shall accurately show the installed condition of the following items: 1. One-line Diagram(s). 2. Raceways and pull boxes. 3. Conductor sizes and conduit fills. 4. Panel Schedule(s). 5. Control Wiring Diagram(s). 6. Lighting Fixture Schedule(s). 7. Lighting fixture, receptacle and switch outlet locations. 8. Underground raceway and duct bank routing. 9. Plan view, sizes and locations of switchgear, distribution transformers, substations, motor control centers and panelboards. 16000-11 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 10. Fire alarm system components, wiring and routing of raceways. 11. Security system components, wiring and routing of raceways. 12. Page/party system components, wiring and routing of raceways. 13. Fiber Optic Network system components, wiring and routing of raceways. 14. Lightning protection system. 15. Grounding system. 1.16 EQUIPMENT INTERCONNECTIONS A. Review shop drawings of equipment furnished under Divisions 11, 13 and 15 and prepare coordinated wiring interconnection diagrams. Submit copies of wiring diagrams or tables with Record Drawings. B. Furnish and install all equipment interconnections. 1.17 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment furnished under this contract shall be new. B. Material and equipment of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer and shall be UL listed. 1.18 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Identify equipment, disconnect switches, separately mounted motor starters, control stations, etc. furnished under Division 16 with the name of the equipment it serves. Motor control centers, control panels, panelboards, switchboards, switchgear, junction or terminal boxes, transfer switches, etc, shall have nameplate designations as shown on the Drawings. B. Nameplates shall be engraved, laminated plastic, not less than 1/16-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in with 3/16-in high white letters on a black background. C. Nameplates shall be screw mounted to NEMA 1 enclosures. Nameplates shall be bonded to all other enclosure types using an epoxy or similar permanent waterproof adhesive. Two sided foam adhesive tape is not acceptable. Where the equipment size does not have space for mounting a nameplate the nameplate shall be permanently fastened to the adjacent mounting surface. 1.19 DEMOLITION A. Survey the existing electrical systems and equipment identified for removal with representatives from the other trades prior to performing any demolition work. Identify all conduit and equipment to be removed with tags or paint. B. Where a piece of equipment is to be removed all associated ancillary components (e.g. solenoid valves, pressure switches, etc) and associated wiring and conduit shall also be removed. C. Equipment, building or structures scheduled for complete demolition shall be made safe from electrical shock hazard prior to demolition. Disconnect all electrical power, communications, alarm and signal system. 16000-12 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project D. Remove electrical work associated with equipment scheduled for demolition except those portions indicated to remain or be reused. E. Unless otherwise specifically noted, remove unused exposed conduit and support systems back to point of concealment including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Remove unused wiring back to source (or nearest point of usage). F. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned or being removed. Provide blank covers for abandoned outlets which are not removed. G. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards, disconnect switches, control stations, distribution equipment, etc. H. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaries. Remove brackets, stems, hangers and other accessories. I. Where electrical systems pass through the demolition areas to serve other portions of the premises, they shall remain or be suitably relocated and the system restored to normal operation. J. Coordinate electrical power outages to the electrical systems and equipment with the OWNER. Where duration of proposed outage cannot be allowed by the OWNER ([ ] hour duration maximum), phase the retrofit work to allow the system or equipment to be re-connected to the electrical power system within the time frame allowed by the OWNER or provide temporary power connections as required to maintain service to the systems or equipment. The temporary power can be from a generator or another part of the facility not affected by the outage provided there is sufficient spare capacity. K. Trace out existing wiring that is to be relocated, or removed and perform the relocation or removal work as required for a complete operating and safe system. L. Remove exposed conduits, wireways, outlet boxes, pull boxes and hangers made obsolete by the alterations, unless specifically designated to remain. Patch surfaces and provide blank covers for abandoned outlets which are removed. M. All equipment, materials, controls, motor starters, branch and feeder breakers, panelboards, transformers, wiring, raceways, etc, furnished and installed to temporarily keep circuits energized shall be removed when the permanent installation is fully operational. 1.20 DISPOSITION OF REMOVED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. It is intended that material and equipment indicated to be removed and disposed of by the CONTRACTOR shall, upon removal, become the CONTRACTOR's property and shall be disposed of off the site by the CONTRACTOR, unless otherwise directed by the OWNER. A receipt showing acceptable disposal of any legally regulated materials or equipment shall be given to the OWNER. B. Ballasts in each existing lighting fixture shall be assumed to contain PCB's unless specifically marked with a label indicating "No PCBs." Remove ballasts from each lighting fixture and pack them in accordance with EPA PCB regulations. Ship ballasts in approved containers to an EPA approved recycling facility and pay all shipping, packaging and recycle costs. C. PCBs, mercury and PCB/mercury contaminated equipment shall be removed, packaged, shipped and disposed of in accordance with all State and Federal regulations. Obtain the services of a firm licensed and regularly engaged in the removal of PCBs and PCB contaminated equipment. The firm shall be licensed in the State or States in which the contaminated material is handled, shipped and disposed. Pay all fees associated with the removal of the contaminated material and equipment and provide documentation showing acceptable disposal. 16000-13 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project D. Should the CONTRACTOR discover PCB or mercury contaminated equipment that was not identified; they shall cease work on or about the equipment and notify the ENGINEER immediately. The CONTRACTOR shall then proceed with the work as directed by the ENGINEER. E. The following electrical equipment shall be removed and shall be moved by the CONTRACTOR to a location on the site for storage as directed by the OWNER: 1.21 PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING SERVICES A. When engineering services are specified to be provided by the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall retain a licensed professional engineer to perform the services. The engineer shall be licensed at the time the work is done and licensed in the State of California. If the State issues discipline specific licenses, the engineer shall be licensed in the applicable discipline. In addition, the engineer shall be experienced in the type of work being provided. B. All engineering work shall be done according to the applicable regulations for professional engineers to include signing, sealing and dating documents. When submittals are required by a professional engineer, in addition to state required signing and sealing, a copy of the current wallet card or wall certificate indicating the date of expiration shall be included with the submittal. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS A. Provide and place all sleeves for conduits penetrating floors, walls, partitions, etc. Locate all slots for electrical work and form before concrete is poured. B. Exact locations are required for stubbing-up and terminating concealed conduit. Obtain shop drawings and templates from equipment vendors or other subcontractors and locate the concealed conduit before the floor slab is poured. C. Where setting drawings are not available in time to avoid delay in scheduled floor slab pours, the ENGINEER may allow the installations of such conduit to be exposed. Requests for this deviation must be submitted in writing. No additional compensation for such change will be allowed. D. Seal all openings, sleeves, penetration and slots. 3.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and patching shall be done in a thoroughly workmanlike manner and be in compliance with modifications and repair to concrete. Saw cut concrete and masonry prior to breaking out sections. B. Core drill holes in concrete floors and walls as required. C. Install work at such time as to require the minimum amount of cutting and patching. D. Do not cut joists, beams, girders, columns or any other structural members. E. Cut opening only large enough to allow easy installation of the conduit. F. Patching to be of the same kind and quality of material as was removed. G. The completed patching work shall restore the surface to its original appearance or better. 16000-14 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project H. Patching of waterproofed surfaces shall render the area of the patching completely waterproofed. I. Remove rubble and excess patching materials from the premises. J. When existing conduits are cut at the floor line of wall line, they shall be filled with grout of suitable patching material. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Work not installed according to the Drawings and Specification shall be subject to change as directed by the ENGINEER at CONTRACTOR's expense. B. Electrical equipment shall be protected against mechanical and water damage. Store all electrical equipment in dry permanent shelters. Do not install electrical equipment in place until structures are weather-tight. C. Damaged equipment shall be replaced or repaired by the equipment manufacturer, at the ENGINEER's discretion and at the CONTRACTOR's expense. D. Repaint any damage to factory applied paint finish using touch-up paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer. The entire damaged panel or section shall be repainted in accordance with the field painting requirements specified in Section 09900 at the CONTRACTOR's expense. ***END OF SECTION*** 16110-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS, BOXES, FITTINGS AND SUPPORTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Home runs indicated are to assist the CONTRACTOR in identifying raceways to be installed concealed or exposed. Raceways identified to be installed exposed on the Drawings shall be run near the ceilings or along the walls of the areas through which they pass and shall be routed to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts, cranes and hoists, lighting fixtures, doors and hatches. Raceways indicated to be run concealed shall be run in the center of concrete floor slabs, in partitions, or above hung ceilings, as required. C. Raceways and conductors are not shown completely on the Drawings, including but not limited to raceways and conductors: between lighting, switches, receptacles, other miscellaneous low voltage and signal systems, except where they are required to pass through a restricted or designated spaces. Conduit and wiring descriptions are indicated on the riser diagrams for the [Fire Alarm, Security, CCTV, Telephone and Instrumentation Systems]. Home runs indicated, are to assist the CONTRACTOR in identifying raceways to be installed concealed or exposed. Raceways and conductors shall be provided for complete and operating systems. Raceways indicated to be run exposed on the Drawings shall be run near the ceilings or along the walls of the areas through which they pass and shall be routed to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts, cranes and hoists, lighting fixtures, doors and hatches, etc. Raceways indicated to be run concealed shall be run in the center of concrete floor slabs, in partitions, or above hung ceilings, as required. D. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, accessories and components and install a complete seismic restraint and support system for raceway systems as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1. All supports, hangers, bracing and appurtenances shall conform to the latest applicable requirements of the California State Building Code except as supplemented or modified by the requirements specified in this Section. E. The electrical subcontractor shall engage the services of an independent professional engineer registered in the State, with specific experience in the design of seismic restraints and supports for electrical supporting systems hereinafter referred to as support engineer. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01330, the manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers with marked cut sheets of all materials specified. B. Submittals shall include type of hanger and/or support, location, support reaction transmitted to the structure and type of anchor and other supporting appurtenance including structural fasteners. 16110-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS A. Steel Conduit and Fittings 1. Rigid metal conduit (GRS), couplings, factory elbows and fittings shall be heavy wall steel tubing with a hot-dipped galvanized finish inside and out after threading and shall comply with ANSI C 80.1 and UL/6. 2. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC), couplings, factory elbows and fittings shall be medium wall steel tubing with a hot-dipped galvanized finish inside and out after threading and shall comply with UL/1242. 3. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT), factory elbows and fittings shall be thin wall steel tubing with an electrically galvanized finish after fabrication and comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL/797. 4. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. b. LTV Steel Tubular Products Corp. c. Triangular PWC Inc. d. Or equal. 5. Rigid metal and intermediate metal conduit fittings shall be of the threaded type, and shall be steel or malleable iron, with a hot-dipped galvanized finish. Threadless fittings and split couplings are not allowed except in specific applications as approved by the ENGINEER. 6. Electrical metallic tubing fittings shall be of the rain tight, concrete tight, compression type with malleable iron or pressure cast steel body, steel hex type compression nut and electrically galvanized finish. 7. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Appleton Electric Co. b. O-Z Gedney Co. c. RACO Inc. d. Gould/Efcor e. Steel City f. Or equal B. Aluminum Conduit and Fittings 1. Rigid Aluminum conduit, couplings, factory elbows and fittings shall be 6063 alloy and shall comply with ANSI C80.5. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. New Jersey Aluminum Corp. 16110-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project b. AFC Co. c. VAW of America, Inc. d. Or Equal. C. PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings 1. PVC coated rigid steel conduit shall be heavy wall steel tubing with a hot-dipped galvanized finish inside and out after threading with a minimum 0.040-in thick, polyvinyl chloride coating permanently bonded to it and an internal chemically cured urethane or enamel coating. The rigid steel conduit shall comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL/6 prior to coating. 2. PVC coated couplings, factory elbows and fitting shall be furnished with a PVC coating bonded to steel the same thickness as used on the PVC coated conduit. The ends of all couplings, fittings, etc. shall have a minimum of one pipe diameter in length of PVC overlap. 3. Acceptable manufacturers: a. “OCAL” as manufactured by Thomas & Betts b. "Plasti-Bond Red" as manufactured by Robroy Industries c. Triangle PWC Inc d. Or equal D. Non Metallic Conduit and Fittings 1. PVC conduit shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride schedule 40. Rigid PVC conduit shall comply with NEMA TC-2 and UL/651 and shall be sunlight resistant, rated for use with 90 degree C conductors in exposed and direct or concrete encased applications. 2. Connectors, couplings, fittings and ancillary materials shall be supplied by the conduit manufacturer. Connectors, fittings and ancillary materials shall be rated for the environment for which they are installed. 3. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Carlon Corp. b. Certained Corp. c. Conux Pipe Systems, Inc. d. Or equal. E. PVC and Fiberglass Multi-Cell Conduit Systems 1. PVC Multi-cell conduit and associated fittings, couplings and expansion fittings shall be a factory assembled system consisting of three or four inner ducts, as shown on the Drawings, assembled with a protective outerduct. 2. PVC multi-cell conduit and fittings shall be PVC type 40 designed and engineered for exposed, direct burial or encased underground applications. The outerduct shall have an extended 6-in integral bell end. Duct shall be marked with a longitudinal running print line 16110-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project stating “Install This Side Up” to assure proper inner duct orientation and alignment. Duct shall have circumferential ring on spigot end of duct to ensure proper insertion depth. 3. Fiberglass multi-cell conduit and fittings shall be classified as “bullet resistant, heavy duty conduit. The outer duct shall have an extended 6-in integral bell end. Duct shall be marked with a longitudinal running print line stating “Install This Side Up” to assure proper inner duct orientation and alignment. Duct shall have circumferential ring on spigot end of duct to ensure proper insertion depth. 4. Multi-cell conduit shall conform to NEMA TC2. 5. Multi-cell conduit shall have an average outside diameter of 4.5-in. 6. The inner ducts shall be manufactured from PVC to match outerduct expansion and contraction to eliminate compatibility problems. 7. Dimensions of inner ducts shall be: a. 3-way 1.507-in maximum I.D. b. 4-way 1.194-in maximum I.D. 8. Provide coupling kits, terminator kits, fittings, bends, expansion joints and accessories as required and as recommended by the manufacturer for a complete multi-cell conduit system installation. 9. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Carlon b. Or equal F. Rigid Steel Multi-Cell Conduit System 1. Rigid Steel multi-cell conduit and associated fittings, couplings and expansion fittings shall be a factory assembled system consisting of three or four inner ducts, as shown on the Drawings, assembled with a protective outerduct. 2. The outer duct shall be rigid steel designed and engineered for exposed, direct burial or encased underground applications. The outerduct shall be hot-dipped galvanized inside and out. It shall be smooth, free from burrs and coated with rust inhibitor. The outerduct shall have zipper identification marks running the length of the conduit. Each section shall be furnished with a reversing spin coupling. The coupling shall be galvanized and have set screws. 3. Multi-cell conduit shall conform to UL/6, ANSI C80.1 and NEC Article 344. 4. Multi-cell conduit shall have an average outside diameter of 4.5-in. 5. The inner ducts shall be manufactured from PVC. Expansion and contraction of the innerducts shall take place in the coupling body to eliminate compatibility problems. 6. Dimensions of inner ducts shall be: a. 3-way 1.507-in maximum I.D. b. 4-way 1.194-in maximum I.D 16110-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 7. Provide coupling kits, terminator kits, fittings, bends, expansion joints and accessories as required and as recommended by the manufacturer for a complete multi-cell conduit system installation. 8. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Carlon b. Or equal G. Liquid-tight Flexible Metal Conduit, Couplings and Fittings 1. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be square locked, galvanized steel flexible conduit with a moisture proof, flame resistant, polyvinyl chloride jacket, for use with rigid metal conduit systems. Sealtite, Type UA, manufactured by the Anaconda Metal Hose Div.; Anaconda American Brass Co.; American Flexible Conduit Co., Inc.; Universal Metal Hose Co. or equal. 2. Liquid-tight conduit fittings shall be hot-dipped mechanically galvanized, positive grounding, screw in type. Provide external bonding lugs on sizes 1-1/4-in and larger. Box connectors shall have insulated throats as manufactured by the Thomas & Betts Co.; Crouse-Hinds Co. or equal. 3. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. American Flexible Conduit Co. b. Anaconda Metal Hose/ANAMET Inc. c. Electri-flex Co. d. Thomas & Betts e. O-Z Gedney f. Or equal H. Flexible Metallic Tubing 1. Flexible metallic tubing shall be for use under the provisions of NEC Article 360. 2. Flexible metallic tubing shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel strips shaped into interlocking convolutions firmly joined to one another assuring a complete lock. 3. Flexible metallic tubing shall be used only indoors for connection to lighting fixtures in NEMA 1 administration and office areas. 4. Furnish and install insulated bushings at terminations for conductor protection. 5. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Tristeel as manufactured by Triangle - PWC, Inc. b. Or equal 16110-6 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project I. Nonmetallic Flexible Conduit and Fittings 1. Non-metallic flexible conduit shall be seamless, liquid-tight UL 1660 listed, Type B conduit with rigid non-metallic reinforcing embedded in integral flexible PVC lining and jacket wall and shall be oil, acid, ozone and alkaline resistant, rated 105 degree C, 60 degree C wet, 70 degree C oil resistant. 2. Non metallic conduit fittings shall be dustight, liquid-tight, chemical resistant thermoplastic/nylon construction with tapered thread hub and neoprene O-ring gasket. 3. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Thomas and Betts “XTRACFLEX LTC” b. CARLON “CARFLEX” c. Hubel/Kellems “PolyTuff I” d. Or equal J. Fiberglass Conduit 1. Conduit shall be fiberglass reinforced epoxy manufactured using the filament winding process. Conduit, elbows and fittings shall be manufactured from the same resin, hardener, glass systems manufactured by the same filament wound system. All conduit and fittings shall meet UL 1684. All conduits shall be non-tapered. The joints shall have threaded bell and spigot ends. The conduit wall thickness shall be 0.70-in for 3/4-in and 0.96 for 5-in and 6-in. All conduits shall be manufactured to IPS pipe sizes. 2. Conduit shall be joined together using a two part epoxy adhesive recommended by the manufacturer, creating a tight lock joint. 3. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Champion Fiberglass b. FRE c. Endot Industries Inc. d. Or equal K. Inner Ducts 1. Inner duct shall be polyethylene, oscillating wave or straight longitudinal internally ribbed, Type 11 standard duty with longitudinal external ribs [Type 9 heavy duty] [Type 11 standard duty for capstan pulling] [SDR17 standard duty] [Type 13.5 heavy duty for assisted placement]. [black] [red] [orange] [blue] [green] [terra cotta] color combinations. 2. Approved manufacturers: a. Arnco Corporation b. Carlon c. Edot Industries, Inc. d. Or equal 16110-7 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project L. Flexible, Multicell Textile Innerduct System 1. Material: white polyester and nylon resin polymer. 2. Outdoor Textile Innerduct: a. Individual two (2) cell and three (3) cell pack(s) sized for the conduit shown on the Drawing. Multiple three (3) packs shall be installed where shown on the Drawings. b. Each cell shall be provided with an integral 1250 lb polyester flat woven pull tape. 3. Textile Innerduct Fittings: a. Conduit Plugs: Furnish and install manufacturer’s recommended compression type conduit plugs with locking nuts for sealing and securing one or more textile innerducts within a 4 inch diameter conduit. b. Termination Bags: Furnish and install manufacturer’s recommended inflation-type bags for sealing and securing around one or more textile innerducts and cables within a 2 inch diameter and larger conduit. c. Pull Tape: Furnish and install manufacturer’s recommended measuring and pulling tape constructed of synthetic fiber, printed with accurate sequential footage marks. d. Dust Water Seal: Furnish and install manufacturer’s recommended product suitable for closing underground and entrance conduit openings where innerduct or cable is installed to prevent entry of gases, liquids or rodents into the structure. 4. Multicell Textile Innerducts shall be as manufactured by MaxCell Group (Wadsworth, OH); or approved equal. 2.02 BOXES AND FITTINGS A. Dry and Damp Location Boxes and Fittings 1. Outlet boxes shall be zinc-galvanized, extra depth, pressed steel with knockouts and of size and type suitable for the intended application. 2. Boxes that are less than 100 cubic inches in size used for junction or pull boxes shall be zinc galvanized pressed steel not less than 14 USS gauge with appropriate blank covers, minimum size 4-11/16-in square by 2-1/8-in deep. 3. Boxes that are 100 cubic inches and larger shall be constructed of hop dip galvanized sheet steel without knockouts. Covers shall be secured with round head brass machine screws. All joints shall be welded and ground smooth. 4. Terminal cabinets shall be NEMA 12 sheet steel unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Boxes shall be painted and have continuously welded seams. Welds shall be ground smooth and galvanized. Box bodies shall be flanged and shall not have holes or knockouts. Box bodies shall not be less than 14 gauge metal and covers shall not be less than 12 gauge metal. Terminal boxes shall be furnished with latching hinged doors, terminal mounting straps and brackets. Terminal blocks shall be rated not less than 20A, 600V. 16110-8 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 5. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Appleton b. Raco c. Steel City d. Hoffman e. Electromate Division of Robroy Ind. f. Wiegmann B. Wet Location Boxes and Fittings 1. NEMA 4 terminal boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc, shall be sheet Type 316 stainless steel unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Boxes shall have continuously welded seams and mounting feet. Welds shall be ground smooth. Boxes shall be flanged and shall not have holes or knockouts. Box bodies shall not be less than 14 gauge metal and covers shall not be less than 12 gauge metal. Covers shall be gasketed and fastened with stainless steel clamps. Terminal boxes shall be furnished with hinged doors, terminal mounting straps and brackets. Terminal blocks shall be NEMA type, not less than 20 Amps, 600 Volt. 2. Cast or malleable iron device boxes shall be Type FD. Boxes and fittings shall have cadmium-zinc finish with cast covers and stainless steel screws. 3. Cast aluminum device boxes shall be Type FD. Boxes and fittings shall be copper free aluminum with cast aluminum covers and stainless steel screws 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Appleton b. Crouse-Hinds c. Steel City d. Hoffman e. Electromate - Division of Robroy Ind. f. Or equal C. Corrosive Location Boxes 1. NEMA 4X PVC coated outlet boxes shall be used with PVC coated conduit shall be furnished with a PVC coating bonded to the metal, the same thickness as used on the coated steel. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. “OCAL” as manufactured by Thomas & Betts b. "Plasti-Bond Red" as manufactured by Robroy Industries c. Triangle PWC Inc 16110-9 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project d. Or equal 3. NEMA 4X terminal boxes, junction boxes and pull boxes shall be fiberglass reinforced plastic with stainless steel hardware and gasketed covers. Terminal boxes shall be furnished with hinged doors, terminal mounting straps and brackets. Terminal blocks shall be NEMA type, not less than 20 Amps, 600 Volt. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Hoffman b. Stahlin - Division of Robroy Ind. c. English Electric d. Or equal E. Miscellaneous Fittings 1. Flexible couplings shall be type ECGJH as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co.; Appleton Electric Co.; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. or equal. 2. Conduit hubs shall be as manufactured by Myers Electric Products, Inc. or equal. 3. Conduit wall seals for new concrete walls below grade shall be O.Z./Gedney Co., Type WSK; [Linkseal]; Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co., Type WDP or equal. 4. Conduit wall seals for cored holes shall be Type CSMC as manufactured by the O.Z./Gedney Co. or equal. 5. Conduit wall and floor seals for sleeved openings shall be Type CSMI as manufactured by the O.Z./Gedney Co. or equal. 6. Combination expansion-deflection fittings embedded in concrete shall be Type XD as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co.; Type DX as manufactured by O.Z./Gedney Co.; Type DF as manufactured by Appleton Electric Co. or equal. 7. Combination expansion-deflection fittings installed exposed shall be Type XD as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds Co.; Type DX as manufactured by O.Z. Gedney Co.; Type DF as manufactured by Appleton Electric Co. or equal. 8 Explosion proof fittings shall be as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co.; Appleton Electric Co.; O.Z./Gedney Co. or equal. 9 Conduit sealing bushings shall be O.Z./Gedney, Type CSB or equal. 10. Grounding bushings shall be malleable iron with integral insulated throat rated for 150 degrees C, with solderless lugs as manufactured by Crouse Hinds/Cooper, Series HGLL; Appleton, Series GIB; O.Z./Gedney, Type HBLG or equal. 11. Multi-Outlet Assembly a. Assembly enclosures shall consist of two piece, all steel or anodized aluminum raceways which shall allow for field installation of wiring and standard receptacles as shown on the Drawings. b. Multi outlet assemblies shall be UL Listed as a Multi-outlet assembly. 16110-10 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project c. Raceway bases and removable covers shall be .040-in steel, minimum of [2-1/8-in high by 1-5/8-in] deep. Entrance fittings shall be sized for 3/4-in conduit. d. Raceways shall include all fittings, couplings, etc, for the complete installation of a finished system. e. Device covers shall be the 1702 Series by Walker, similar by Isoduct; Wiremold or equal. f. The multi-outlet assembly shall be the 1700 Series by Walker, similar by Isoduct; Wiremold or equal. 12. Pedestal boxes for laboratory bench receptacles shall be cast aluminum, polished finish, single face with 1/2-in NPT tapped inlet, single gang: J.A. Pink Catalog No. 800-A; double gang: J.A. Pink Catalog No. 801-A, similar by Hubbell or equal. 13. Floor boxes shall be of the adjustable single gang, concrete tight type for installation in concrete fill, Walker 800 Series, similar by Hubbell; Thomas & Betts Co. or equal. 14. 120 Volt fittings for floor boxes shall be Walker Catalog No. 523AL, similar to Hubbell; Thomas & Betts or equal and shall have a 20 Amps, 2 Pole, 3 Wire duplex receptacle as specified in Section 16500. 15. Carpet plates for use with floor box fittings where required shall be Walker Catalog No. 825CP, similar by Hubbell; Thomas & Betts Co. or equal. 16. Telephone fittings for floor boxes shall have rubber grommeted holes, Walker Catalog No. 501AL, similar by Hubbell; Thomas & Betts or equal. 17. Poke-Thru Service Fittings a. Poke-thru service fittings shall install in 2-in core drilled hole, fit floor thicknesses of 2-1/2-in to 7-in and be fire rated. b. Poke-thru service fittings shall be barriered to handle both high and low tension services and be designed for both new construction and building retrofit. c. Service fitting heads shall each contain a 20 Amps, 125 Volt, 2 Pole, 3 Wire duplex receptacle on one side and provisions for up to 2-25 pair telephone cables on the remaining side. d. Complete poke-thru service fitting shall be as manufactured by Raceway Components, similar by Walker; Square D or equal. 2.03 HARDWARE A. Conduit Mounting Equipment 1. In dry indoor areas, hangers, rods, backplates, beam clamps, channel, etc shall be galvanized iron or steel. 2. [PVC coated steel channel] [Fiberglass channel] with stainless steel hardware shall be used in areas designated "WET" or "CORROSIVE" on the Drawings and in outdoor locations. Fiberglass channel shall be resistant to the chemicals present in the area in which it is used. 16110-11 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 3. Furnish any and all necessary supports, brackets, conduit sleeves, racks and bracing as required. All boxes and hardware shall be galvanized zinc plated steel except that stainless steel shall be used in areas designated as “WET” or “CORROSIVE” on the Drawings. B. Conduit Identification Plates 1. Conduit identification plates shall be embossed stainless steel with stainless steel band, permanently secured to the conduit without screws. 2. Identification plates shall be as manufactured by the Panduit Corp. or equal. C. Wall and Floor Slab Opening Seals 1. Wall and floor slab openings shall be sealed with a UL approved expending material which equals or exceeds the fire rating of the wall or floor construction as manufactured by the Thomas & Betts Corp.; Pro Set Systems; Neer Mfg. Co.; Specified Technologies, Inc. or equal. D. Cold Galvanizing Compound 1. Cold galvanizing compound shall be as manufactured by ZRC Products Company, a Division of Norfolk Corp. or equal. E. Conduit Supports 1. Trapezes a. In dry indoor areas, beams, channels, struts, hangers, bracing, rods, beam clamps, accessories and components shall be galvanized steel. b. PVC coated steel beams, channels, struts or fiberglass beams, channels, struts with stainless steel hangers, bracing, rods, beam clamps, accessories and components shall be used in areas designated “WET”, “DAMP” and “CORROSIVE” where indicated and in outdoor locations. Fiberglass channels shall be resistant to the chemicals resent in the area in which it is used. 2. Flush Mounted Supports a. In dry indoor areas, channels, struts, accessories and components shall be galvanized steel. b. PVC coated steel channels, struts or fiberglass channels, struts with stainless, accessories and components shall be used in areas designated “WET”, “DAMP” and “CORROSIVE” where indicated and in outdoor locations. Fiberglass channels, struts shall be resistant to the chemicals present in the area in which it is used. 3. Conduit Racks a. In dry indoor areas, conduit racks, accessories and components shall be galvanized steel. b. PVC coated steel conduit racks or fiberglass conduit racks with stainless, accessories and components shall be shall be used in areas designated “WET”, “DAMP” and “CORROSIVE” where indicated and in outdoor locations. Fiberglass channels shall be resistant to the chemicals present in the area in which it is used. 16110-12 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 4. Conduit Hangers a. In dry indoor areas, conduit clamps, rods, beam clamps, bracing, accessories and components shall be galvanized steel. b. Stainless steel conduit clamps, rods, beam clamps, bracing, accessories and components shall be shall be used in areas designated “WET”, “DAMP” and “CORROSIVE” where indicated and in outdoor locations. 5. Adjustable steel and plastic band hangers, adjustable band hangers, adjustable swivel ring hangers and J-hangers shall not be allowed. 6. All hangers, bracing, rods, beam clamps, accessories and components shall be as manufactured by the Carpenter & Paterson Inc.; Grinnell Corporation; B-Line Systems Inc. or equal. 7. Design of supplemental structural steel required for attachment to the building structural support system shall be the full responsibility of the Support Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATIONS A. Refer to Table 16110-1 for specific raceway application requirements. B. All conduit of a given type shall be the product of one manufacturer. C. Refer to Section 16600 for underground applications. 3.02 BOX APPLICATIONS A. Unless otherwise specified herein or shown on the Drawings, all boxes shall be metal. B. Exposed switch, receptacle and lighting outlet boxes and condulet fittings shall be cast or malleable iron, except that cast aluminum shall be used with aluminum conduit and non-metallic PVC shall be used with PVC. C. Concealed switch, receptacle and lighting outlet boxes shall be pressed steel. D. Terminal boxes, junction boxes and pull boxes shall have NEMA ratings suitable for the location in which they are installed, as specified in Section 16110. E. Boxes flush in block, brick or tile walls shall be located at a course line and provided with square tile covers. Flush boxes shall not project beyond the finished surfaces nor shall surfaces project more than 1/8-in beyond the box enclosure. Wiring devices located in close proximity to each other shall be installed in one solid gang box with single cover. F. All conduit bodies and pulling outlets shall comply with NEC wire bending space requirements. Mogul type fittings shall be used for sizes 2-1/2-in and larger. 16110-13 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project TABLE 16110-1 Raceway Application Guidelines Location/Circuit Type Raceway Type All locations - raceways containing circuits above 600 Volts. NOTE: Select underground race type PVC or HDPE. Exposed - Galvanized rigid steel (GRS) conduit. Concealed - Do not embed within structure. If this is not possible, use Schedule 40 PVC conduit. Underground - PVC [HDPE] duct (as specified) in concrete reinforced duct bank. Avoid running through corrosive locations. All locations Note: Select system. Class 2 and 3 signal wiring and 4-20 mA instrumentation cables, non-fiber (copper) data highway. [Fire alarm, security, and communications system wiring] [non fiber (copper)] NOTE: Select areas. Exposed - Galvanized rigid steel (GRS) conduit. Use PVC coated rigid steel conduit in corrosive areas. [Hazardous areas, areas designated as wet and outdoor areas.] Concealed - Galvanized rigid steel (GRS) conduit. Underground - Galvanized rigid steel (GRS) conduit in concrete reinforced ductbank. Use PVC coated steel conduit for single conduit direct burial applications. All locations [Fiber Optic wiring systems (Fire alarm, security, and communications system wiring)] NOTE: Select raceway types as specified Exposed - Galvanized rigid steel (GRS) conduit. Concealed - Schedule 40 PVC conduit. Underground – Schedule 40 PVC conduit in concrete reinforced duct bank. Direct Burial applications (where specifically shown on the Drawings) – [Schedule 40 PVC] [Schedule 80 PVC] [ Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS)] [PVC coated steel conduit] Clean, dry finished areas - offices, administrative areas, lobbies, control room, lunch room, toilets, and laboratories, etc. Conceal raceways in walls above hung ceilings in rooms and areas that have finished interiors. Surface raceway for multiple receptacle, voice, and data outlets in labs and control rooms or in offices where specified. 3/4 or 1-in electrical metallic tubing (EMT) for lighting, switch, and receptacle circuits exposed above hung ceilings or concealed in partition walls. Galvanized rigid steel (GRS) above 1-in. Flexible, armor interlocked cable assembly (Type MC) or flexible conduit may be used as branch circuit wiring in these areas. Clean, dry non-finished areas - electrical rooms, generator rooms, mechanical rooms, shops, dry storage, etc. Exposed conduit for power wiring, lighting, switch, and receptacle circuits - Galvanized rigid steel (GRS). Concealed conduit for power wiring, lighting, switch, and receptacle circuits - Schedule 40 PVC conduit when embedded within concrete floor slabs. GRS when embedded within masonry block walls. 16110-14 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project TABLE 16110-1 Raceway Application Guidelines Location/Circuit Type Raceway Type Process areas - non-corrosive, non-hazardous locations designated as DAMP or WET on the Drawings. NOTE: Select following as applicable. Exposed conduit for power wiring, lighting, switch, and receptacle circuits - [Galvanized rigid steel (GRS)] [Rigid aluminum]. Concealed conduit for power wiring, lighting, switch, and receptacle circuits - Schedule 40 PVC conduit when embedded within concrete floor slabs. GRS when embedded within masonry block walls. Corrosive areas - chemical storage and handling areas, underground vaults, within tanks or clearwells, filter pipe galleries and locations where designated corrosive on the Drawings. NOTE: Select following as specified. Exposed conduit for power wiring, lighting, switch, and receptacle circuits – [Fiberglass Conduit ¾ - 5”] [Schedule 80 PVC for sized 3/4 and 1-in. Schedule 40 PVC above 1-in] [PVC coated steel]. Concealed conduit for power wiring, lighting, switch, and receptacle circuits - Schedule 40 PVC conduit when embedded within concrete floor slabs or structures. Hazardous areas - all locations - Class 1, Division 1 and 2. Exposed conduit for power wiring, lighting, switch, and receptacle circuits - [Galvanized rigid steel (GRS)] [Rigid aluminum]. Concealed conduit for power wiring, lighting, switch, and receptacle circuits - Galvanized rigid steel (GRS). Outdoor areas - all locations. Exposed conduit for power wiring, lighting, switch, and receptacle circuits - rigid aluminum. PVC conduit shall not be used exposed. Concealed conduit for power wiring, lighting, switch, and receptacle circuits - Schedule 40 PVC conduit when embedded within concrete structures. 3.03 FITTINGS APPLICATIONS A. Combination expansion-deflection fittings shall be used where exposed conduits cross structure expansion joints or in straight runs where expansion is anticipated. Combination expansion- deflection fittings shall be installed where embedded conduits cross structural expansion joints. Refer to Structural Drawings for expansion joint locations. Provide bonding jumpers around fittings. B. All underground conduit penetrations at walls or other structures shall be sealed watertight. Conduit wall seals and sleeves shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and the details shown on the Drawings. C. Conduit sealing bushings shall be used to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at other locations shown on the Drawings. 16110-15 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project D. Gas Containment Area Sealing 1. Internally and externally seal each conduit entering or leaving any area containing noxious gases to prevent contamination into clean areas via the conduit system. Areas requiring this protection are rooms where chlorine, ammonia and ozone are stored, generated or handled. Caulking material for conduit internal use shall be synthetic elastomer type, 3M, Series CP25 or equal. External sealing shall be in accordance with the typical details shown on the Drawings. E. Insulated throat grounding bushings shall be used where specified herein, in Section (16660) and where conduits stub up into electrical equipment such as MCC’s, switchgear, etc. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. No conduit smaller than 3/4-in electrical trade size shall be used, nor shall any have more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends in any one run. Pull boxes shall be provided as required by the [NEC] [MEC] [Specific State Electrical Code] after every 270 degrees of bends and for straight run not to exceed 200 feet or as directed. B. No wire shall be pulled until the conduit system is complete in all details; in the case of concealed work, until all rough plastering or masonry has been completed; in the case of exposed work, until the conduit system has been completed in every detail. C. All conduit which may under any circumstance contain liquids such as water, condensation, liquid chemicals, etc, shall be arranged to drain away from the equipment served. If conduit drainage is not possible, conduit seals shall be used to plug the conduits. The ends of all conduits shall be temporarily plugged to exclude dust, moisture and debris from entering during construction. D. Conduit ends exposed to the weather shall be sealed with conduit sealing bushings. E. Conduits noted as spare shall be capped or plugged at both ends with easily removable fittings. F. Conduit terminating in NEMA 3R, 4, 4X and 12 enclosures shall be terminated with Myers type conduit hubs. G. Conduit terminating in pressed steel boxes shall have double locknuts and insulated bushings. H. Conduits containing equipment grounding conductors and terminating in sheet steel boxes shall have insulated throat grounding bushings. I. Conduits shall be installed using threaded fittings except for PVC or EMT. J. The use of running threads is prohibited. Where such threads are necessary, a 3-piece union shall be used. K. All conduits entering or leaving a motor control center, switchboard or other multiple compartment enclosure shall be stubbed up into the bottom horizontal wireway or other manufacturer’s designated area, directly below the vertical section in which the conductors are to be terminated. The 3-in extension of conduit above the floor slab or concrete equipment pad may be reduced to a dimension that suits the equipment manufacturer’s installation requirements if the 3-in stub-up interferes with the equipment being provided. L. Rigid galvanized steel conduits buried in earth shall be completely painted with bitumastic. M. Rigid galvanized steel conduits which have been field cut and threaded shall be painted with cold galvanizing compounds. 16110-16 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project N. PVC coated rigid galvanized steel conduit shall be used for elbows at risers at the utility pole for electrical and telephone service conduits. Rigid galvanized steel conduit shall be used at utility pole for electrical and telephone service and fire alarm conduits to a height of 10-ft above finished grade. Furnish and install weather heads at service pole riser if required by utility company. O. PVC coated rigid galvanized steel elbows shall be used for pad-mounted transformer stub-ups. P. In hazardous locations, conduits terminating at boxes enclosing circuit opening equipment shall be sealed at the entrance to the enclosure with approved compound filled sealing fittings to prevent passage of explosive or combustible gases through the conduits. All conduits leading from or entering hazardous locations shall be similarly sealed at points of exit or entrance. Exposed conduits passing through hazardous locations shall be sealed at both the entrance to and the exit from the hazardous locations. A sealing compound installation schedule shall be presented to the resident engineer (RE) for approval. Each installation shall be signed off by the CONTRACTOR and the RE and each fitting shall be legibly marked with red paint to indicate that the sealing compound has been installed. Q. Conduit sealing and drain fittings shall be installed in all hazardous (classified) areas designated Class 1, Division 1, and Class 1, Division 2. R. Conduit sealing and drain fittings shall be installed on all conduits entering and leaving any area containing noxious gases to prevent contamination into clean areas via the conduit system. Areas requiring this protection are: rooms where [chlorine, ammonia, and ozone] are stored, generated or heated. A sealing compound installation schedule shall be presented to resident engineer (RE) for approval. Each installation shall be signed off by the CONTRACTOR and the RE and each fitting shall be legibly marked with red paint to indicate that the sealing compound has been installed. S. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be used for all motor terminations, the primary and secondary of transformers, generator terminations and other equipment where vibration is present or may require removal. Non-metallic flexible conduit can be used with rigid PVC conduit systems. T. Flexible couplings shall be used in hazardous locations for all motor terminations and other equipment where vibration is present. U. Aluminum fittings and boxes shall be used with aluminum conduit. Aluminum conduit shall not be imbedded in concrete. Aluminum conduit shall be isolated from other metals with plastic sleeves or plastic-coated hangers. Strap wrenches shall be used for tightening aluminum conduit. V. Flexible metallic conduit (Type MC cable) shall be used for recessed fluorescent fixtures in hung ceilings to connect fixtures to the conduit system. W. PVC coated rigid steel conduit shall be used as a transition section where concrete embedded conduit stubs out of floor slabs or through below grade walls or where conduit installed under building slabs on grade stub out of floors. The PVC coated rigid steel conduit shall extend a minimum of 3-in into and out of the floor slab, concrete pad, or wall to allow for proper threading of the conduit. X. PVC conduit to non-metallic box connections shall be made with PVC socket to male thread terminal adapters with neoprene O-ring and PVC round edge bushings. Y. PVC conduit shall be supported with non-metallic clamps, [PVC coated steel] [non-metallic] racks and stainless steel hardware. 16110-17 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project Z. Expansion fittings shall be used on exposed runs of PVC conduit where required for thermal expansion. Installation and number of fittings shall be as recommended by manufacturer. AA. PVC boxes, conduit fittings, etc, with integral hubs shall be solvent welded directly to the PVC conduit system. AB. Non-metallic boxes with field drilled or punched holes shall be connected to the PVC conduit system with threaded and gasketed PVC Terminal Adapters. AC. Conduit supports, other than for underground raceways, shall be spaced at intervals not exceeding the distance required by the [NEC] to obtain rigid construction. AD. Single conduits shall be supported by means of one-hole pipe clamps in combination with one-screw back plates, to raise conduits from the surface. Multiple runs of conduits shall be supported on fabricated channel trapeze type racks with steel horizontal members and threaded hanger rods. The rods shall be not less than 3/8-in diameter. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, conduit, etc, shall be supported by spacers to provide a minimum of 1/2-in clearance between wall and equipment. AE. Conduit Supports (Other than Underground Raceways) 1. Trapezes a. Conduit support trapezes shall be vertically supported every 10-ft or less, as required to obtain rigid conduit construction. b. Lateral seismic restraints (Sway Bracing) shall be spaced 30-ft or less. c. Horizontal seismic restraints shall be spaced at 40-ft or less. There shall be at least one horizontal restraint per horizontal run. d. Attachment to structural steel shall be by beam clamps or welded beam attachment. C- clamps will not be allowed for vertical hangers. Side beam clamps with beam hooks shall be used for seismic restraint only. e. Attachment to concrete shall be cast-in-place inserts, cast-in place welded plates with welded studs or stainless steel adhesive anchors. 2. Flush Mounted Supports a. Support shall be spaced 10-ft or less, as required to obtain rigid conduit construction. b. Attachment to concrete shall be with cast-in-place inserts, cast-in place welded plates with welded studs or stainless adhesive anchors. 3. Conduit Racks a. Support shall be spaced 10-ft or less, as required to obtain rigid conduit construction. b. Horizontal seismic restraints shall be spaced at 30-ft or less. c. Attachment to concrete shall be with cast-in-place inserts, cast-in place welded plate with welded studs or stainless adhesive anchors. 4. Conduit Hangers a. Conduit hangers shall be vertical supported 10-ft or less, as required to obtain rigid conduit construction. 16110-18 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project b. Lateral seismic restraints (Sway Bracing) shall be spaced 20-ft or less. c. Horizontal seismic restraints shall be spaced at 30-ft or less. There shall be at least one horizontal restraint per horizontal run. d. Attachment to structural steel shall be by beam clamps or welded beam attachment. C-clamps will not be allowed for vertical hangers. Side beam clamps with beam hooks shall be used for seismic restraint only. e. Attachment to concrete shall be cast-in-place inserts, cast-in place welded plates with welded studs or stainless steel adhesive anchors. 5. All reinforcing bars shall be located by the Electrical Subcontractor with the use of a rebar locator prior to installing adhesive capsule type anchors. Mark the location of all reinforcing bars in an area bounded by a line drawn at least 18-in from the edge of the support bearing/weld plates on all four sides of the bearing/weld plates prior to fabricating and installing bearing/weld plates. 6. Where interference occurs, adjust anchor locations to clear reinforcing bars and alter support configuration at no additional cost to the Authority. AF. Miscellaneous steel for the support of fixtures, boxes, transformers, starters, contactors, panels and conduit shall be furnished and installed. Channel supports shall be ground smooth and fitted with plastic end caps. AG. Steel channels, flat iron and channel iron shall be furnished and installed for the support of all electrical equipment and devices, where required, including all anchors, inserts, bolts, nuts, washers, etc, for a rigid installation. Channel supports shall be ground smooth and fitted with plastic end caps. AH. Provide sway braces for cable trays and busducts. Sway braces shall be U-channel supports installed at a 45 degree angle from the tray or busduct and anchored to the concrete ceiling structure or structural support system. Braces shall be provided on 20-ft spacing centers. Alternate the direction of the bracing supports. AI. Conduits terminating at a cable tray or busduct shall be supported independently from the busduct or cable tray. Provide a conduit support within 1-ft of the cable tray or busduct. The weight of the conduit shall not bear on the cable tray or busduct. AJ. All conduits on exposed work, within partitions and above suspended ceilings, shall be run at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding wall and shall conform to the form of the ceiling. No diagonal runs will be allowed. Bends in parallel conduit runs shall be concentric. All conduits shall be run perfectly straight and true. AK. Where conduits pass through openings in walls or floor slabs, the remaining openings shall be sealed against the passage of flame and smoke in accordance with UL requirements and the details shown on the Drawings. The sealing method shall have a UL fire rating, which equals or exceeds the fire rating of the wall or floor construction. AL. Conduits shall not cross pipe shafts, access hatches or vent duct openings. They shall be routed to avoid such present or future openings in floor or ceiling construction. AM. Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated spaces, cold air plenums, etc, shall be sealed with "Duxseal" as manufactured by Manville or seal fitting to prevent the accumulation of condensation. 16110-19 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project AN. Conduits shall be located a minimum of 3-in from steam or hot water piping. Where crossings are unavoidable, the conduit shall be kept at least 1-in from the covering of the pipe crossed. AO. Mandrels shall be pulled through all existing conduits which will be reused and through all new conduits 2-in in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors. AP. 3/16-in polypropylene pull lines shall be installed in all new conduits noted as spares or designated for future equipment. Conduit noted as spare shall be capped or plugged at both ends with easily removable fittings AQ. Emergency (generator) source and normal (power company) source feeders shall not be run through the same pull box. AR. Where no type or size is indicated for junction boxes, pull boxes or terminal cabinets, they shall be sized in accordance with the requirements of [NEC Article 314]. Enclosure type and material shall be as specified herein. AS. Pull or junction boxes shall be furnished and installed where shown on the Drawings, in every 200 feet of straight conduit runs or in runs where more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends occur or at any point necessary for wire pulling and splicing. Splices shall not be made in pulling elbows. AT. A conduit identification plate shall be installed on all power, instrumentation, alarm and control conduits at each end of the run and at intermediate junction boxes, manholes, etc. Conduit plates shall be installed before conductors are pulled into the conduits. Exact identification plate location shall be coordinated with the ENGINEER at the time of installation to provide uniformity of placement and ease of reading. When a master conduit numbering system is used, the conduit tag numbers shall be exactly as shown on the drawings, if a master conduit numbering system is not used the conduit identification tags shall provide detailed "to" and "from" information. AU. Place inner duct in the conduit and allow to rest in place for a minimum of 72 hours prior to cutting each end to length. AV. Place the correct number of maximum sized inner ducts for the conduit with minimum 1/8-in clearance. ***END OF SECTION*** 16120-1 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES (600 VOLT MAXIMUM) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish, install and test all wire, cable and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. [1.02 RELATED WORK] 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit samples of proposed wire. Each sample shall have the size, type of insulation and voltage stenciled on the jacket. B. Approved samples will be sent to the project location for comparison by the Resident ENGINEER with the wire actually installed. C. Installed unapproved wire shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the OWNER. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Carefully handle all conductors to avoid kinks and damage to insulation. 1.05 WARRANTY A. The manufacturer shall warrant the cable against defects for a period of 20 years from date of installation and shall remove and replace defective cables at his own expense during this warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Wires and cables shall be of annealed, 98 percent conductivity, soft drawn copper. B. All conductors shall be stranded, except that lighting and receptacle wiring may be solid. C. Except for control, signal and instrumentation circuits, wire smaller than No. 12 AWG shall not be used. D. Wire shall have 600 Volt insulation except where indicated otherwise. E. Conductors installed in plenums shall be marked PLENUM RATED. F. All wire of a given type shall be the product of a single manufacturer. 16120-2 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project 2.02 BUILDING WIRE A. Wire for lighting, receptacles and other circuits not exceeding 150 Volts to ground shall be NEC type THHN/THWN as manufactured by General Cable.; American Insulated Wire Corp.; Southwire Co.;or equal. B. Wire for circuits over 150 Volts to ground within buildings and structures shall be NEC type THHN/THWN as manufactured by General Cable.; American Insulated Wire Corp.; Southwire Co.; or equal. C. Wire for circuits over 150 Volts to ground used underground or for service entrance shall be NEC type RHH-RHW-2/USE-2, flame retardant and CT rated per IEEE 1202 as manufactured by The Okonite Co.; General Cable.; American Insulated Wire Corp.; or equal. D. Wire for direct burial outdoor lighting circuits shall be NEC type RHH-RHW-2/USE-2 as manufactured by The Okonite Co.; General Cable; American Insulated Wire Corp.; or equal. The RHH-RHW-2 or USE-2, sizes 1/0 AWG and larger shall be marked “sunlight resistant for use in cable tray”. Cable shall meet all requirements of ICEA S-95-658, NEMA WC-70, UL 44, UL 854, and UL 1581 (for use in cable tray). E. Bare copper ground wire shall be stranded, annealed copper wire ASTM-B3 alloy coated soft copper electrical wire ASTM B189. F. Multi-conductor power cables shall have stranded conductors with type THHN/THWN insulated, nylon conductor covering, and an overall PVC jacket covering over the individual wires. The number of conductors shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Cable shall be TC rated meeting UL 1277 and IEEE 383 Standards. Cable shall be flame resistant, non-propagating and shall be suitable for installation in a Class I, Division II hazardous location and for direct burial in earth. Multi-conductor power cables, sizes #12 AWG and larger, shall be furnished with a green ground conductor and a white neutral conductor where required to serve phase to neutral loads. Cable shall be as manufactured by The Okonite Co.; Southwire Co.; General Cable Co., or equal. G. Aluminum sheath cable shall have multi-conductor copper conductors rated 90 degrees C for use in wet or dry locations, cable tray, embedded in concrete, areas subjected to corrosive atmospheres, or direct burial applications. Insulation shall be listed UL Type XHHW-2. Sheath shall be close fitting, impervious, continuous, welded, corrugated aluminum per UL 1569. Cable shall be as manufactured by The Okonite Co.; General Cable; Southwire Co.; or equal. H. Equipment grounding conductors shall be NEC Type THW green and sized in accordance with NEC Table 250-122. Ground grid conductors shall be insulated unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. 2.03 SPLICES (POWER CONDUCTORS) A. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, splices shall not be made in the cables without prior written approval of the ENGINEER. Where splicing is approved by the ENGINEER, splicing materials for all 600 Volt splices shall be made with long barrel, tin plated copper compression (hydraulically pressed) connectors and insulated with heavy wall heat shrinkable tubing. The conductivity of all completed connections shall be not less than that of the uncut conductor. The insulation resistance of all completed connections of insulated conductors shall be not less than that of the uncut conductor. B. Wire lugs shall be tin plated copper, long barrel compression type (hydraulically pressed) for wire sizes No. 8 AWG and larger. Lugs for No. 10 AWG and smaller wire shall be locking spade type with insulated sleeve. Lugs shall be as manufactured by the Thomas and Betts Co.; Burndy; Amp; or equal. 16120-3 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project C. Compression type connectors shall be insulated with a heat shrink boot or outer covering and epoxy filling. Splice kits shall be as manufactured by Raychem (Tyco); Ideal Industries; 3M Co. or equal. D. Solderless pressure connectors shall be self-contained, waterproof and corrosion-proof units incorporating prefilled silicone grease to block out moisture and air. Connectors shall be sized according to manufacturer's recommendations. The connectors shall be UL listed and CSA approved, as manufactured by King Innovation; Ideal Industries, Inc., or equal. 2.09 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS A. Wire and cable markers shall be ["Omni-Grip"] [type-written heat shrinkable type] as manufactured by the W.H. Brady Co.; Thomas & Betts Co., SMS; 3M Co., STD-TAG; or equal. B. Wire and cables with diameters exceeding the capacity of the "Omni-Grip" shall be marked with pre-printed, self-adhesive vinyl tapes as manufactured by the W.H. Brady Co.; Panduit Corp.; 3M Co.; or equal. 2.10 WALL AND FLOOR SLAB OPENING SEALS A. Wall and floor slab openings shall be sealed with UL approved expanding material which equals or exceeds the fire rating of the wall or floor construction such as "FLAME-SAFE" as manufactured by the Thomas & Betts Corp.; Pro Set Systems; Neer Mfg. Co.; Specified Technologies, Inc.; or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Uniquely identify all wires, cables and each conductor of multi-conductor cables (except lighting and receptacle wiring) at each end and in all manholes, hand holes and pull boxes with wire and cable markers. B. Use lubrications to facilitate wire pulling. Lubricants shall be UL approved for use with the insulation specified. C. Provide multi-conductor control and signal cables within the underground system. Cables shall be installed continuous from building to building without splices. Individual control conductors and twisted shielded pairs signal cables will not be allowed in underground systems. D. The crimping tools used in securing the conductor in the compression type connectors or terminal lugs shall be those made for that purpose and for the conductor sizes involved. The crimping tool shall be the ratchet type which prevents the tool from opening until the crimp action is completed. Such tools shall be a product of the connector manufacturer. E. Install an equipment grounding conductor in all raceways. F. Seal openings in slabs and walls through which wires and cables pass. G. Pull cables from the direction that requires the least tension. Use a feed-in tube and sheave designed for cable installation. Use sheaves with radii that exceed the cable manufacturer’s recommended minimum bending radius. Use a dynamometer and constant velocity power puller. Velocity should not be less than 15-ft./min. or more than 50-ft./min. Do not exceed the cable manufacturer’s maximum recommended tension. 16120-4 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project H. If cable can not be terminated immediately after installation, install heat shrinkable end caps. I. Fireproof exposed cables in manholes, vaults, pullboxes, switchgear and other areas not protected by conduit where medium voltage cables are present. Use fire-proofing tape and glass tape in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Fire-proofing tape shall be installed with one half-lapped layer of Scotch Brand 77 Electric Arc and Fireproofing Tape (3M Corp., or equal). Tape shall be secured with a two-layer band of Scotch Brand 69 Glass Electrical Tape (3M Corp., or equal) over the last wrap. 3.03 WIRE COLOR CODE A. All wire shall be color coded or coded using electrical tape in sizes where colored insulation is not available. Where tape is used as the identification system, it shall be applied in all junction boxes, manholes and other accessible intermediate locations as well as at each termination. B. The following coding shall be used: System Wire Color 240/120 Volts Neutral White Single-Phase, 3 Wire Line 1 Black Line 2 Red 208Y/120, Volts Neutral White 3 Phase, 4 Wire Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue 240/120 Volts Neutral White 3 Phase, 4 Wire Phase A Black delta, center tap Phase B (High) Orange ground on phase Phase C Blue coil A-C 480Y/277 Volts Neutral White 3 Phase, 4 Wire Phase A Brown Phase B Orange Phase C Yellow C. Neutral or ground wires that terminate in a Panelboard and require color tape shall have the color tape extend at least 6-in from the termination point. 3.04 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES A. Power conductors: Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, no splices may be made in the cables without prior written approval of the ENGINEER. Where splicing is approved, terminations shall be die type or set screw type pressure connectors as specified. Splices (where allowed) shall be die type compression connector and waterproof with heat shrink boot or epoxy filling for copper conductors # 4 AWG and larger. Splices shall be solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductors # 6 AWG and smaller. Aluminum conductors (where specified) shall employ terminations and splices specifically designed for aluminum conductors. B. Control Conductors: Termination on saddle-type terminals shall be wired directly with a maximum of two conductors. Termination on screw type terminals shall be made with a maximum of two spade connectors. Splices (where allowed) shall be made with insulated compression type connectors. 16120-5 City of Palo Alto House Hold Hazardous Waste Station Project C. Instrumentation Signal Conductors (including graphic panel, alarm, low and high level signals): terminations same as for control conductors. Splices allowed at instrumentation terminal boxes only. D. Except where permitted by the ENGINEER no splices will be allowed in manholes, handholes or other below grade located boxes. E. Splices shall not be made in push button control stations, control devices (i.e., pressure switches, flow switches, etc), conduit bodies, etc. 3.05 FIELD TESTING A. Test all 600 Volt wire insulation with a megohm meter after installation and prior to termination. Make tests at not less than 1000 Volts DC. Test duration shall be one minute. Submit a written test report of the results to the ENGINEER. Notify the ENGINEER in writing 48 hours prior to testing. B. Field testing and commissioning shall be done in accordance with the latest revision of the “Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems” published by the International Electrical Testing Association (NETA Standard ATS-1999)unless otherwise modified by this Section. Minimum wire insulation resistance shall not be less than 250 Megohms. ***END OF SECTION*** CONTRACT CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS Page Drawing No. Drawing Title 1 C1.0 Cover Sheet 2 C1.1 General Notes & Specifications 3 C1.2 Site Plan 4 C1.3 Existing Grading Plan 5 C2.0 Utility Plan 6 C2.1 Lighting Plan 7 S1.0 Structural Notes 8 S1.1 Structural Notes and Canopy Shade Structure Plans 9 S1.2 Canopy Shade Structure Details 10 FS1.0 Fire Sprinkler Plan 11 G‐1 Stormwater Pollution Prevention Notes 12 LT‐1 Special Tree Protection Instruction Sheet REV DATE APVDBY DESCRIPTION CHECKED DESIGNED DRAWN DWG NO SHEET NO PROJ NO DATE OF APPROVED: ENGR SUBMITTED: PROJ ENGR 2501 EMBARCADERO WAY CITY OF PALO ALTO PALO ALTO, CA 94303 PJS DJA PJS SCALE 12 SEI-10234 HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE STATION Sept. 2, 2015 1 10/26/15 RJN PUBLIC WORKS DEVELOPMENT REVIEW COVER SHEET 1 C1.0 1" = 30'-0" CITY OF PALO ALTO HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE STATION 2501 Embarcadero Way Palo Alto, California 94303 VICINITY MAP PROJECT MANAGER CIVIL ENGINEER SITE PROJECT LOCATION MAP FIRE SPRINKLER SHEET INDEX: PROJECT CONTACTS SITE PROJECT PERMIT NOTES REV DATE APVDBY DESCRIPTION CHECKED DESIGNED DRAWN DWG NO SHEET NO PROJ NO DATE OF APPROVED: ENGR SUBMITTED: PROJ ENGR 2501 EMBARCADERO WAY CITY OF PALO ALTO PALO ALTO, CA 94303 PJS DJA PJS SCALE 12 SEI-10234 HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE STATION Sept. 2, 2015 1 10/26/15 RJN PUBLIC WORKS DEVELOPMENT REVIEW GENERAL NOTES & SPECIFICATIONS. 2 C1.1 1" = 30'-0" GENERAL PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK DURING ACTIVITIES AT COMPLETION OF ACTIVITIES SPECIFICATIONS FOR INITIAL BACKFILL (ALL TRENCHES) PAVEMENT SPECIFICATIONS ABBREVIATION ABBREVIATIONS DESCRIPTION REV DATE APVDBY DESCRIPTION CHECKED DESIGNED DRAWN DWG NO SHEET NO PROJ NO DATE OF APPROVED: ENGR SUBMITTED: PROJ ENGR 2501 EMBARCADERO WAY CITY OF PALO ALTO PALO ALTO, CA 94303 PJS DJA PJS SCALE 12 SEI-10234 HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE STATION Sept. 2, 2015 1 10/26/15 RJN PUBLIC WORKS DEVELOPMENT REVIEW SITE PLAN 3 C1.2 1" = 10'-0" EMBARCADERO WAY OPERATIONS BUILDINGRWQCP PROPOSED CANOPY RWQCP PARKING LOT NOTES: EXISTING GRADING PLAN 4 C1.3 1" = 10'-0" EMBARCADERO WAY KEY NOTES: NOTES: REV DATE APVDBY DESCRIPTION CHECKED DESIGNED DRAWN DWG NO SHEET NO PROJ NO DATE OF APPROVED: ENGR SUBMITTED: PROJ ENGR 2501 EMBARCADERO WAY CITY OF PALO ALTO PALO ALTO, CA 94303 PJS DJA PJS SCALE 12 SEI-10234 HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE STATION Sept. 2, 2015 1 10/26/15 RJN PUBLIC WORKS DEVELOPMENT REVIEW NOTE: REV DATE APVDBY DESCRIPTION CHECKED DESIGNED DRAWN DWG NO SHEET NO PROJ NO DATE OF APPROVED: ENGR SUBMITTED: PROJ ENGR 2501 EMBARCADERO WAY CITY OF PALO ALTO PALO ALTO, CA 94303 PJS DJA PJS SCALE 12 SEI-10234 HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE STATION Sept. 2, 2015 1 10/26/15 RJN PUBLIC WORKS DEVELOPMENT REVIEW UTILITY PLAN 5 C2.0 1" = 10'-0" EMBARCADERO WAY NOTES: SYMBOL UTILITY LEGEND: DESCRIPTION RWL CONNECTION DETAIL1 RWL CONNECTION RWL CONNECTION 1 FC 1 FC1 F C .5 F C .5 F C .5 F C 3 FC 3 FC CC 1 FC 1 FC1 F C .5 F C .5 F C .5 F C 3 FC 3 FC REV DATE APVDBY DESCRIPTION CHECKED DESIGNED DRAWN DWG NO SHEET NO PROJ NO DATE OF APPROVED: ENGR SUBMITTED: PROJ ENGR 2501 EMBARCADERO WAY CITY OF PALO ALTO PALO ALTO, CA 94303 PJS DJA PJS SCALE 12 SEI-10234 HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE STATION Sept. 2, 2015 1 10/26/15 RJN PUBLIC WORKS DEVELOPMENT REVIEW LIGHTING PLAN 6 C2.1 1" = 10'-0" EMBARCADERO WAY LIGHTING LEGEND 1 LIGHTING FOOTCANDLE COVERAGE: SECURITY ONLY ELECTRICAL NOTES 3 SITE PULL BOX EMBARCADERO WAY 2 LIGHTING FOOTCANDLE COVERAGE: SECURITY AND TASK 5 CANOPY LIGHT FIXTURE CUTSHEET4SECURITY LIGHT FIXTURE CUTSHEET LIGHTING PLAN REV DATE APVDBY DESCRIPTION CHECKED DESIGNED DRAWN DWG NO SHEET NO PROJ NO DATE OF APPROVED: ENGR SUBMITTED: PROJ ENGR 2501 EMBARCADERO WAY CITY OF PALO ALTO PALO ALTO, CA 94303 PJS DJA PJS SCALE 12 SEI-10234 HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE STATION Sept. 2, 2015 1 10/26/15 RJN PUBLIC WORKS DEVELOPMENT REVIEW STRUCTURAL NOTES 7 S1.0 NONE 1. GENERAL 4. STRUCTURAL STEEL 2. DESIGN DATA 5. COLD FORMED STEEL 6. EPOXY ADHESIVES ® 3. CONCRETE 7. LOCKING BATTEN PANEL ROOFING ® REV DATE APVDBY DESCRIPTION CHECKED DESIGNED DRAWN DWG NO SHEET NO PROJ NO DATE OF APPROVED: ENGR SUBMITTED: PROJ ENGR 2501 EMBARCADERO WAY CITY OF PALO ALTO PALO ALTO, CA 94303 PJS DJA PJS SCALE 12 SEI-10234 HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE STATION Sept. 2, 2015 1 10/26/15 RJN PUBLIC WORKS DEVELOPMENT REVIEW STRUCTURAL NOTES & CANOPY 8 S1.1 AS NOTED 9. SPECIAL INSPECTION ELEVATION FRAMING PLANA SECTION A - A EXISTING FOUNDATION PLAN (REFERENCE)B SHADE STRUCTURE PLANS C NOTES: REV DATE APVDBY DESCRIPTION CHECKED DESIGNED DRAWN DWG NO SHEET NO PROJ NO DATE OF APPROVED: ENGR SUBMITTED: PROJ ENGR 2501 EMBARCADERO WAY CITY OF PALO ALTO PALO ALTO, CA 94303 PJS DJA PJS SCALE 12 SEI-10234 HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE STATION Sept. 2, 2015 1 10/26/15 RJN PUBLIC WORKS DEVELOPMENT REVIEW CANOPY SHADE STRUCTURE DETAILS 9 S1.2 AS NOTED REV DATE APVDBY DESCRIPTION CHECKED DESIGNED DRAWN DWG NO SHEET NO PROJ NO DATE OF APPROVED: ENGR SUBMITTED: PROJ ENGR 2501 EMBARCADERO WAY CITY OF PALO ALTO PALO ALTO, CA 94303 PJS DJA PJS SCALE 12 SEI-10234 HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE STATION Sept. 2, 2015 1 10/26/15 RJN PUBLIC WORKS DEVELOPMENT REVIEW FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN FS1.0 1" = 10'-0" EMBARCADERO WAY 10 REV DATE APVDBY DESCRIPTION CHECKED DESIGNED DRAWN DWG NO SHEET NO PROJ NO DATE OF APPROVED: ENGR SUBMITTED: PROJ ENGR 2501 EMBARCADERO WAY CITY OF PALO ALTO PALO ALTO, CA 94303 PJS DJA PJS SCALE 12 SEI-10234 HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE STATION Sept. 2, 2015 1 10/26/15 RJN PUBLIC WORKS DEVELOPMENT REVIEW STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION NOTES 1" = 10'-0" 11 G-1 REV DATE APVDBY DESCRIPTION CHECKED DESIGNED DRAWN DWG NO SHEET NO PROJ NO DATE OF APPROVED: ENGR SUBMITTED: PROJ ENGR 2501 EMBARCADERO WAY CITY OF PALO ALTO PALO ALTO, CA 94303 PJS DJA PJS SCALE 12 SEI-10234 HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE STATION Sept. 2, 2015 1 10/26/15 RJN PUBLIC WORKS DEVELOPMENT REVIEW SPECIAL TREE PROTECTION INSPECTION SHEET 1" = 10'-0" 12 LT-1 APPENDICES A Canopy Lighting B Special Inspection & Testing Agreement C Structural Calculations APPENDIX A Canopy Lighting MEGH400SFPS/480 Mega performance, quality and value from state of the art 400 and 250 Watt HID floods with a full range of mounting options and accessories. Color: Bronze Weight: 30.7 lbs Project:Type: Prepared By:Date: Lamp Info Type:ED28 Watts:400W Shape/Size:N/A Base:N/A ANSI:N/A Hours:20,000 Lamp Lumens: 40,000 Efficacy:89 LPW Ballast Info Type: CWA-HPF 480V 120V: N/A 208V: N/A 240V: N/A 277V: N/A Input Watts: 450W Efficiency: 89% Technical Specifications Listings UL Listing: Suitable for wet locations. Suitable for ground mounting. EISA 2007 Compliant: This product complies with the new law for metal halide ballast efficiency. This law goes into effect January 1st, 2008. Pulse Start offers Longer Lamp Life, Faster Startup and Faster Restrike. Construction Housing: One-piece die cast aluminum with die cast door frame held captive when opened. Reflector: High quality anodized aluminum eliminates redirected energy to prolong lamp life. Contoured for maximum horizontal and vertical beam dispersion. Finish: Our environmentally friendly polyester powder coatings are formulated for high-durability and long-lasting color, and contains no VOC or toxic heavy metals. Lens: Thermal, tempered shock resistant glass, 5/32" thick. Lens Gasket: High temperature extruded silicone set in die cast retaining groove. Remains in place during relamping. EPA: 2.1 Electrical Socket: 3 socket positions customize beam spread to the application (center position is standard). Porcelain socket pulse rated 4kv, 1500 watts and 600 volts, reinforced with cat's eyes for added durability. Silicone and fiberglass #14 gauge socket leads rated for 200°C. Plated screw shell designed to resist corrosion with spring loaded center contact. Ballast Volts: 480V. Starting/Operating Amps: 0.9A/1.0A. Pulse Start: Pulse Start metal halide for increased lamp life, lumen maintenance, color uniformity and efficiency. Other Patents: The unique RAB Megaflood is protected by U.S. Patents D565,772 and D570,024; China Patent ZL200730149208.0; Taiwan Patent D127,426 and Canada Patents D121,989 and D121,991 Country of Origin: Designed by RAB in New Jersey and assembled in the USA by RAB's IBEW Local 3 workers. Buy American Act Compliant: This product is a COTS item manufactured in the United States, and is compliant with the Buy American Act. Recovery Act (ARRA) Compliant: This product complies with the 52.225-21 "Required Use of American Iron, Steel, and Manufactured Goods-- Buy American Act-- Construction Materials (October 2010). Trade Agreements Act Compliant: This product is a COTS item manufactured in the United States, and is compliant with the Trade Agreements Act. GSA Schedule: Suitable in accordance with FAR Subpart 25.4. Need help? Tech help line: 888 RAB-1000 Email: sales@rabweb.com Website: www.rabweb.com Copyright © 2014 RAB Lighting Inc. All Rights Reserved Note: Specifications are subject to change at any time without notice Page 1 of 2 MEGH400SFPS/480 Dimensions Features Smaller size with lower EPA Water shedding design New Adjustable Reflector Die cast door frame held captive when opened Ballast compartment separated by anodized aluminum die formed wall Silicone gasket for durable weatherproofing & easy relamping Stainless steel external hardware Need help? Tech help line: 888 RAB-1000 Email: sales@rabweb.com Website: www.rabweb.com Copyright © 2014 RAB Lighting Inc. All Rights Reserved Note: Specifications are subject to change at any time without notice Page 2 of 2 APPENDIX B Special Inspection and Testing Agreement CITY OF PALO ALTO BUILDING INSPECTION DIVISION SPECIAL INSPECTION & TESTING AGREEMENT Permit No.: ______________________________ Proj. Address: ______________________________ Project Title ______________________________ To applicants and owners of projects requiring Special Inspection or Testing per Section 1701 of the Uniform Building Code, please acknowledge and return to the City. BEFORE A PERMIT CAN BE ISSUED: The owner or his representative, on the advice of the responsible Project Engineer or Architect, shall complete, sign and submit two (2) copies of the attached “Structural Tests and Inspection Schedule” to the Building Inspection Division for review and approval. The owner and his general contractor, where applicable, shall also acknowledge the following conditions applicable to Special Inspection and/or Testing. 1. The special inspection agency shall be employed by the owner, or, the engineer or architect of record acting as the owner’s agent. 2. Contractor is responsible for proper notification to the special inspection agency for the items listed. 3. Only special inspection & testing agency personnel are to take samples and transport them to their laboratory. 4. Copies of all laboratory reports and inspections are to be sent directly to the City by the special inspection agency. 5. The special inspection agency is to submit the names and qualifications of on-site special inspectors to the Building Department for approval. 6. The Special Inspector is under the authority and is responsible to the Building Official. All concerns and/or problems encountered are to be brought to his attention immediately. 7. Special Inspectors shall provide weekly reports to this Department of all inspection activity. 8. It is the responsibility of the contractor to review City approved plans for additional inspection or testing requirements that may be noted. 9. BEFORE AN OCCUPANCY PERMIT CAN BE ISSUED: The Inspection agency shall submit a statement that all items requiring testing and inspection were fulfilled and reported. Those items not tested and/or inspected shall be noted in this statement. Copies of statements to be maintained at the job site for City’s Building Inspector’s review prior to final inspections. 10. NO WORK SHALL BE COVERED PRIOR TO CITY OF PALO ALTO INSPECTION APPROVAL. PLEASE SCHEDULE AN INSPECTION WITH THE BUILDING DIVISION AT 650-329-2496. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT (SIGN BELOW) I have reviewed the enclosed “Special Inspection Schedule” and the information above. ________________________________ _________________________________ Owner Special Inspection Agency (Co. Name Only) or ________________________________ _________________________________ Project Architect Contractor (Co. Name only) or ________________________________ _________________________________ Project Engineer Building Official CITY OF PALO ALTO STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS SCHEDULE Prior to issuance of a building permit, the Owner, on the advice of the Architect or Engineer, shall complete, sign and submit this form to the Building Official. _______________________________________________ _______________________________________________ Project Name Permit Number _______________________________________________ _______________________________________________ Project Address Special Inspection & Testing Agency name _______________________________________________ _______________________________________________ Owner’s Name I hereby certify that the Special Inspection & Testing Agency named above has been engaged to perform structural tests and inspection during construction, as checked below, to satisfy all applicable portions of the Building Code. Prior to issuance of an occupancy permit, the special inspection agency shall submit a statement that all items of designated work performed were reported. Any items checked but not tested or inspected will be noted and explained. Whenever any designated items on this list are ready for sampling, testing or inspection, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to give timely notice to the Special Inspection Agency so that the required services may be performed. REINFORCING STEEL: __Tensile & Bond __ Inspection of Placement __ Inspection of Welding : MASONRY: __ Preliminary Acceptance Tests (masonry units, wall prisms) __ Subsequent Tests (mortar, grout, field wall prisms) __ Inspection of Grouting __ Inspection of Placement & Grouting CONCRETE, GUNITE, GROUT & MORTAR: Conc. Shot- crete Grout Mortar Agg. Tests for Designs Suitability of Agg. Mix Designs Test Panel Batch Plant Insp. Cement Grab Sample Inspect Placing Compression Tests Cast Specimens Pick-up Samples Shrinkage Bars Yield Check Air Check Dry Unit Weight PRECAST CONCRETE: __ Reinforcing Tests __ Inspection of Reinforcing Placement __ Tendon Tests __ Inspection of Tendon Placement __ Inspection of Concrete Placement __ Inspection of Concrete Batching __ Inspection of Panel Attach & Inserts __ Inspection of Panel Installation __ Compression Tests __ Inspection of Stressing/Transfer PILING, CAISSONS, CAPS, TIES: __ Inspection of Reinforcing Placement __ Inspection of Concrete Placement __ Inspection of Concrete Batching UNDERPINNING: __ Inspection of Steel Fabrication __ Inspection of Reinforcing & Forms __ Inspection of Concrete Placement __ Inspection of Tiebacks STRUCTURAL STEEL: __ Sample & Test __Shop Indent. & Welding Inspection __ Shop Ultrasonic Inspection __ Shop Radiography __ Field Welding Inspection __ Field Bolting __ Field Ultrasonic Inspection __ Field Radiography __ Metal Deck Welding Inspection STRUCTURAL HARDWARE: __ Holdown Installation __ Tiedown System Installation __ Epoxied Anchors & Bolts INSULATING CONCRETE: __ Sample & Test __Unit Weights FIREPROOFING: __ Inspection of Placement __ Density Tests __ Thickness Tests __ Inspect Batching GEOTECHNICAL: (Inspections & Testing by Geotechnical Engineer) __ Fill Material Acceptance Tests __ Moisture-Density Determination __ Field Density/Compaction __ Pier Drilling __ Observation & Testing by Soils Engineer ROOFING & WATERPROOFING: __ Inspection of Placement __ Sample & Test __ Basement Waterproofing STRUCTURAL WOOD: __ Inspection of Fabrication __ Inspection of Truss Joist Fab. __ Sample & Test Components __ Inspection of Glu-lam Fab __ Shearwall construction & Nailing OTHER TESTS OR INSPECTIONS: City of Palo Alto Development Services Department Key: RC=Reinforced Concrete PC=Prestressed/Post-tensioned Concrete SM=Structural Masonry SS=Structural Steel Welding/Bolting FP=Spray-Applied Fireproofin Agency Name HQ Address Remarks Expiration Inspection Category Phone/Fax A1 Inspection Services 1754 Mission Street SAN FRANCISCO 94109 (415) 621-8001 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 08/07/2015 (415) 358-4409 Achievement Engineering Corp 434 Camille Circle # 13 SAN JOSE 95134 (800) 653-1397 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 07/10/2015 See Note (A) (408) 852-0331 Advanced Testing & Inspection.LLC 540 Brunken Avenue,Suite B SALINAS 93901 (831) 422-2272 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 02/05/2016 (831) 597-2004 Apex Testing Laboratories, Inc. 3450 Third St. Suite 3E SAN FRANCISCO 94124 (415) 550-9800 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 03/03/2012 See Note (B) (415) 550-9880 Applied Materials and Engineering, Inc. 980 41st Street OAKLAND 94608 (510) 420-8190 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 04/11/2016 (510) 420-8186 B.S.K. Associates 324 Earhart Way LIVERMORE 94551 (925) 315-3151 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 10/02/2015 (925) 315-3152 BAGG Engineers 847 West Maude Ave SUNNYVALE 94085 (650) 852-9133 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 03/06/2015 (650) 852-9138 Berlogar Stevens & Associates 5587 Sunol Boulevard PLEASANTON 94566 (925) 484-0220 RC PC SM SS ,CA 06/07/2014 (925) 846-9645 Biggs Cardosa Associates, Inc. 1871 The Alameda, Suite 200 SAN JOSE 95126 (408) 296-5515 RC PC SM SS ,CA 02/01/2014 See Note (A) (408) 296-8114 Capex Engineering Inc. 571 Seville Place FREMONT 94539 (510) 668-1815 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 04/03/2015 See Note (A) (510) 490-8690 Consolidated Engineering Labs 2001 Crow Canyon Rd., Ste 100 SAN RAMON 94583 (925) 314-7100 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 03/27/2015 (925) 855-7140 Construction MaterialsTesting, Inc. 2278-F Pike Court CONCORD 94520 (925) 825-2840 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 03/14/2016 (925) 682-7953 Construction Testing & Engineering, Inc. 242 West Larch Road, Suite F TRACY 95304 (209) 839-2890 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 02/02/2013 (209) 839-2895 Construction Testing Services 2174 Rheem Drive, Suite A PLEASANTON 94588 (925) 462-5151 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 04/25/2016 (925) 462-5183 Earth Systems Pacific 780 Montague Expy, Suite 205 SAN JOSE 95131 (408) 934-9302 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 04/03/2015 (408) 946-4569 Earthtec, Inc. 1830 Vernon Street, Suite 7 Roseville 95678 (916) 786-5262 RC PC SM SS W FP ,CA 06/01/2013 See Note (A) (916) 786-5263 ENGEO Incorporated 2010 Crow Canyon Place, Suite 250 SAN RAMON 94583 (925) 866-9000 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 03/06/2015 (888) 279-2698 Geocon Consultants, Inc 6671 Brisa Street LIVERMORE 94550 (925) 371-5900 RC PC SM FP ,CA 05/10/2015 (925) 371-5915 Holdrege & Kull 792 Searls Avenue NEVADA CITY 95959 (530) 478-1305 RC PC SM SW FP ,CA 08/06/2015 (530) 478-1019 HP Inspections 690 Sunol Street, Bldg. H SAN JOSE 95126 (408) 288-8460 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 03/01/2014 (408) 271-0902 Inspection Consultants, Inc. 1515 North C Street SACRAMENTO 95814 (916) 321-5580 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 10/02/2015 (916) 321-5590 Inspection Services Inc. 1798 University Ave Berkeley 94703 (415) 243-3265 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 10/02/2015 (415) 243-3266 KC Engineering Co. 865 Cotting Lane, Suite A VACAVILLE 95688 (707) 447-4025 RC PC SM SS ,CA 12/06/2014 (707) 447-4143 Kleinfelder Inc. 2601 Barrington court HAYWARD 94545 (925) 484-1700 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 10/02/2015 (510) 887-5932 Korbmacher Engineering 480 Preston Court, Suite B LIVERMORE 94551 (925) 454-9033 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 01/27/2015 (925) 454-9564 Krazan and Associates Inc. 6711 Sierra Court, Suite B DUBLIN 94568 (925) 307-1160 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 06/09/2012 See Note (B) (925) 307-1161 Page 1 of 2 UPDATED 17-June-2013 Agency Name HQ Address Remarks Expiration Inspection Category Phone/Fax MatriScope Engineering Laboratories, Inc 436 14th Street, Suite 1429 OAKLAND 94612 (510) 763-3601 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 09/24/2015 (510) 763-1388 MooreTwining Associates, Inc. 2527 Fresno Street FRESNO 93721 (559) 268-7021 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 08/11/2012 See Note (B) (559) 268-0726 Neil O. Anderson And Associates 902 Industrial Way LODI 95240 (209) 367-3701 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 04/17/2015 (209) 333-8303 Nicholas Engineering Consultants 6743 Dublin Boulevard, #15 DUBLIN 94568 (925) 829-8090 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 08/21/2015 See Note (A) (925) 829-0235 Ninyo & Moore 1956 Webster Street, Suite 400 OAKLAND 94612 (510) 633-5640 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 12/11/2012 See Note (B) (510) 633-5446 PSI 365 Victor Street, Suite C SALINAS 93907 (831) 757-3536 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 03/01/2014 (831) 757-6265 Purcell, Rhoades And Associates 1041 Hook Ave PLEASANT HILL 94523 (925) 932-1177 RC SM ,CA 10/07/2011 See Note (A) See Note (B) (925) 932-2795 Raney Geotechical, Inc. 3140 Beacon Blvd West Sacramento 95691 (916) 371-0434 RC PC SM SS W FP ,CA 05/14/2013 (916) 371-1809 RES Engineers, Inc. 1250 Missouri St., Suite 207 SAN FRANCISCO 94107 (415) 822-4625 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 09/04/2015 (415) 822-8925 RMA Group (FormerlyTerrasearch Inc.) 6293 San Ignacio Ave. Suite A SAN JOSE 95119 (408) 362-4920 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 10/04/2014 (408) 362-4926 Salem Engineering Group, Inc 4055 West Shaw Avenue, Suite 110 FRESNO 93722 (559) 271-9700 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 05/03/2014 (559) 275-0827 Signet Testing Laboratories 3121 Diablo Avenue HAYWARD 94545 (510) 887-8484 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 09/28/2012 See Note (B) (510) 783-4295 Smith-Emery Company 1940 Oakdale Ave. SAN FRANCISCO 94124 (415) 642-7326 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 01/09/2016 (415) 642-7056 Stevens, Ferrone & Bailey 1600 Willow Pass Court CONCORD 94520 (925) 688-1001 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 07/05/2014 See Note (A) (925) 688-1005 Summit Associates 2300 Clayton Rd. Ste. 1380 CONCORD 94520 (925) 363-5560 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 03/06/2015 (925) 363-5511 T. Makdissy Consulting Inc. 23 Las Colinas Lane, Suite 106 SAN JOSE 95119 (408) 227-8595 RC PC SM SS W FP ,CA 01/29/2016 See Note (A) (408) 227-1672 Testing Engineers Inc. 2811 Teagarden Street SAN LEANDRO 94577 (510) 835-3142 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 05/03/2014 (510) 834-3777 Twining 1572 Santa Ana Avenue SACRAMENTO 95838 (916) 649-9000 RC PC SM SW FP ,CA 04/03/2015 (916) 921-8532 Valley Inspection Incorporated 326 Woodrow Ave VALLEJO 94591 (707) 552-7037 SS FP ,CA 02/07/2015 (707) 552-7022 Wallace Kuhl and Associates, Inc 3050 Industrial Blvd. WEST SACRAMENTO 95691 (916) 372-1434 RC PC SM SS FP ,CA 04/19/2016 (916) 372-2565 Youngdahl Consulting Group, Inc 1234 Glenhaven Court EL DORADO HILLS 95762 (916) 933-0633 RC PC SM SW FP ,CA 08/17/2015 (916) 933-6482 Page 2 of 2 APPENDIX C Structural Calculations SIEGFRIED ENGINEERING, INC 3244 Brookside Road, Suite 100 • CONSULTING CIVIL E NGINEERS STOCKTON, CALIFORNIA 95219 (209) 943·2021 PROJECT Palo Alto RWQCP BY KFA JOB# 10234-2006 Cano12~ Structure DATE 6/28/2012 l-REV. SHEET OF __ TABLE OF CONTENTS Description Page No. Loads 3 to 6 Framing Design 7 to 19 Framing Connections 20 to 22 Foundation Design 23 to 30 Storage Bin Foundation & Anchorage 31to42